Artículos

  • Ordenar resultados

  • Cantidad de resultados por página

  • Líneas de investigación

 

 

The maximum cadmium tolerance standards were established by the European Union in 2014, for the importation of cocoa-based products, causing concern in the countries. Global studies on Theobromo cacao research related to cadmium activity in the atmosphere were analyzed. Bibliometric analyses in R and VOSviewer programs were used to examine 64 documents published tr The Scopus database according to keywords. We identified 811 keywords in the co-occurrence of terms, 5 thematic groups in the bibliographic coupling, 20 institutions as most important affiliations, 20 countries of origin of corresponding authors, 112 institutions in co-authorship network of which 5 are in primary documents, and two groups in thematic similarity in co-citation of documents. The United States leads the scientific production with 11 papers, followed by Colombia (8) and Ecuador (7). In 1996, the first scientific article was registered for the network, with increases of up to 11 publications by 2020. In conclusion, the need to strengthen and create more research networks between countries, institutions, authors, and co-authors is evident. It is hoped that the results will allow a comprehensive unraveling of the cadmium-cocoa research trajectory, while at the same time yielding new prospective research.

 

 

Systemic disruptions are becoming more continuous, intense, and persistent. Their effects have a severe impact on the economy in volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous (VUCA) environments that are increasingly transversal to productive sectors and activities. Researchers have intensified their academic production of multiple-criteria decision-making (MCDM) in recent years. This article analyzes the research agenda through a systematic review of scientific articles in the Web of Science Core Collection according to the Journal Citation Report (JCR), both in the Social Sciences Citation Index (SSCI) and in the Science Citation Index Expanded (SCIE). According to the selected search criteria, 909 articles on MCDM published between 1979 and 2022 in Web of Science journals in the business and management categories were located. A bibliometric analysis of the main thematic clusters, the international collaboration networks, and the bibliographic coupling of articles was carried out. In addition, the analysis period is divided into two subperiods (1979-2008 and 2009-2022), establishing 2008 as the threshold, the year of the Global Financial Crisis (GFC), to assess the evolution of the research agenda at the beginning of systemic disruptions. The bibliometric analysis allows the identification of the motor, basic, specialized, and emerging themes of each subperiod. The results show the similarities and differences between the academic debate before and after the GFC. The evidence found allows academics to be guided in their high-impact research in business and management using MCDM methodologies to address contemporary challenges. An important contribution of this study is to detect gaps in the literature, highlighting unclosed gaps and emerging trends in the field of study for journal editors.

 

 

The following article aims to identify the characteristics of the epistemic community of Blue Economy researchers, through the description of its scientific production, its special organization and clustering. The information was examined using bibliometric techniques on 302 research works using the Web of Science databases (JCR) between 2013 and 2021. At the same time, VOSviewer software was used to represent the relationships metrically and visually between the data and metadata. A set of research works is reviewed which relates environmental conservation and its implication in the development of the territory, and the relationship between technology and the improvement of ocean management, to highlight those state interventions where benefits are generated for the population or where there is an important challenge for improvement.

 

 

Circular economy has emerged as a way to achieve sustainability. Although interest in the subject is growing rapidly, barriers to its implementation are still in place. In this study, a number of barriers are identified and grouped through a content analysis. The present article adopted bibliometric research as a methodological approach. The research method combined bibliometric, networks and content analysis. The sample is composed of 195 articles extracted from the Web of Science Core Collection and Scopus databases. The main barriers identified in the literature were: (i) technological, (ii)policy and regulatory, (iii) financial and economic, (iv) managerial, (v) performance indicators, (vi) customer and (vii) Social. (C) 2018 The Authors. Published by Elsevier B.V. Peer-review under responsibility of the scientific committee of the 10th CIRP Conference on Industrial Product-Service Systems.

 

 

Global warming is a problem that threatens humanity, with livestock being one of the causes. A systematic literature review was carried out by using some appropriate elements of the PRISMA statement to identify disciplines that work to mitigate the effects of the livestock industry by organizing them according to their approach to addressing this problem. The main objective is to find information and classify the disciplines, papers, literature review methodologies, research gaps, authors, and journals developing the management of the cattle supply chain. This paper could analyze and mitigate the adverse effects on society and the environment generated by the industry, organizing them according to their approach. Twenty databases were consulted between March and May 2020, from which 146 review documents were chosen. The papers reviewed were published between 2003 and 2020. The eligibility criteria for selection were open access to the full text, publication in an indexed journal, and a focus on any discipline related to cattle. The unselected papers did not have DOIs or duplicates, and those focused on other types of meat and book chapters. Subsequently, the information in the selected papers was described and consolidated, and these papers had 602 authors and were from 99 journals. Next, a discipline categorization was proposed. The results were organized, showing that among all the analysis criteria, the category of veterinary medicine had the best results in terms of indicators; therefore, additional research is needed on the other disciplines, especially in culture, technology, management, quality control, tanneries, and transportation, as there was less research within these disciplines. It is recommended that research on a mix of the different proposed disciplines be conducted. The proposed categorization’s main contribution is to identify and group the cattle supply chain’s different disciplines and the definition of research gaps organized under a structure organizational management model. Finally, a multicriteria selection methodology must be used that prioritizes the discipline categories proposed in this review to guide future research.

 

 

The development of new information technologies, as well as the profile of the new generations, have encouraged financial institutions to seek greater inclusion of their products and services in a large part of the world’s population. Due to the above, there is an increase in the interest of having a society with a greater financial culture that allows it to make better decisions in its particular economy. The growing interest in the field of financial education is also observed in the scientific community. The present work focuses on the search for the scientific literature related to financial education between the years 1990-2018. Bibliometric techniques and the Web of Science scientific database are used as a source of information. The objective is to analyze the information found, and visualize the evolution of the scientific contributions made to this concept, the number of publications, the citation structure, the most influential journals, the authors, universities and countries with the greatest activity on this subject, from In the same way, with the above we will be able to establish the level of scientific contributions that have been made by developing countries on this issue, which is so important for every society by virtue of the benefit of learning to manage their personal economies. The initial results show a total of 2134 articles, it is observed that the highest production goes from 2016 to 2018. The Economic of Education Review magazine has the highest number of publications and citations. The Institution with the most research is the National Bureau of Economic Research and finally the United States of America stands out for its important activity in the area. From the emergence of new variables in financial structures, education on this topic will continue to present new routes to be explored by the scientific community at the service of society.

 

 

A descriptive analysis of 416 documents was performed using bibliometric techniques, in order to gather existing knowledge in circular economy focusing on waste management (2007-2020). The results of this study indicate that annual scientific production increased 94% in the last 5 years, highlighting the countries of Italy, Spain, the UK, China, Brazil, and India. Between the most cited documents stand out those related to calorific value of municipal solid waste and waste to energy technologies for achieving circular economy systems. The conceptual analysis indicates strong linkage between circular economy and sustainable production, waste management, and recycling. Emerging research trends evolved from processes and industry-oriented approach (2017) toward waste management, recycling, and circular economy (2019) and sustainable development and urban solid waste (2020). The analysis reveals five dominant circular economy and waste research themes: (1) greenhouse gases; (2) circular economy, waste management, and recycling; (3) life cycle; (4) waste treatment; and (5) anaerobic digestion and recovery; trends research are related to policy interventions, and enforcement of authorities’ regulations to foster circular economy transition, increase the use of practices of recycling and reusing, as well as discourage a growing consumption culture. Results found denote the challenge represented by the implementation of comprehensive policies in circular economy. The above being a key alternative for green recovery in response to the current COVID-19 pandemic.

 

 

Purpose:Performance measurement systems (PMS) in Non-profit Organizations (NPOs) are more complex than in for-profit organizations. NPOs have an orientation toward social mission and values, and they consider not only organizational efficiency and viability, but also the social impact of the organization. This research provides a comprehensive synthesis of PMSs in NPOs. Design/Methodology/Approach:Using a literature review, supported by bibliometric and network analyses. A paper set of 240 articles related to this research field is examined. Topics that are the most prevalent in this research area and their interrelationships are identified, presenting an outline of current efforts. Findings:Despite the descriptive analyses for the paper set, a framework is proposed for organizing the design-implementation factors of PMSs in non-profit organizations, identifying the main requirements for their successful development. Originality/Value:Investigation on performance measurement in non-profit organizations is still in its early stages of development with many opportunities to further develop the field. Conceptual frameworks and models, as well as specific theories, are being generated for this field of research, and the process of adapting models from the general field of performance measurement is taking place. The meta-framework that organizes the main research topics of PMS in non-profit organizations and the framework that consolidates factors that influence the design-implementation of PMSs in non-profit organizations developed represents this paper contribution.

 

 

The internationalization theme of education is increasingly present in the reality of higher education institutions. This practice aims, besides promoting diversity, to make it possible to integrate its academic body with the global scientific community, thus favoring the installation of innovation, competitiveness and international insertion processes in the country. In this context, the study aims to understand the characteristics of international scientific production regarding the internationalization and university themes. For this, a descriptive bibliometric research and quantitative approach was developed, using as the analysis period the years 1989 to 2018. As main results, we highlight the growth in the number of articles published over the years, presenting a larger amount. in 2017. China, the United States and England, respectively, have the largest number of publications. Moreover, it was identified that research, students, development, globalization, science, markets, culture and intercultural experience are possible hot topics related to internationalization and university.

 

 

In this study, we examined the extant literature on the dynamic association between oil prices and financial assets with special emphasis on the methodologies for measuring the dependence among oil prices, exchange rates, stock prices, energy markets, and assets related to sustainable finance. We performed a scientometric review of the structure and global trends of the dynamic association among oil prices and financial assets, based on research from 1982 to 2022 (September) using techniques such as the analysis of (i) sources, (ii) authors, (iii) documents, and (iv) cluster analysis. A total of 746 bibliographic records from Scopus and Web of Science databases were analyzed to generate the study’s research data through scientometric networks. The findings indicate that the most promising areas for further research in this field are represented by co-movement, copula, wavelet, dynamic correlation, and volatility analysis. Furthermore, energy markets and assets related to sustainable finance emerge as crucial trends in investigating dynamic co-movements with oil prices. They also suggest a research gap in analyzing by means of machine learning, deep learning, big data, and artificial intelligence for measuring dynamic co-movements among oil prices and assets in financial and energy markets, especially in emerging countries. Thus, these methodologies can be implemented in further research because these methods could more robustly quantify the association among such variables. The analysis provides researchers and practitioners with a comprehensive understanding of the existing literature and research trends on the dynamic association among oil prices and financial assets. It also promotes further studies in this domain. The identification of these relations presents benefits in risk diversification, hedges, speculation, and inflation targeting.

 

 

With the objective of analyzing the relations between innovation, survival and organizational ecology, a bibliographic survey was carried out in seven databases. Spell, Capes, Scielo, Anpad, Scopus, Diadorim and Emerald, without period restriction. The data analysis process was carried out in two stages, the first using the bibliometric analysis of the articles found based on Zipf’s law (1949) and Bradford’s law (1934), and the second step using documentary analysis in the studies empirical. The relationships proposed in this article demonstrate an approximation of the themes that underlie the construction of the organizational environment, in which companies change to survive and adapt to their own market dynamics.

 

 

Maize is the grain cereal that is the basis of human and animal diets in Mexico and Latin America; it constitutes an essential crop for global food security. The objective of this study was to analyze the spatial-temporal evolution of scientific production on the theme of GMO maize, through a bibliometric analysis of the texts available in the main editorial houses (Elsevier, Scopus, and Springer), open access journal articles database (Conricyt, Scielo, Redalyc, Latindex, Claryvate Analytics, Periodica, and DOAJ), and freely accessible web search engine Google Scholar, to determine the factors that influence the impact of the studies. From 1991 to 2019, 917 texts were found whose spatial-temporal evolution showed a linear growth that concentrated in Latin America (58.56%). The low impact (measured by the number of bibliographic citations) of scientific studies developed in countries of Latin America was related to their publication in journals edited in their own countries and in Spanish, which restricts the constructive criticism of peer review. For the case of Mexico, a spatial discrepancy was also found between research centers and production areas, which limits the transference of technology; and no specialized author in theme of GMO maize was found; the researchers responded to “scientific trends” in agreement with the agrarian policies of the time.

 

 

Purpose: The objective of this paper is to analyze, through a systematic review, the scientific production regarding the intersection of multiculturalism and leadership in school contexts. Method. Key studies exploring the intersection of both phenomena in public schools are identified, the objectives of the reviewed studies are classified, and the studies are categorized according to their main bibliometric attributes, conceptual approximations to multiculturalism, and positions associated with leadership roles. The review considered 104 documents published in the last 25 years (1994-2019), employing the PRISMA methodology. Results. Results allow the identification of tendencies and challenges for educational research in this field, among which it stands out that most studies focus both on the discourses of school communities facing their problems and on the decision-making processes or actions conducted in these contexts. Likewise, it is noticeable that scientific production is concentrated in anglophone countries (68%), predominantly reporting studies carried out in the US. Similarly, a large proportion of studies address multiculturalism from perspectives centered in indigenous-related topics and identify leadership roles associated with directive/management teams. Conclusions. These results show the need for more studies in scarcely addressed dimensions, particularly considering multiculturalism from the perspective of gender or socioeconomic diversity, as well as addressing school leadership more decisively regarding the role of teachers, considering increasingly more diverse educational scenarios.

 

 

In light of increasing concerns about the efficacy of environmental governance (EG) to address the global sustainability challenges of the Anthropocene era, more integrative, transversal, and far-reaching approaches, referred to here as sustainability governance (SG), are gaining ground both in governance praxis and in research. Empirical and methodological challenges emerge from this conceptual analytical cleavage between EG and SG. Through a combination of bibliometric and network analysis, the objective of this article is to explore the structure and trends in the field of EG/SG research in Chile, internationally regarded as the posterchild of Latin-American EG/SG, and derive empirical insights to feed the analytical distinction between EG and SG that informs global debates about ways forward towards an effective governance in the Anthropocene. Our results show that scientific research on EG/SG has experienced a significant increase since the 1990s. We find that while the topical range of the field is broad, including water governance, biodiversity conservation, environmental institutions, climate change and energy issues, and environmental conflicts and justice, key cross-cutting socio-economic and cultural dynamics underpinning the prevalent, yet fundamentally unsustainable, ways of life and economic model are virtually absent from the field, against their growing presence in diagnoses of “sustained unsustainability”.

 

 

Artificial intelligence (AI) may be one of the most disruptive technologies of the 21st century, with the potential to transform every aspect of society. Preparing for a “good AI society” has become a hot topic, with growing public and scientific interest in the principles, policies, incentives, and ethical frameworks necessary for society to enjoy the benefits of AI while minimizing the risks associated with its use. However, despite the renewed interest in artificial intelligence, little is known of the direction in which AI scholarship is moving and whether the field is evolving towards the goal of building a “good AI society”. Based on a bibliometric analysis of 40147 documents retrieved from the Web of Science database, this study describes the intellectual, social, and conceptual structure of AI research. It provides 136 evidence-based research questions about how AI research can help understand the social changes brought about by AI and prepare for a “good AI society.” The research agenda is organized according to ten social impact domains identified from the literature, including crisis response, economic empowerment, educational challenges, environmental challenges, equality and inclusion, health and hunger, information verification and validation, infrastructure management, public and social sector management, security, and justice.

 

 

The growing concern over the change in climatic conditions and the management and conservation of biological resources makes it necessary to create models suitable for the sustainable management of these resources. The bioeconomy suggests a model based on the production of renewable biological resources and the conversion of these resources into value-added products. The main aim of this article is to assess the impact of the bioeconomy on the scholar. This manuscript also aims to continue and update this discussion of public policies oriented toward a bioeconomy. This research follows a computed analysis based on the R package using Biblioshiny, a web interface for Bibliometrix analysis; this approach offers a positive alternative for studying bioeconomic literature in the traditional bibliometric analysis. This is one of the first research which analyzes the literature pathways of the bioeconomy issue using a computational analysis. Our article concludes that the principles of the bioeconomy have a strong potential to address these related challenges to manage and maintain the environment.

 

 

Road transport is one of the main contributors to increasing greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, consequently aggravating global warming, but it is also one of the sectors that most suffer from climate change, which causes extreme weather events. Thus, strategies, also called adaptation measures, have been discussed to minimize the impacts of climate change on transport systems and their infrastructure; however, a knowledge gap is evident in the literature. Therefore, this article develops a systematic review with a bibliometric approach, still scarce in the literature, in renowned databases, focusing on studies developed on adaptation measures for road infrastructure. The results show that, since the development of the Fifth Assessment Report (AR5) of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), an increasing amount of studies on the theme have been published in recognized journals such as Science of the Total Environment, Energy and Buildings and Urban Climate, analyzing climate threats such as intense precipitations and high temperatures that have led to biophysical impacts such as flooding and urban heat island. In addition, for each type of adverse weather condition, many impacts on road infrastructure can be listed, as well as ways to detect these impacts, and adaptation measures that can be used to minimize these problems.

 

 

Background: Mosquito-borne diseases (e.g., transmitted by Aedes aegypti) affect almost 700 million people each year and result in the deaths of more than 1 million people annually. Methods: We examined research undertaken during the period 1951–2020 on the effects of temperature and climate change on Ae. aegypti, and also considered research location and between-country collaborations. Results: The frequency of publications on the effects of climate change on Ae. aegypti increased over the period examined, and this topic received more attention than the effects of temperature alone on this species. The USA, UK, Australia, Brazil, and Argentina were the dominant research hubs, while other countries fell behind with respect to number of scientific publications and/or collaborations. The occurrence of Ae. aegypti and number of related dengue cases in the latter are very high, and climate change scenarios predict changes in the range expansion and/or occurrence of this species in these countries. Conclusions: We conclude that some of the countries at risk of expanding Ae. aegypti populations have poor research networks that need to be strengthened. A number of mechanisms can be considered for the improvement of international collaboration, representativity and diversity, such as research networks, internationalization programs, and programs that enhance representativity. These types of collaboration are considered important to expand the relevant knowledge of these countries and for the development of management strategies in response to climate change scenarios.

 

 

Forest landscape restoration (FLR) has a central place in current global debates about the sustainability of natural resources, climate change mitigation and adaptation, livelihoods and biodiversity conservation. FLR approaches support the involvement of different social actors in participatory decision-making processes. We conducted a bibliometric analysis research to provide an overview of scientific publications in forest restoration, FLR and local stakeholders (LS) studies, and, specifically, examine if the studies (1) recognised the relevance of the local level actors and (2) collected primary and/or secondary data on LS using different methods from related publications since 2000. We used the Web of Science (WoS) and Scopus as bibliographic sources. We analysed five main research aspects: (1) publication year, (2) most productive countries according to the total number of publications, (3) most influential journals and cited papers, (4) most influential authors ranked by number of publications, their respective organisations and country collaborations, and (5) a co-occurrence analysis of countries’ collaborations and keywords. We found that forest restoration, FLR and LS studies have been growing over the years, especially in the last decade. However, only 50% (99 records) of the studies recognised the relevance of the local level actors and also collected primary and/or secondary data through different methods. Authors from organisations in North and South America, and Oceania were the ones with the most publications, with only 20% (4 authors) of the top 20 authors having degrees in social sciences. Studies about “ecosystem services”, “ecological restoration”, “natural regeneration”, “livelihoods”, “Bonn challenge” and “governance” have become the main subject of research along the years within the scope of FLR at the local level. Finally, the results showed the gaps that should be considered in future research to improve the involvement and more direct participation of LS, as well as the participation of interdisciplinary and social science researchers in FLR research teams.

 

 

The growing concern about climate change necessitates the development of models for long-term measurements of the sustainability performance. The Global Reporting Initiative suggests a framework for sustainability reporting. This study intends to fill two gaps in the existing literature. On the one hand, it assesses the Global Reports Initiative’s impact on academics. This article, on the other hand, will compare public policies aimed at a Global Reporting Initiative in rich and developing countries from 1999 to 2020. The above research utilizes bibliometric analysis via Biblioshiny and the Scopus publications database, as well as an online interface for Bibliometrix analysis. For studying the Global Reports Initiative literature, this method offers a viable alternative to traditional bibliometric analysis. This is one of the first studies to use a computer approach to examine the literary paths of the Global Reporting Initiative issue. Among the findings we can mention that, the most GRI inquiries were distributed by the “Journal of Cleaner Production.” The most useful GRI creators are Clarkson PM., Azapagic A., and Milne MJ. The findings of this paper suggest that the composition of the GRI addresses one of the keys to global monetary advancement, particularly in developing countries, for the foreseeable future. Our paper indicates that the Global Reporting Initiative principles have a strong potential to handle these connected issues in managing and maintaining the environment by adapting developed-country experiences to developing-country challenges. © 2023, The Author(s), under exclusive licence to Springer Nature B.V.

 

 

There is scarce research assessing the productivity of scientific articles on forestry topics. The objective of this study was to analyze the scientific production on forestry topics that originated in Mexico and were published in Mexican journals from 1996 to 2019 and to identify the causes that determine the impact factor of such publications and the space-time evolution of forestry research in Mexico. In addition, to analyze whether researchers tend to publish in journals published by their affiliation institutions. The study considered 2384 scientific articles from seven journals belonging to category VI of Biotechnology and Agricultural Sciences listed in the Journals Classification System by the National Council of Science and Technology that publishes forestry topics. Bibliometric indicators were generated through text mining and analysis of co-authorship networks. It was found that forestry research in Mexico from 1996 to 2019 presented exponential growth in the number of publications. Forestry scientific production was concentrated in the center of the country. It was dominated by researchers from three of 122 institutions: Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones Forestales, Agrícolas y Pecuarias (13.88%), Colegio de Postgraduados (12.50%), and Universidad Autonoma Chapingo (10.44%). The journals with the highest number of publications were: Revista Mexicana de Ciencias Forestales (26.51%), Revista Chapingo Serie Ciencias Forestales y del Ambiente (20.34%), and Madera y Bosques (18.88%). Results show that forestry researchers in Mexico published mostly in journals edited by their affiliation institutions, which restricts constructive criticism of peer review and increases academic endogamy. Also showed the need to generate more forestry research for the southeast of the country on topics such as climate change, carbon capture, forest biometry, and remote perception, which are relevant aspects when we consider that no published research evaluated the development of the forestry sector in Mexico.

 

 

This study provides an analysis of the scientific and technological research on the applications of the Internet of Things (IoT) within the field of health care. It focuses on innovations and is based on scientific articles and patent documentation. The search for data, which was global in scope, was based on specific criteria and enabled a mapping of 217 articles and 117 patents involving the IoT applied to health care over the last 10 years. Bibliometric analysis was applied to the data, followed by content analysis. The analyses applied herein identified the most productive authors (Lotka’s law), their affiliations, the distribution of publications over time, the core journals in which this topic is distributed (Bradford’s law), the predominant approaches used in the publications (Zipf’s law), and the countries and regions in which this scientific and technological research is most commonly performed. This topic was found to have been most heavily researched since 2010, and this research is led by countries in Asia. Scientific research on this topic is predominantly affiliated with universities, while technological research on this topic is more likely to be affiliated with corporations, though their discussions and conclusions are consistent. Among the topics of study identified, the most frequent was the remote monitoring of patients.

 

 

The development of technologies enables the application of the Internet of Things (IoT) in urban environments, creating smart cities. Hence, the optimal management of data generated in the interconnection of electronic sensors in real time improves the quality of life. The objective of this study is to analyze global research on smart cities based on IoT technology applications. For this, bibliometric techniques were applied to 1232 documents on this topic, corresponding to the period 2011-2019, to obtain findings on scientific activity and the main thematic areas. Scientific production has increased annually, so that the last triennium has accumulated 83.23% of the publications. The most outstanding thematic areas were Computer Science and Engineering. Seven lines have been identified in the development of research on smart cities based on IoT applications. In addition, the study has detected seven new future research directions. The growing trend at the global level of scientific production shows the interest in developing aspects of smart cities based on IoT applications. This study contributes to the academic, scientific, and institutional discussion to improve decision making based on the available information.

 

 

Technological competitiveness and emerging technologies are more necessary in the organizational strategy to cope with industrial advances and improve the nation’s economy. In this sense, technological innovation, computational developments, smart devices, and other technologies are shaping the new industrial revolutions. Therefore, the technological competitiveness and emerging technologies of industry 4.0 and industry 5.0 are holistically analyzed to identify the key elements of developed economies and emerging economies. For this, we used a bibliometric analysis with Biblioshiny, a systematic review of the literature and a content analysis. The results in terms of technological competitiveness in developed economies show the importance of the competences and engineering skills in the personnel approach; R+D+i and the supply chain in the organizational approach; and the use of emerging technologies such as the internet of things and big data. The comparison with emerging economies indicates the importance of key elements such as training and education, and skills in the personnel approach; sustainability and structure in the organizational approach; and emerging technologies such as the internet of things and digitalization

 

 

This study investigates the “Internet of things” (IoT) and “Circular Economy” (CE) relationship in the current scientific literature focused on case studies or use cases on manufacturing context. To the best of our knowledge, this study is the first to map the science centered on “case studies” with respect to the “IoT” and “CE” connection, contributing to fill the gap of the subject that is already relevant to the scientific community and practitioners. The research methodology consists of developing a bibliometric study, employing PRISMA process, whose data is obtained from the Web of Science database. The VOSviewer was the computer program selected for the bibliometric analysis. The Web of Science (WoS) analysis tool supports VOSviewer. The papers were analyzed according to network analysis principles. The qualitative content analysis complements these results. The results show the high-frequency keywords and topics associated with the theme “IoT and CE”; the most cited papers; the intellectual structure of “IoT and CE”; the new emerging themes in scientific research; and social networks among the researchers. The paper’s contribution is the results of the bibliometric analysis and a better understanding of the relationship of “IoT” and “CE” by the “case studies” addressed in the empirical investigations.

 

 

This study is a literature review with educational evaluation mediated by intelligent tutoring systems (ITS) as its central axis seeking to establish state of the art on implementations executed in the last 20 years and their impact on the evaluation process. The PRISMA methodology was applied for the literature review; the studies were included using the R software and bibliometric techniques with a general search equation that allowed access to all ITS production in Scopus. Subsequently, with the help of artificial intelligence, text mining was used to identify topics of interest in the scientific community, followed by further filtering. Finally, the selected full texts were analyzed using the NVivo software to extract emerging challenges in the field, obtaining 163 full texts for analysis. Among the main findings, the primary purpose of evaluation in ITS was summative, peer and self-evaluation did not have the same level of importance as hetero evaluation, and ITS focus was quantitative. All of this allowed us to conclude that the analyzed texts did not implement a holistic perspective and therefore evidenced the need to establish a framework for constructing an ITS using current technologies that integrate the mentioned variables.

 

 

A bibliometric analysis is carried out on scientific articles referring to Mexico on cybersecurity issues, published between 2015 and 2020, indexed by Sciencedirect, Redalyc, and Dialnet. The study takes into consideration indicators such as productivity per year, per journal, per institution and per author, as well as the thematic content of the texts. From the 18 papers analyzed, the detected research trends suggest a majority contribution from researchers affiliated to universities, as well as the association of cybersecurity issues and the technologies involved in cyberspace with social topics.

 

 

Disabled People deal with a series of barriers that limit their inclusion, empowerment, well-being, and role in society with a special emphasis in low and medium-income countries. One of these barriers is concerning the accessibility and affordability of assistive technologies (ATs) that help to enhance the quality of life of these persons. In this context, this systematic literature review (SLR) analyzes and describes how free and open-source hardware (OSHW) and open software (OSS) are employed in the design, development, and deployment of low-cost ATs. In the SLR process, different ATs were analyzed for disabilities such as visual, mobility, upper body, prostheses, hearing & speaking, daily living, and participation in society. The ATs were designed with diverse OSHW and OSS technologies such as Arduino, Raspberry Pi, NVidia Jeston, OpenCV, YOLO, MobileNet, EEG and EMG signal conditioning devices, actuators, and sensors such as ultrasonic, LiDar, or flex. 809 studies were collected and analyzed from the database Web of Science, GitHub, and the specialized journals in OSHW HardwareX and the Journal of Open Hardware during the years 2013-2022. In the first part of the SLR, the bibliometric trends and topic clusters regarding the selected studies are described. Secondly, the ATs identified with open source technologies, e.g., sensor-based or computer vision-based, are described along with a complete state-of-art about these based on each disability recognized. Finally, the issues and challenges to this approach are explored including technical factors, documentation, government policies, and the inclusion of disabled people in open source co-creation. The purpose of this study is to inform practitioners, designers, or stakeholders about low-cost (frugal) ATs with OSHW and OSS, and thus promote their development, accessibility, and affordability, contributing to benefit the community of disabled people.

 

 

Introduction: Global surgery has become the undisputed starting point for addressing a myriad of problems in surgery today. Therefore, it is necessary to constantly evaluate the scientific productivity in surgery, its behavior, validity and impact. In Latin America, specifically in Colombia, there are no studies that have analyzed this production.Methods: A retrospective cross-sectional bibliometric study was carried out, in which the Colombian Ministry of Science database was consulted with the validated results up to July 2021. In the search section for research groups, the key word “Surgery” was used, and all associated GrupLAC (platform where the information of the research groups can be found) and their registered products were reviewed. Results: 40 groups were included. Only 5 (12.5%) were registered in surgery as main line of research. The great majority of the groups were in the medium-low category, 50% in category C and 22.5% in category B. The vast majority of surgical groups are located in Bogot acute accent a (19; 47.5%). The first surgery group in the country was created in 1994 and the last one in 2017. In 27 years of surgical research, a total of 4121 registered scientific articles were found, 83 books, 713 book chapters, 2891 products associated with participation in scientific events, 1221 theses directed, and 1670 projects in colombian surgical research groups. There was evidence of a high rate of underreporting of data, due to duplication of products and incomplete registration of data.Conclusions: There is a high rate of underreporting of products and data in the GrupLAC of Colombian surgical research groups. Most of the production is located in the Andes region (Antioquia, Valle del Cauca and Bogot acute accent a), and is predominantly composed of scientific articles and products associated with participation in scientific events.

 

 

This article analyzes the learning of students in the entire field of education and in other branches of science, through the systematic review of the literature (RSL) with the aim of determining the state of the art about the teaching and learning of math in Educational Institutions using Mobile Applications, based on the recommendations of Barbara Kitchenham & Charters (2007) for the review of papers in the years from 2016 to 2021. In the review conducted, some relevant results were obtained: identification of the main areas in which mobile applications are used, to the authors who have published the most research, the papers published according to their chronological distribution (2020 and 2018), to the publication media where the research is reported (Journal and Conference), the topics (as bigramas) most used per year (“primary school”, “early childhood” and “mobile learning”) and the bibliometric networks of co-authorship worldwide. It was concluded that the selected research papers focus on improving the teaching and learning of students in educational institutions. It is expected that future research will expand the chronological scope of the analyzed papers for a more comprehensive review.

 

 

The behavior of the agrarian issue published in the Granma newspaper, in its daily printed edition during 2019, is analyzed to reveal the Cuban reality projected in this national dissemination medium of the Communist Party of Cuba (PCC). Bibliometric indicators are applied, such as: Monthly productivity, Productivity of topics by newspaper sections, Productivity by province, Business entities and cooperative agricultural most representative; and well as the main agricultural research and technological innovation activities in this media. For the data analysis Excel and ToolInf softwares were used. A stable behavior was obtained in the approach to the subject in 60% of the annual issues, the second semester being the one with the highest number of publications in the Cuba section, the cover of the newspaper and in Letters to the Direction; giving broad coverage to issues related to monitoring and control of the agricultural sector, agricultural problems and agricultural production results, events, investments and infrastructure. The largest number of information was represented by the provinces: Pinar del Rio, Cienfuegos and Granma; in which the main agricultural productions treated are corn, tobacco, rice and beans, and to a lesser extent the rest of the productions resulting from livestock, forestry, fishing and aquaculture activities. The most representative staters entities were the Ceballos Agroindustrial Company and Tabacuba, whose main purpose is to export its products. Scientific-technological activity directed to the cooperative sector is disclosed, which should seek greater linkage and enhancement of traditional practices.

 

 

The objective of the study is to describe the world scientific production on gamification in the Scopus and Web of Science databases between the months of January 2020 and March 2022. We worked with a universe consisting of 754 documents from the database Web of Science and 1443 from Scopus. The results indicate that, in terms of the number of authors, Scopus has 1,336 and Web of Science, 2,223. The rate of collaboration between authors is slightly higher in Web of Science (3.18) compared to 3.05 in Scopus. Regarding the author with the highest production on the subject, Juho Hamari stood out, while the Lecture notes in computer science magazines in Scopus and the Sustainability magazine in WoS stood out as the media with the highest production of articles on gamification; On the other hand, Spain was the main country producing scientific evidence, and the type of scientific production that stood out was the original articles. The growth of scientific production on gamification is corroborated and further growth is forecast for the coming years.

 

 

The study aims to characterize the global scientific production on environmental management at the global level in the Scopus and Web of Science, between the months of January 2020 to March 2022. A retrospective descriptive bibliometric analysis was carried out. 1133 documents from the Web of database were analyzed. Science and 1687 from Scopus, drawn from 565 and 771 sources respectively. Regarding the number of authors, Scopus presents 6067 and Web of Science, 4043. The rate of collaboration between authors is slightly lower in Web of Science (3.82) compared to 3.95 from Scopus. The most cited article is “Green innovation and environmental performance: The role of green transformational leadership and green human resource management “, the author with the most papers on the subject is Yi Zhang, IOP Conference Series: Earth And Environmental magazine Science stands out as the medium with the largest number of publications related to environmental management, the type of scientific document that stands out the most is the original article, as for the country with the largest number of publications on environmental management, China stands out. With regard to collaboration between countries, China and Pakistan stand out in the case of Web of Science and China and the United States in the case of Scopus . It is concluded that, in recent years, scientific production on environmental management has shown an accelerated increase motivated by the dramatic changes generated by the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

 

Stress can result in psychopathologies, such as anxiety or depression, when this risk factor continues in time. One major stressor was the COVID-19 pandemic, which triggered considerable emotional distress and mental health issues among different workers, including teachers, with another stressor: technology and online education. A mixed-method approach is presented in this research, combining a cross-sectional study of university teachers from Ecuador and Spain with a medium of twenty years of working experience (N = 55) and a bibliometric analysis carried out in three databases (161 documents). The levels of anxiety and depression, and therefore the risk of developing them as mental disorders, were high. The lack of training (p < 0.01), time (p < 0.05), or research regarding the use of technology in education (p < 0.01) and stress caused by COVID-19 (p < 0.001) were linked to frequency. The most relevant observational study obtained through the bibliometric analysis (138 citations and over 65% of methodological quality) indicated that previous training and behavioral factors are key in the stress related to technology. The combination of the results indicated that mental health in STEM teachers at university is related to diverse factors, from training to the family and working balance.

 

 

Collaborative learning has a broad theoretical and practical tradition in general education, as in higher education. However, coordination of people who seek to learn is not an easy task to manage. This complexity increases when technology arises as component of collaboration. What are the advances on technology-assisted collaborative learning? This work aims to analyze the state of the research on collaborative learning in Higher Education in Virtual Learning Environments (EVA). To achieve this purpose. a bibliometric analysis of the indexed publications of the SCOPUS database is carried out. Network bibliometric analyses revealed that the scientific production on collaborative learning in higher education is grow-ing but not homogeneous over rinse. Most active disciplines proved to be Social Sciences and Computer Scienc-es, and a special emphasis on understanding the Collaboration in h -learning environments showed two developing trends: 1) the acceptance of virtual collaborative media -don in higher education processes and 2) the need to implement collaborative methodological nuances (portfolio and other pedagogical natives) and trying out other virtual tools (social networks)

 

 

Wavelet power spectrum (WPS) and wavelet coherence analyses (WCA) are used to examine the co-movements among oil prices, green bonds, and CO2 emissions on daily data from January 2014 to October 2022. The WPS results show that oil returns exhibit significant volatility at low and medium frequencies, particularly in 2014, 2019-2020, and 2022. Also, the Green Bond Index presents significant volatility at the end of 2019-2020 and the beginning of 2022 at low, medium, and high frequencies. Additionally, CO2 futures’ returns present high volatility at low and medium frequencies, expressly in 2015-2016, 2018, the end of 2019-2020, and 2022. WCA’s empirical findings reveal (i) that oil returns have a negative impact on the Green Bond Index in the medium term. (ii) There is a strong interdependence between oil prices and CO2 futures’ returns, in short, medium, and long terms, as inferred from the time-frequency analysis. (iii) There also is evidence of strong short, medium, and long terms co-movements between the Green Bond Index and CO2 futures’ returns, with the Green Bond Index leading.

 

 

In this article, we analyze the scientific production on public television disclosed between 2001 and 2019 in the Web of Science databases, characterizing the metadata information, and identifying media studies, traditions of communication theories and methodologies with content analyses. 202 articles were found that correspond to 1% of total publications with the keyword “television”, this show the gap in public television studies. The results demonstrate a centralization of knowledge in Spain and United States. Regions as Latin America, Asia and Oceania have a low participation. Finally, scholars have been interested in the production processes analyzed from the sociocultural tradition.

 

 

This work presents a review, using bibliometric methods, of the state of research on the whole field of natural language processing (NLP), understanding this as the methods to process human language, including semantic techniques, statistical techniques or a combination of both. Particularly we focus on the trends of research in NLP, since there are not in the literature studies that embrace in an integral way bibliometric studies about natural language processing, its applications and related topics. Our work includes an identification of the main sources where research is published, the most productive and influential countries and research institutions, the main actors involved in research, as well as the main topics that are investigated. We found that research in the field and subfields has increased continuously during the period under study; conference proceedings are the preferred media to communicate results and that biomedical informatics is one relevant field of application of NLP. We conclude with both, a synchronic and a diachronic characterization of research topics carried out internationally on natural language processing and related topics, which showed that several subfields of artificial intelligence are closely related to natural language processing in recent years.

 

 

This article presents the report of an empirical investigation on scientific production in Education using bibliometric and scientometric data analyzed based on concepts created by Pierre Bourdieu for the sociology of science with the help of a historical and philosophical framework. Using metadata from more than 6000 theses defended between 1996 and 2016 in postgraduate education programs in Brazil, a map of the Social Hierarchy of Objects in the field of Education was generated. We also tried to empirically test the statement about research in Education that there was a loss of the object of research in Education in postmodernity and the importance in terms of scientific capital of Digital Information and Communication Technologies (DTIC). The data showed that the hierarchy of objects is very fragmented but with a nucleus that concentrates a lot of scientific capital and that this concentration grew with the field. Which can be explained by the high degree of heteronomy of the field and post-modernity phenomena. It was possible to map that there are objects that bring more return of scientific capital: the teacher and his/her formation. Therefore, there was no loss of the object. It was also possible to observe that words related to digital technologies grew in scientific capital and became part of the core in the hierarchy of objects in the field at the beginning of the 21st century. Digital technologies are part of the core of the Social Hierarchy of Objects in the field of Education, mainly related to Distance Education.

 

 

The present article is the result of an academic interdisciplinary work done by researchers from the XII group of doctoral students from the Postgraduate Program in Environment and Development at the Federal University of Parana (PPGMADE-UFPR). By means of a systematic review and by using bibliometric research tools, followed by qualitative analyses, the purpose of this collective effort was to contribute towards the construction of knowledge for the theoretical deepening and basis of empirical works related to the theme “alternativities”, thereby seeking to identify gaps and research opportunities. The analyses indicate that a special emphasis is given to research on this subject in the areas of environmental sciences and sociology, and that there is also a field of scientific production under construction that involves this issue, especially those linked to the studies of Boaventura de Sousa Santos. When reflecting on the specificities of rural alternativities, as analyzed from the five ecologies proposed by Sousa Santos, this study makes it possible to use an epistemological approach based on the perspective of absent and emergent experiences. It is concluded that there is a comprehensive field of research for the use of the term, and that alternativities in rurality are closely linked to an epistemological option that, through the experiences and narratives of those who are absent and emergent, has sought to understand how rural social actors produce new experiences based on the tension that exists with hegemonic modernity-coloniality.

 

 

Work is a central concern for sustainable farming systems and rural communities, especially regarding specific issues of the agricultural sector, as the strong decrease in rural employment and the less attractive working conditions. Many articles covering diverse related topics have been published. However, the few studies analyzing the state of worldwide scientific research on work in agriculture give only a fragmented view, since they focus on specialized topics and disciplines. To fill this knowledge gap, the aim of this study was to review the state of research on work in agriculture addressed by the scientific literature, through a bibliometric analysis by country, institution, journal, author, and keywords. Our main finds are that (1) work in agriculture issues is divided into six main research domains: occupational health and safety, labor market and rural employment, labor and farm sustainability, work organization, agricultural policy and agrarian changes, and labor and family farms; (2) these research domains are analyzed by five scientific communities: ergonomics, agricultural economics, livestock farming systems, rural sociology, and agricultural policy; (3) the reference authors, most-cited articles, and main journals were identified for each scientific community; (4) USA, France, and China arise as leaders in the scientific landscape. We show for the first time the characteristics of the main scientific communities worldwide that have performed the most relevant research related to work in agriculture over the past 10years. This review provides a benchmark for future research on agricultural work-related topics and encourages collaborations between researchers from different scientific communities for interdisciplinary innovation, which support sustainable working conditions in agriculture.

 

 

The present article exposes the results of the metric analysis applied to the scientific production of the works of diploma on the radio, in the careers of Social Communication and Journalism, respectively, that between 2013-2018 were realized in the Faculty of Communication of the University of Havana. Some theoretical aspects are exposed on the concept of diploma work that governs higher education in Cuba, in relation to the situation of radio research, as well as historical elements on the development of bibliometric studies. One-dimensional and multidimensional bibliometric indicators are used. The first ones include productivity by career, by years, by tutors and by keywords, and among the latter, the co-occurrence of keywords and collaboration in tutoring. The tools used in the data processing are concentrated in the bibliographic manager EndNote X7, Microsoft Excel 2013, Bibexcel version 2016 and Gephi 0.9.2. The measurement shows that the radio has a very discreet increase as a center of interest in the research of the Faculty. It is necessary to draw up strategies that broaden its presence in the field of research and deepen its knowledge, taking into consideration that as a means of communication it still coexists with others despite the transformations that society experiences in information and communication technologies and to which it adapts.

 

 

This work is mainly aimed at the detection, visualization and description of the scientific collaboration patterns in the Nursing field in Latin America as a response to the lack of evidence on the implications of collaboration and its effects on the scientific influence in the Nursing field.For this purpose, a retrospective quantitative analysis was conducted by including all the publications classified under the code 2900 in All Science Journal Classification Codes of Scopus, corresponding to the field of General Nursing during 2005-2020. A total of 40 countries and 362,354 unique publications were analyzed, although the main subset herein consists of 18,371 unique publications authored by Latin-American institutions.World proportion of Latin-American publications in Nursing is higher than all the publications in the region. This increase is especially remarkable in the latest year of the studied period, which may result from the pro-gressive increase in the numbers of nursing schools, the diversity in the graduate and specialization programs, the creation of scientific societies, and the many conferences carried out recently on Nursing.

 

 

Microplastics (MPs) and nanoplastics (NPs) are plastic particles of concern worldwide as they negatively affect the environment and human health. The interactions of microorganisms with microplastics and nanoplastics are different. On one hand, microorganisms might biodegrade MPs/NPs through enzymes, but on the other hand, they serve as vehicles to spread diseases or negatively affect their viability. As a result, several studies have reported disturbances in soil balance and negative impacts on geochemical cycles. With an increasing number of investigations into microorganisms and their interactions with MPs and NPs, this study demonstrates a growing interest in biodegradable alternatives. A bibliometric analysis of 719 documents published from 2010 to December 2021 presents the research landscape on the interaction of microplastics and nanoplastics with microorganisms. The study shows that China, the United States, the United Kingdom, and Germany lead the scientific production on this topic. However, in situ studies of large-scale pilot applications in the environment are scarce. More research funding from governments in the form of national action that stimulates national and international cooperation through universities, institutes, and industries is required. There is an urgent need for studies focusing on the degradation mechanisms of various microorganisms through the characterization of enzymes involved in the chemical modification of these emerging contaminants (MPs/NPs) with transparent standard methodologies. Moreover, there is no standardization for MP/NP extraction or characterization methodologies for different environments, especially in atmosphere. The patent need for alternative pathways for MP/NP degradation is evident, using microorganisms such as bacteria, fungi, microalgae, and a consortium (peripheral biofilms) to mitigate the negative impact of the constantly increasing anthropogenic MP/NP pollutants in the world.

 

 

Objective: The present work sought to identify researchers and patterns of collaboration in scientific production associated with the participation of local authorities in the provision of public sports policies in Brazil and Portugal. Methodology/ Approach: The methodological procedure involved systematic review and bibliometric analysis of the researchers’ production. Finally, we analyze the relationships between the actors and the collaboration networks. To locate the works, we use the Portal Periodicos Capes, which provides different databases with texts published by the main editors in the world, distributed in all areas of knowledge. Collaboration networks were observed via co-authorships. Originality/ Relevance: Local authorities in Brazil and Portugal have promoted important public sports policies. However, the analysis of this production, mainly comparatively between the two countries, has not yet been carried out. Main Results It is noticeable the effort in the consolidation of the agenda through the increase of work along the time, the groups of researchers involved and the number of inter-institutional and international partnerships. However, the existence of betweenness centrality makes the consolidation of this research agenda difficult.. Theoretical/ Methodological contributions: It promotes the discussion of the relationship between scientific production in the area of municipal public policies in Brazil and Portugal and the construction of collaboration networks.

 

 

Scholars had been documenting the Brain Drain phenomenon producing scientific literature for more than 50 years. After three decades of slow but steady progress, literature about this concept has accelerated its progress and growth path, in line with the 9th sustainable development goal “Build resilient infrastructure, promote sustainable industrialization and foster innovation” Thus, the present article aims to define the current theoretical trends about the analysis of advanced intellectual human capital’s international migratory phenomenon. This study uses a scientometric methodology on a corpus of 1212 articles indexed to the JCR-WoS from Social Sciences. The period covered in the study is from 1965 to 2020. The paper looks to understand how researchers studied the brain drain concept over the last 55 years in various disciplines. The report covers 99 categories from the Journal Citation Report (JCR) index. Results show that there is a scientific research critical mass that is studying the brain drain phenomenon. The analysis shows thematic trends at the sources, discourses, and consolidates classic works and some novel authors. Those new scholars and theoretical trends lead to refocused analysis beyond countries with a high development level. Such movement constitutes a new challenge in this line of research toward studying the effects of the brain drain in the peripheral areas of knowledge production.

 

 

This paper aimed to identify the elements that describe the profile of scientific publications on credit cooperatives in the main national and international journals, performing a bibliometric analysis at Scopus from 2006 to 2018, including the terms “credit cooperatives”, “credit cooperatives” and “credit unions”. The main results show that the Brazilian scientific production indexed in Scopus is still incipient, with 24 published works, whose year of 2017 concentrated approximately 20.8% of this production (5). Most articles are classified in the area of “Business, Management and Accounting” and are predominantly produced by UFV and UFMG authors. In addition, it was identified that the network of authors is isolated, and there is no cooperation among the clusters.

 

 

For years, human resources management has been considered a relevant factor to improve the levels of performance and competitiveness of organizations. Therefore, it has increasingly captured the attention of researchers at a global level. This paper aims to analyze such context in Ibero-America from a bibliometric perspective – the construction of knowledge in the field of human resources management and organizational performance. With that purpose, articles published in the main collection of Web of Science between the years 2010-2020 are analyzed with the help of Bibliometrix and VOSviewer. The results show that Spanish, Brazilian, and Portuguese researchers are the most productive of the group, and that Brazilians are equally the most influential. Likewise, there is a low participation of Latin American authors in prestigious international journals, and little cooperation with the most prestigious universities worldwide. The paper concludes that, in general, when compared to global production, Ibero-American production is still marginal, pointing to a challenge for these authors, especially for Latin Americans. This is a pioneering study, the first attempting to characterize Ibero-American scientific production in the field of human resources management and organizational performance.

 

 

Background: Malaria is one of the infectious diseases of greatest interest to the scientific community and of greatest concern to international health authorities. Traditionally, the focus has been on Plasmodium falciparum, the parasite that causes the most severe form of the disease in Africa. However, in the last twenty years, the Plasmodium vivax parasite, responsible for a large number of cases in Latin America, the Middle East, South and Southeast Asia, the Horn of Africa, and Oceania, has also generated enormous interest due, among other things, to the published evidence that it can cause severe malaria. Methods: In this paper, the international scientific publication on malaria and P. vivax has been analyzed using the Scopus database to try to define global trends in this field of study. Results: It has been shown that events such as the emergence of resistance to certain drugs can break a trend. The important role of non-malaria-endemic countries such as the USA or Switzerland in malaria research is also evident. Conclusions: International cooperation will be essential for the eradication of the disease. Moreover, in this sense, the general vision given by the bibliometric analysis of malaria caused by P. vivax is fundamental to paint the picture regarding the current situation and encourage international cooperation and control efforts.

 

 

Teaching and the profession are made up of peculiarities, becoming complex. This is a reflection of globalization, technological advances, bureaucracy and convergence of standards to international standards. Consequently, the facts arise from the responsibility of teaching-learning in the area of knowledge. This scenario of changes is the process of teaching-learning and, therefore, in the evaluation of learning. This document is the resource of the networks of interaks in the authors and the subjects researched with the evaluation of learning in Accounting Sciences. The bibliographical, bibliometric and sociometric research was carried out in order to show how the cooperation networks between the authors and previous work on the evaluation of learning. The results indicate that Professor Gilberto Jose Miranda is the most prolific author of the area, involved in the largest cooperation network. The thematic that added a greater number of studies was the evaluation of teaching-learning in the studies of concentration of evaluations of disciplines, by teachers and students. Of those who are superior to those of us, of those who are of right being exploited. This study quantifies the knowledge of the scientific thematic, going to their scientific, not that will be found to the profit, with the knowledge of their knowledge of IESs. Still, the work is a foundation for more research on the field of knowledge, with the influence of its extension, diffusion and socialization in the national scientific literature.

 

 

This paper analyzes the production of Brazilian geomorphology in four high impact journals between the years of 2016 and 2020, one national and three internationals. The objective was to trace the evolution of this production, as well as to verify the national and international cooperation networks created through these publications. The results showed a Brazilian production increase in national and, mostly, in international journals allowing greater participation in global scientific production compared to the previous five-year period. Further to the general number of publications, there was a repositioning of the federative units regarding international production. Sao Paulo, Parana, Rio de Janeiro, and Minas Gerais continue to be important, but deserve to be highlighted the states of Para and Rio Grande do Sul, which have doubled their production. Compared to the previous five-year period, it was found a cooperation increase between researchers from different institutions. The national and international cooperation networks showed that the most relevant institutions for production are precisely those with the highest number and diversity of collaborations. However, despite the development at the international level, Brazil’s percentage of contribution to the total of global production is still small. Therefore, the development of more technical-scientific cooperation relationships seems to be the most promising way to change this scenario.

 

 

The aim of this research is to carry out a bibliometric and bibliographic study of the scientific production indexed in the international databases Scopus and Web of Science (WoS) on the use of cultural heritage by tourism as an alternative for regional development. This research allows us to observe the current situation of this area of study and to develop a research roadmap on this subject. The methodology used focuses on applying productivity, dispersion, collaboration, and citation indicators to a set of 103 articles identified through an advanced search of terms, in addition to applying an iterative analysis for the bibliographic study. The main findings of this study show that the documents are mostly analytical, mainly signed by a single author, and the productivity rate per author is 1.04. The co-author index in the subject is 2.34, and the subject is in an exponential growth phase that began in 2004, with a ratio of 6.53 articles/year, with the majority of the production being by a single author per article. The country with the highest production is China, with 28 articles, 26 authors, 28 authorships, and 15 centers, followed by the Russian Federation, with 21 articles. Universiti Sains Malaysia (Malaysia) is the most productive institution, with 15 authorships, and there is a group of aspiring authors (between 2 and 4 articles) whose geographical affiliation is Malaysia, a group that represents 3% of the total of authors and concentrates 17 articles.

 

 

The tourism program “Pueblos Magicos” was created in 2001 by the Mexican Secretary of Tourism (Sectur), together with its brand, with the aim of promoting tourism by preserving secular and ancestral traditions, as well as revitalizing cities and towns that make great efforts to protect and safeguard their cultural wealth. In this context, the aim of this research work is to show the current state of scientific research carried out within the context of the Magic Towns of Mexico. The work methodology is based on the bibliometric analysis of the scientific production indexed in two main international databases: Web of Science and Scopus. The application of this technique will make it possible to obtain a scientific mapping of the production (growth, researchers in the subject, production impact through the number of citations, network analysis, etc.), with the aim of observing the evolution in the generation of knowledge regarding this tourism development tool that acts as a distinctive brand for tourism in Mexico. This mapping is useful for researchers as it provides information on the research carried out so far, allowing them to identify gaps to work on in their future research work. The systematic search process identified 52 articles. The results indicate that the research carried out in this context is incipient, with few researchers addressing the subject on a continuous basis and most of them being transient researchers with a single article. Most of the research was approached from the perspective of cultural heritage, cultural resources, inherited resources, cultural tourism, public policy, local development and sustainable tourism, and sustainable development. In light of the number of articles published, all of these can be considered to be incipient lines of research.

 

 

Community-Based Tourism is a proposal for planning and developing localities through tourism, based on the sustainability and sustainable development’s concepts, promoting the communities’ social emancipation through the population’s leading role in self-management of their goods, services and social capital, in order to achieve the improvement of the quality of life of its residents and the conservation of its environmental, historical and cultural heritage. In order to understand the scientific literature that has gained space since 1990, and to identify possible gaps in the subject, this article brings together an Literature’s Integrative Review (LIR) and a Bibliometric Study (BS) to analyze a sample of 158 articles in Portuguese, Spanish and English distributed by 64 journals. The study fulfilled the three main bibliometric’s laws: Lotka, Bradford and Zipf, indicating the CBT as an expanding and pulverized production theme. Finally, the synthesis of knowledge identified as possible theoretical gaps: governance and commercialization.

 

 

We present a bibliometric and social network analysis of the Brazilian field of tourism, taken as the articles of 16 Brazilian tourism journals. Utilizing keywords, we describe and evaluate its trajectory (1990-2018), with focus on the cultural tourism cluster. We study the authorship (authors, institutions and geographic distribution), journals (dispersal of publication), impact and intellectual structure of the cluster. It is clearly delimited, and includes “expected” keywords that orbit around cultural tourism, culture and heritage. Authorship is relatively fragmented; there is an overrepresentation of the Northeast Region of Brazil. In the references, there is a distinct social sciences orientation; there are relatively few authors and texts concerned with cultural tourism as a market segment. Margarita Barretto’s dominance and centrality in the intellectual structure is clear. Concerning the impact, the cluster has an average of actual citations per article just below that verified for the field.

 

 

Since the Digne Convention in 1991, the literature related to Geoparks has gained a growing interest on the academy’s part, especially in achieving the preservation of geological interest sites through sustainable tourism. This article aims to provide an analysis of the academic research on Geoparks, based on publications in the Scopus database in the period 2002–2020. Bibliometric analysis methods and bibliographic display maps were examined using VOSviewer software. The bibliometric analysis process comprises three phases: (i) Search Criteria and Source Identification, (ii) software and data extraction, and (iii) data analysis and interpretation. The results show geoparks in full growth as a scientific discipline, thanks to the contribution of various authors, institutions, journals, and related topics that confirm the importance of this field of study. Additionally, bibliometric maps lead to an understanding of the intellectual structure of the subject, in which keyword co-occurrence analysis shows six main themes, ranging from ‘UNESCO Global Geoparks’ to ‘Geo-tourism-Sustainable Tourism’. this, combined with maps of co-citation, broadly exhibits this structure and development, showing areas of current interest and potential development, thus offering the latest knowledge on Geopark research worldwide. There is a growing concentration of research on geomorphological heritage and geo-tourism, focusing on methodologies to evaluate the specialities of this type of heritage and define the concept of geo-tourism; there is a great interest especially in the evaluation and identification of geo-site/geo-morphosites which try to eliminate subjectivity in methods and focus on sustainable development of the localities.

 

 

The study aimed to analyze the international literature on people management in tourism between the years 2016 to 2020. For this, an exploratory and descriptive research was developed based on a literature review of relevant articles published in the database of Web of Science. The research resulted in a total of 236 publications that were analyzed, treated and categorized through frequency analysis, bibliometric analysis and content analysis. As a result, it was found that studies on people management in tourism are varied, with a multiplicity of themes, authors, journals and countries that host the publications. Eleven thematic categories were identified, which permeated the different characteristics that encompass the intersection of these fields of studies. The most explored topic was Sustainable Human Resources Management, while Human Resources Management and Information Technology was the topic that showed the least signs of saturation. Finally, the study demonstrates the plurality of themes, concepts and ideas that permeate the field of people management applied to tourism, suggesting new directions and paths for future research.

 

 

Entrepreneurship and tourism are linked as relevant aspects of study due to their influence on the society’s development. In attempt to identify the main theoretical contributions in the 21st century, a bibliometric study was carried out, based on publications of tourism entrepreneurship in the Web of Science (WoS) and Scopus databases. As a result, data from 268 documents were obtained and processed in VosViewer. The main findings place Haber, Altinay, and Hallak as the most cited authors; when analyzing co-authorship, co-citation, and bibliographic coupling by authors, the distribution changes in relation to the contribution. England, Australia, and United States are the main countries that originate publications on the subject and have an impact on their dissemination; and Tourism Management is the Journal with the highest number of citations. The topics were grouped into three clusters: (1) Sustainable Rural Tourism, (2) Small business and lifestyle, and (3) Social entrepreneurship, with a predominantly human and social focus over the economic vision. This study can be the basis for further studies about adjacent, related, or emerging topics to entrepreneurship in tourism, as well as to generate practical proposals for new or potential entrepreneurs.

 

 

Hospitality Industry has a particular context, it is broadly competitive, and in permanent change. An organizational culture can improve the results of different organizations. This study evaluates the organizational culture research in the field of the hospitality industry to obtain an understanding of its actual situation and future. The study used bibliometric analysis and systematic literature review to examine publications of five journals about hospitality in the Web of Science database, from 1980 to April 2019. Findings indicate that hotels are the main field of research of the hospitality industry, and the quantitative methodology approach is the most used. Moreover, it shows three paths of recent research for future analysis.

 

 

The article presents a perspective on the Brazilian scientific production on the health of the black population (SPN) published in scientific journals. We performed a rapid scoping review combined with thematic and bibliometric analysis. Our search included four indexed databases. We retrieved 519 studies in line with the thematic axes and strategic underlying themes of the Agenda of Research Priorities of the Ministry of Health and the guidelines of the National Policy for the Comprehensive Health of the Black Population. The data mainly returned quantitative studies published from 1969 to 2022. Sixty-five of the selected studies were explicitly about the black population and 54 about the quilombola population. The analysis of the most recurrent terms in the titles of the selected studies evidenced that epidemiological aspects and health and disease conditions prevailed. We observed limitations in the currently available indexing descriptors, which do not cover the most conceptually appropriate terminology. This paper consolidates knowledge about the SPN-related scientific production. It supports the discussion on a propositional priority research agenda to improve health policies for this population, overcome racism, and denounce rights violations.

 

 

The search for the right person for the right job, or in other words the selection of the candidate who best reflects the skills demanded by employers to perform a specific set of duties in a job appointment, is a key premise of the personnel selection pipeline of recruitment departments. This task is usually performed by human experts who examine the résumé or curriculum vitae of candidates in search of the right skills necessary to fit the vacant position. Recent advances in AI, specifically in the fields of text analytics and natural language processing, have sparked the interest of research on the application of these technologies to help recruiters accomplish this task or part of it automatically, applying algorithms for information extraction, parsing, representation, and matching of résumés and job descriptions, or sections within. In this study, we aim to better understand how the research landscape in this field has evolved. To do this, we follow a multifaceted bibliometric approach aimed at identifying trends, dynamics, structures, and visual mapping of the most relevant topics, highly cited or influential papers, authors, and universities working on these topics, based on a publication record retrieved from Scopus and Google Scholar bibliographic databases. We conclude that, unlike a traditional literature review, the bibliometric-guided approach allowed us to discover a more comprehensive picture of the evolution of research in this subject and to clearly identify paradigm shifts from the earliest stages to the most recent efforts proposed to address this problem.

 

 

OBJECTIVE: To analyze the scientific production on Burnout Syndrome in physicians and nurses of ICU in Brazil. METHOD: Bibliometric study, documentary, with quantitative approach. We selected articles published in Brazil on Burnout Syndrome in the ICUs, in the VHL and Portal Capes, from 2000 to 2018. RESULTS: 40 articles were identified, predominantly from the Southeast. Prevalence of those published in the Brazilian Journal of Intensive Care and in the Journal of Nursing UFPE online. The B2 Qualis periodical is the most prominent. The most prevalent descriptors were: Intensive Care Units, Burnout Syndrome, Burnout and Professional Exhaustion. CONCLUSIONS: Nurses are more interested in publishing this issue. Burnout Syndrome studied in intensive physicians would contribute to identifying its prevalence in these professionals.

 

 

In Brazil, the professionalization of Psychology is a consequence of debates among different professions involved into its applications during the first half of the 20th century. Part of this debate was limited to the clinical applications of psychological methods and techniques; elements connected to Psychology, Psychiatry, and Psychoanalysis. In this regard, this study highlights psychological practices and knowledges in circulation in the “Arquivos de Neuro-Psiquiatria”, between 1943 and 1962. The results show the use of psychological methods and techniques to address different conditions, and a strong appropriation of psychodynamic theories. Clinical appropriations of Neuropsychiatry that helps to a better comprehension of the scientific and professional debates are noteworthy, connected to the institutionalization of the training and the profession of Psychologist, in the country. © 2009 Associação Universitária de Pesquisa em Psicopatologia Fundamental/.

 

 

Objective: To analyze bibliometric indicators of studies originated from dissertations and theses on palliative care in pediatric oncology defended in Postgraduate Programs in the Brazilian scenario. Methods: Bibliometric study conducted through the Bank of Theses and Dissertations of the Coordination for the Improvement of Higher Education Personnel (Portuguese acronym: CAPES) and the Brazilian Digital Library of Theses and Dissertations (Portuguese acronym: BDTD) between years 2008 and 2018 defended in Postgraduate Programs in Brazil. Results: The investigated bibliometric indicators highlighted 60 studies (13 theses and 47 dissertations) conducted on palliative care in pediatric oncology. The Higher Education Institution with the highest scientific production was the Universidade de São Paulo. The southeast region stood out with the largest number of publications distributed in 18 programs. The Nursing field occupied a prominent position, followed by Psychology and Medicine. The qualitative methodological design was the most used in the studies. Most studies were conducted in specialized hospitals for cancer treatment. Conclusion: A small number of studies originating from dissertations and theses on palliative care in pediatric oncology defended in Postgraduate Programs in the Brazilian scenario was identified in this investigation. Further studies are suggested to expand scientific production on the topic and disseminate scientific evidence within clinical practice of palliative care in pediatric oncology.

 

 

Bibliometry consists on the mathematical and statistical treatment of published scientific information. This methodology, or technique (following some authors), includes the quantification of bibliographic information that can be analyzed. Bibliometric and qualitative data reviews can be combined in order to offer high-quality conclusions. For more than three decades, bibliometric studies have proliferated with different uses, orientations, and applications in Ibero-American psychology. All the classic areas of psychology (basic psychological processes, clinical and health psychology, organizational and work psychology, educational psychology), as well as new areas, such as sports psychology, traffic psychology, consumer psychology, and others have been subject of bibliometric works. Several productions can be recognized where bibliometry is used for historical analysis, review of specialized literature, scientific journals analysis, and the recognition of different areas of research. The goal of this work is to provide a metabibliometric analysis, that is, a bibliometry of bibliometric studies. It is a descriptive study in which different documentary sources are retrieved, classified, and analyzed based on the proper procedure of bibliometric studies. This study examined the scientific and scholarly productions in the field of Ibero-American psychology, using three specific databases: Dialnet (Spain), Redalyc (Mexico), and SciELO (Brazil). The choice of such databases was because they provide the indexation of a large number of psychology journals and also allow free access to their contents, which gives some coverage to the psychological production of the Ibero-American region. The search was guided by the following general descriptors: “Bibliometric” and “Psychology”, present in any of the search fields of these databases. These two words are functionally equivalent to detect items in Spanish and Portuguese (because all articles have abstracts in English). Interdisciplinary studies were ruled out, and those clearly outside of psychological science or the profession of psychology. The final refined sample of 81 articles were classified according to the following indicators: a) lines of research; b) more frequent authors; c) countries of the authors; d) range of years of publications; e) language of the publications; f) gender in the writing of the works; g) the journals that published the most bibliometric studies; and h) the most analyzed journals from the bibliometric perspective. The vast majority of articles are from the present century (70), which highlights the recent explosion of work in the field. For reference only, eight articles were published in the 1990s, 34 articles were published in the 2000s, and 36 articles were published in the current half-decade. The language of the articles is distributed as follows: 71 in Spanish (88 %), 5 in English (6 %), and 5 in Portuguese (6 %). The proportion by gender of correspondence authors reflects that 40 % are women (33 articles), and 60 % are men (48 articles), always considering the first signatory in cases of multiple authorship. The countries according to the correspondence author, taking the first author in the cases of multiple authors-hips, are: Spain (45), Colombia (15), Argentina (6), Brazil (5), Mexico (4), Chile (3), Peru (2) and Costa Rica (1). Results confirm that the bibliometric research design is a consistent methodological approach to evaluate the field of psychology as a discipline and a professional practice in Ibero-America. These results do not reflect the entire set of bibliometric research in Ibero-American psychology. However, they can also be considered as a representative map of bibliometric studies in the region. The most significant criticism that can be indicated for these bibliometric studies is the abusive descriptive perspective that appears in them. It would be desirable for this kind of research to incorporate other analytical perspectives to go beyond the purely descriptive, which could obtain greater interpretative and explanatory potential regarding what was investigated .

 

 

Most systematic reviews of the relationships between work-related psychosocial risks, health, and performance have only considered papers in English, thus ignoring, to a considerable extent, studies conducted in Latin America. In addition, most systematic reviews that have indeed included Latin-American studies have focused on only one occupation and one kind of psychosocial risk, which contributes to producing scattered empirical evidence of this relationship. This paper reports the results of a comprehensive and critical systematic review of 85 studies that examined the relationships between psychosocial risks, health, and performance across a wide range of organizational contexts in Latin America over the last ten years. The paper contributes to the organizational psychology literature by critically reviewing and integrating the most recent studies on this topic in Latin America, identifying their main limitations, and proposing future lines of research that update the debate on this relationship and move this field of study forward.

 

 

This study aims to provide a bibliometric analysis of the literature on thriving at work in psychology and business/management produced between 2001 and 2021, using the Web of Science (WoS) database. The analyses allowed us to identify, through 190 documents, the emergence of the concept of thriving at work and its development. The main research variables related to this concept and its methodology were identified. Likewise, the most influential authors, the most cited articles, the more frequently cited journals, and the countries contributing to developing this construct are analyzed. In addition, an analysis of co-citation, co-occurrences, and bibliographic coupling was conducted. Finally, content analysis of the most popular keywords and the co-citation of cited references are conducted. These analyses allow the identification of the main developments in the topic of thriving at work. The theoretical and practical implications of this bibliometric analysis are discussed.

 

 

This article aims to analyze trends in research on Ergology in Brazil published from 1997 to 2019, considering the nature of the publi-cation and the potential impact of the databases in which they are published. Studies related to occupational health indicate the growing influence of Ergology in the understanding of the world of work, a fact evidenced in previous bibliometric research, of lesser breadth and scope of the databases investigated, which is why we intend to cover gaps and broaden the analysis with more up-to-date data. Using descriptors peculiar to Ergology, surveys were conducted in the Web of Science, Scopus and SciELO databases, in journals not indexed to the databases cited, and in academic productions available in the Capes ca-talog. The projection of Brazil in studies on Ergo-logy was revealed, with the Southeast being the region with the highest concentration of authors and volume of publications. However, the inter-relationship between researchers tends to be limi-ted to the institutions in which they work. There is a prevalence of theses and dissertations to the detriment of articles in productions related to Er-gology. Publications point to interdisciplinarity – with a predominance of Occupational Health, Education, and Psychology – and tend to feature in vehicles of lesser scientific relevance.

 

 

The objective of this paper is to present a review of current research on the valuation of ecosystem services, using emergy evaluation methodology (EME). A bibliometric analysis and a systematic review were carried out between 2000 and 2020, using all of Web of Science database subfields that collected 187 papers, selected through the keywords “emergy” and “ecosystem services”. In the second part of the research, we carried out a new search on Web of Science of the 187 initial articles produced, with the words “valuation” and “economic”, in order to analyze those directly related to the evaluation of ecosystem services. The results showed that the EME method is an effective tool to evaluate ecosystem services, since it relates economic and ecological aspects in the evaluations. The research also indicated that the use of isolated methods does not appear to be the most appropriate solution, and that emergy used in combination with other methodologies can be used to obtain more accurate and comprehensive results to evaluate natural resources.

 

 

Industrial parks have been used to promote the economic development of countries. However, its rapid growth has generated environmental problems related to the depletion of natural resources and pollution. Consequently, the network analysis and the bibliometric analysis applied in this research generated qualitative and quantitative information from a systemic perspective on the thematic and community evolution of research on industrial parks (IP) performed to improve its negative environmental impact and reach sustainability. This study used the Web of Science (WoS) database from 1996 – 2019. The main trends and critical research points were identified in four periods of 6-year each. Social network analysis (SNA) was used to identify the intellectual structure main and the academic collaboration networks established among countries/territories, institutions, and authors. The most productive country in articles is currently China (882), however, when we consider the frequency of articles per million inhabitants, it ranks seventh. The WoS database grouped 63.6 ​% of the articles published in the subjects of “Environmental Sciences & Ecology”, “Engineering”, and “Science & Technology – Other Topics”. Industrial Ecology (IE), Industrial Symbiosis (IS), and Circular Economy (CE) were the author keywords with the highest frequency, indicating that IP research has focused from these perspectives to promote the exchange of byproducts and to evaluate the performance and environmental impact of industrial areas through the use of methodologies such as carbon footprints, emergy analysis, and life cycle analysis (LCA). Finally, some themes were identified and proposed for future research based on analyzing research trends and hot spots from the literature review on industrial parks.

 

 

The organization of a territory relies on a group of transformations produced by economic, environmental, and social emergencies, generating disruptions along with history. Furthermore, every new scenario generates a considerable impact, which makes it more difficult to recover from increasing urban ecological footprints. COVID-19-emergence-aware cities face new challenges that will test their resilience. This new outline constitutes a study regarding urban planning from an environmental and resilience perspective within this new pandemic state of emergency. It contains four main topics: emergent cities, natural resources, sustainability, and resilience. The document shows a case study carried out in a Colombian town named Cajicá, where a bibliometric inquiry conducted with PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses) adjustments was managed, tested on forty-one scientific papers; all the above were verified by VOSviewer software tools. The study reveals the creation and visualization of several keyword networks and relations retrieved from all the selected articles, along with the use of eight additional documents for all relation analyses. Sustainability and resilience are the main findings, supported as a process of functionality within urban planning. Sustainability findings’ results are prioritized, along with resilience analysis processes, which are both frameworks used during the COVID-19 pandemic; they constitute the main argument within this set of changes, building on alterations of lifestyle and behavioral situations within the main cities.

 

 

The objective of this study is to analyze the advances in research on gentrification and tourism from a general perspective. Based on a bibliometric analysis of 278 studies and a literature review of 43 research studies on gentrification and tourism from the Scopus™ database for the period 1990-2021, the authors discuss the results from the following perspectives: general results, number of publications per year, citation of articles, main authors, the most important journals, the most prominent institutions and the countries with the highest productivity. A review of the economic and socio-environmental effects, both positive and negative, of gentrification are presented. The results of the analysis can be used to improve understanding of gentrification and tourism research in order to support further research in this area. As a conclusion, it can be said that gentrification can lead to improvements in the physical and economic context of a city (particularly their neighborhoods) or a territory, but also involves different consequences in the social and environmental context; indeed, gentrification can change communities.

 

 

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) represents the ethical corporate behavior in relation to stakeholders to respond to their needs and expectations; however, it has been suggested that involving stakeholders in corporate management reduces the profit maximization and leads to losses. Thus, this paper intends to analyze theoretical and conceptual trends on stakeholders and CSR between 2012 and 2016 to contextualize their origin, characteristics, and perspectives. The systematic review methodology was followed, which stems from bibliometric analysis to identify patterns related with literature, impact studies, and theoretical-conceptual evolution. The results show that organizations must find a balance between their interests in profit and socially responsible practices through sustainable processes from the social, economic, and environmental perspectives.

 

 

Background: Considering the global concern in balancing economic growth with environmental sustainability, the study proposes a model to support multicriteria decision-making. From the systematic literature review and bibliometric analysis, there was an increasing trend in studies on electronic waste due to governments, stakeholders, and the population to better address the management of this waste; Methods: We propose a decision model considering some aspects and phases that help from collecting information to support decision making, based on the FITradeoff ordering method, to support policy decisions for managing Waste from Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) collection systems.; Results: After applying the proposed model, validated based on the perception of a decision-maker working in a federal public agency, we obtained the final classification with ten positions of alternatives; Conclusions: This outcome can assist in decision making and management of the collection of WEEE. In addition, we made recommendations to manufacturers have more responsibility in the design and traceability of the product to guarantee its recovery after disposal effectively.

 

 

The motorcycle market has experienced an upward trend. That growth brings along mobility, accidents, and environment-related issues; nevertheless, there is a scarcity of literature on evaluating the impact of motorcycle market policies. Consequently, it has been challenging for researchers and policymakers to develop evidence-based strategies to promote or control the growth of this market. This paper aims to review and analyze the scientific literature about motorcycle market policies, using tech-mining techniques and a cluster analysis of keywords, to provide insights about the most relevant world trends in this research area. For this purpose, the bibliographic information of publications in the field was retrieved from the Scopus database. As a result, three thematic clusters (sustainability, mobility, and electric motorcycles) were identified and explained. According to our findings, greenhouse gas emissions, sustainability, environmental impact, and developing countries are the hot research topics. The research leader countries on said topics are the United States, Germany, and the United Kingdom. This study can, therefore, be used as a reference to define a future research agenda in the area. Consequently, it permits researchers and policymakers to identify trending topics and gaps in knowledge, as a baseline to include motorcycles in sustainable and affordable transport systems design.

 

 

Petroleum is a crucial resource that has globally influenced the scientific community and socio-economic development. However, its industrial processes negatively affect the natural environment. This research aims to analyse the intellectual structure of the petroleum and environment relationship in South American countries’ contributions through bibliometric methods. The study presents a methodology: i) establishing search criteria; ii) initial search results; iii) refinement of results; iv) data analysis. Bibliometric methods were incorporated to analyse the performance of scientific production, and its mapping, allowing to reveal its structure. The results show a growth of this field of study (538 articles) through the contribution of countries, institutions and authors. Most of the studies related to oil and environment carried out by Brazil (399 articles) have a strong collaboration with Argentina, Colombia and Uruguay and partnerships with countries outside the region such as the United States, United Kingdom, and Spain. In addition, seven research themes were found (Biomarkers-petroleum derivatives, bioremediation, bioproductive processes, hydrocarbon-environmental, pollution effects, mangrove pollution, oil spill-simulation). This study provided relevant information on environmental pollution reflected in diverse sectors of South America (coastal and Amazonian areas). It showed several environmental remediation methods focused on microorganisms, biosurfactants, microbial residues, ionic processes and phytoremediation. Therefore, this research allows us to obtain meaningful and current information on the art state in this field of study.

 

 

El suero de queso es un residuo producido en la industria láctea que genera problemas si se vierte directamente al alcantarillado debido a su alta carga orgánica. Una alternativa para el manejo del suero de queso es la digestión anaeróbica, un proceso biológico que transforma la materia orgánica en biogás y digestato, dos productos con un importante potencial energético y agrícola. Este trabajo tuvo como objetivo contribuir a la construcción del conocimiento sobre la degradación anaeróbica del suero de queso, desarrollar un análisis bibliométrico y rastrear las tendencias en investigaciones relacionadas desde 2010 hasta el presente, utilizando PRISMA ® para desarrollar una revisión sistemática basada en Scopus ® y usando Excel ® y software bibliométrico (VosViewer ® y RefViz ®) para la identificación de la información. Nuestros resultados muestran que la investigación en torno al suero de queso es relativamente reciente y que el mayor porcentaje de publicaciones es a partir de 2018. Se identificaron doce variables del proceso de degradación anaeróbica del suero de queso y se agruparon en cinco factores: sustrato, configuración del reactor, análisis de digestato, análisis microbiológico e inóculo. Asimismo, se identificó que la mayoría de los procesos anaeróbicos permiten implementar la economía circular en el sector lácteo. En conclusión, la aplicación de la digestión anaeróbica en el sector lácteo puede ayudar a cerrar los ciclos productivos, producir biocombustibles y reducir la contaminación.

 

 

The objective of this article was to evaluate the trends of scientific production in Economics with Colombian institutional affiliation during the period 2007-2019. A bibliometric analysis was carried out from the information registered in Scopus, through indicators of production, citation and collaboration and the quantitative exploratory analysis method, using the Biblioshiny, Vantage Point and VOSviewer software. The behavior of authors, journals and topics of higher publication visibility such as innovation and economic growth were studied. The main trends in the scientific production of Colombian authors with the highest publication in Scopus, present an annual average growth rate of 13%, in addition to publications in prestigious journals and important networks of national and international collaboration and predominance of coauthored publications (index of 1.8), expanding the connection not only at the level of higher education institutions, but through research institutes. The knowledge of the dynamics of disciplinary research in the study, contributed with information for the management of the scientific activity and the design of future research in Colombia

 

 

Objective: To identify and evaluate the indexed studies that allow us to understand the implications of imaging studies in MRI and PET/CT related to COVID-19 research. Methods: Scoping review. Articles in PubMed, Scopus, and Web of Science (WoS) were scanned from 2019 to 2021 with COVID-19, MRI, and PET-CT as keywords. EndNote software and manual checking removed the duplicated references. Our assessment includes citation, bibliometric, keyword network, and statistical analyses using descriptive statistics and correlations. Highlighted variables were publication year, country, journals, and authorship. Results: Only 326 papers were included. The most cited article reached 669 cites; this number represented 21.71% of 3081 citations. The top-15 cited authors received 1787 citations, which represented 58% of the total cites. These authors had affiliations from ten countries (Belgium, China, France, Italy, Japan, Spain, Sweden, Turkey, United Kingdom (UK), and the USA). The top-30 journals were cited 2762 times, representing 89.65% of the total cites. Only five journals were cited more than 100 times; Int J Infect Dis had the most significant number of citations (674). Some of the unexpected keywords were encephalitis, stroke, microbleeds, myocarditis. Conclusion: COVID-19 pandemic is still spreading worldwide, and the knowledge about its different facets continues advancing. MRI and PET/CT are being used in more than 50% of the selected studies; research trends span seven categories, no only the diagnostic but others like socio-economic impact and pathogenesis Developed countries had an advantage by having hospitals with more resources, including MRI and PET/CT facilities in the same institution to supplement basic assessment in patients with COVID-19. © 2021, Italian Association of Nuclear Medicine and Molecular Imaging.

 

 

The active contribution of academic institutions to the technological, social and economic development of societies is of increasing importance. To better understand this contribution, we present a systematic review, together with bibliometric and network analyses of the academic entrepreneurship literature. This provides a map of the main topics approached by scholars, thereby illustrating the scientific scenario of the field. Our findings identify three highly interconnected research activity domains that characterize the multidimensional features of entrepreneurship in the academic setting, as well as a significant gap in the literature regarding studies evaluating approaches to support the navigation of potential scientific discoveries to the market. We organize our findings into a four stages framework consisting of: idea inception; the recognition of how this idea unlocks value for customers and other stakeholders; development of an innovative business model; and a commercialization strategy that creates real impact. We discuss the relevance of each stage for the establishment of a more innovation-friendly environment and conclude by offering perspectives into future research opportunities and by encouraging studies that consider the academic entrepreneurship process from a systemic perspective, to support a greater contribution of academic institutions to the economic and social development of the nations and societies.

 

 

Calls continue for the decolonisation of higher education (HE). Based on internationalisation debates, a research team from Africa, Europe and Latin America reviewed published decolonisation voices. Using bibliometric analysis and a conceptual review of abstracts, the authors examined the drivers framing decolonisation in HE and identified the voices in those debates which involved the historically oppressed and those wishing to elicit change in these debates. The paper recognises the importance for decolonisation in education as the tensions explored by the authors often intersect through HE into other domains of the political, social, economic and culturally important areas for replication and change in society.

 

 

Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC), like many other regions in the world, are areas that are prone to hydrometeorological disasters, which threaten livelihoods and cause economic losses. To derive LAC’s status in the field of flood risk-related research, we conducted a bibliometric analysis of the region’s publication record using the Web of Science journal database (WoS). After analysing a total of 1887 references according to inclusion-exclusion criteria, 302 articles published in the last 20 years were selected. The research articles published in the period 2000–2020 revealed that Mexico, Brazil, and certain South American countries such as Chile, Peru, and Argentina are more productive in flood risk research. Scientific research is increasing, and most of the available studies focus on lowland areas. The frequently-used keywords are generic, and there is often verbatim copying from the title of the article, which shows the poor coherence between the title, abstract, and keywords. This limited diversification of keywords is of little use in bibliometric studies, reducing their visibility and negatively impacting the citation count level. LAC flood studies are mainly related to hydrometeorological assessments, flood risk analyses, geomorphological and ecosystem studies, flood vulnerability and resilience approaches, and statistical and geographic information science evaluations. This systematic review reveals that although flood risk research has been important in the last two decades, future research linked with future climatic scenarios is key to the development of realistic solutions to disaster risks.

 

 

Currently, having a transparent and orderly public institution is related to the public policy of modernization of the state, which is not easy because it requires managers who have the will to implement an internal control system that allows the efficiency and effectiveness of the acts of the entities. The internal control in recent years has greater relevance seeking that the state entities are strengthened through new processes and changes of actions that allow transparency and achieve the objectives set and have an efficient management with a level of security of their administrative acts. The objective of this research is to study the simplification of actions and administrative transformations in public management through internal control. The methodology used for the literature review was descriptive, a search was made through the Scopus database, obtaining general data of 24 records, a not very significant number for the topic addressed, which has been subjected to bibliometric analysis that allowed to determine that the growth of publications from 1977 to 2020 has had an insignificant growth, having been accentuated in 2 publications from 2019 to 2020, likewise the greatest number of researches have been carried out in undefined countries, followed by Portugal, United Kingdom and United States, being the article the publication medium that has the greatest significance and the area that stands out most in publications is the social sciences followed by the economic sciences. Likewise, the Vos viewer was used to obtain the study map and the heat map of the Internal Control and Public Management theme. From the analysis, the theories related to the paradigms of internal control and public management have been analyzed, which will lead us to understand the changes or actions that public entities have or have had.

 

 

The United Nations announced its 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development worldwide in 2015. Comprehensive assessments of member states’ performance towards achieving the related UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) have since become a major challenge for national and subnational governments. This article presents a bibliometric analysis on the assessment of SDGs, at both the general and specific levels, based on 418 publications obtained from Scopus. The general level of analysis includes the number, types, and subject areas of documents published each year, as well as considerations such as the most-cited publications and the leading authors, journals, countries, institutional affiliations, and funders. The specific level of analysis includes a study of the relevant concepts in the publications and their relationships, allowing for the identification of predominant assessments under the 2030 Agenda, and of the most-often evaluated SDGs. Results indicated a focus on measuring impacts and risks, with SDGs 3, 6, 13, 7, 8, and 4 having been assessed the most often among the 17 SDGs, which is consistent with findings in prevalent subject areas such as environmental sciences, social sciences, medicine, and energy. Future works should address assessments under the 2030 Agenda more comprehensively, including analyses on trade-offs among the SDGs and on the transversal nature of some of these goals.

 

 

Scopus-database publications containing the keyword ‘big data’ have skyrocketed from 30 (2009) to almost 16,000 (2019). This trend reveals this field’s importance across disciplines and contexts. Previous works have analysed the emergence and characteristics of scientific research on ‘big data’ but need updating. We undertook a bibliometric analysis of over 73,000 such 2009–2019 publications. This data helped to identify the primary trends, subjects, networks and institutions publishing on big data worldwide and explain the relations and differences between scientific communities working on this subject in central and peripheral countries. Furthermore, this research highlights Chinese researchers’ and institutions’ prominence in this field alongside the influence of American contributions, which are most frequently cited. The emergence of dynamic poles of scientific production in middle-income countries in Asia, Africa and South America are also studied. Despite the dynamism of the field, about 2% of the articles account for 40% of the field’s citations, while 42% have no citations. Originating in computer science and engineering, big data research is increasingly becoming interdisciplinary. Keyword trends over time also show a shift from technical and prospective concerns towards (1) methodological and practical issues and (2) the development of AI and machine learning techniques. These indicators present differences between countries with varying geo-economic conditions. Collaboration networks have rapidly grown with the US and China as the main nodes and European countries as intermediaries in the circulation of this topic. Although still rare, there are some signs of South-South collaboration between Latin America, Africa and Asia.

 

 

The Latin American region has attracted a great amount of interest among management and organizational scholars in recent years. The distinctive economic, social, and institutional features of the region represent a unique opportunity for theory building and testing in management and business research. This research answers the following overarching question: How the research about organizations in the Latin American context has evolved and how could it move forward? We perform an in-depth analysis consisting of a systematic review and bibliometric techniques (i.e., co-occurrence, co-citation, and co-authorship network analysis) of 1940 peer-reviewed articles published in the field during the 2004–2021 period. We examine the most influential publications, authors, journals, and research organizations. Building on our analysis and results, we describe current research hotspots and suggest avenues for future research. Our results contribute to a broad discussion relative to the relevance of context in the organizational research community, providing the first holistic analysis of it.

 

 

Wind energy systems (WES) play a key role in the production of renewable energy. However, these systems face balancing issues in resource adequacy, network reliability, stability, and economic efficiency. In this sense, the objective of this work is to carry out a conceptual scientific mapping analysis of the performance and its interactions of WES within the field of research. For the analysis, SciMAT has been used as an open-source software tool applied to scientific mapping analysis under a longitudinal framework. The results show that WES are related to climate change, economic impact, energy efficiency, environmental impact, renewable resources, energy policy, greenhouse gases, investments, and wind farms. Finally, offshore wind turbines face a significant high levelized cost of electricity (LCOE) challenge. However, the LCOE can be reduced based on two criteria: optimizing the total cost or improving energy production. Therefore, the solution to these challenges is related to an optimal design, under an adequate control approach.

 

 

The main purpose of this work is to conduct a systematic literature review regarding inflation expectations, their determinants, and their implications for policy making in Latin America. The analysis shows the importance of inflation expectations in the countries that use an inflation targeting scheme, while also supporting the idea that inflation expectations can affect other sectors of the economy. As for the determinants of expectations, the findings show the importance of past iterations of expectations, supporting the idea that the inflation expectations are heavily determined by themselves. The amount of research being conducted in this field is not comprehensive. This is even more evident in the Latin American region since it is a recent research field with a meager number of publications, deeming our study useful for future research. The classification process makes it easier to know the most common variables and econometric methods used to find the determinants of inflation expectations and their impact on other economic variables.

 

 

This paper aims to carry out a compilation of publications on wood biodeterioration by marine borers in Brazil until 2019. It presents a bibliometric review and offers the state of the art on the subject. The research was carried out in three databases: Scielo, Web of Science and Scopus. The articles were screened resulting in 17 documents. The main evaluation parameters were the institutions that contributed to the research; distribution of publications over the years; aims; and if the subject wood technology was addressed. The analysis suggests that the first record on the subject dates from the 1980s, but there is no increase of studies published over the years. In addition, none of the studies focus on wood biodeterioration and preservation, being more directed towards topics such as ecology, physiology, and taxonomy of marine xylophages. There is a need to encourage research focused on wood biodeterioration and preservation related to marine borers, given the lack of studies on this topic, as well as the importance of these organisms in the environmental and economic sphere.

 

 

COVID-19 crisis has simultaneously triggered a global economic crisis whose consequences will lead to a dichotomy where several governments’ debt has grown to unprecedented levels and simultaneously is required to promote new infrastructure supply. This global economic crisis scenario endangers current Public-Private Partnership (PPP) programs given their dependence on payment from the user and/or government subsidies in long-term lifecycles. This study aims for unravelling the PPP research agenda derived from the last global economic crisis in 2008 and the current one for understanding the trends developed as a tool for building a post-pandemic PPP research agenda. For understanding the last global financial crisis PPP literature review and its time and geographic evolution since 2008, this study developed a literature review employing Network Analysis. Therefore, crisis- and PPP-related keywords were combined for establishing the search in the Web of Science database. After removing duplicate papers, 67 peer-reviewed articles were identified for recognizing underpinning topics, potential gaps, and time evolution. The network analysis revealed seven clusters driven by payment sources (i.e., public financial aspects, user payments, and demand), contract mechanisms (i.e., contractual governance, and risk valuation), and project performance (i.e., project performance under crisis and project efficiency). This paper contributes to the PPP body of knowledge by unraveling the post-global economic crisis agenda and its gaps in proposing a new research agenda for overcoming the consequences of the global economic crisis derived from the COVD-19 pandemic.

 

 

The Sustainable Development Model has gained great relevance in recent years, causing many institutions to adapt to it, including family businesses, which have generated different contributions and have addressed various issues for the fulfillment of the Sustainable Development Goals, so this article focuses on conducting a systematic review to assess the status and evolution of research related to the coupling of family businesses to SD in its three dimensions (economic, social and environmental) and identify the most important issues within each of them. To achieve this, the study performs a bibliometric analysis and a systematic review of the literature based on 70 scientific articles, and the PRISMA protocol for systematic reviews was used as a reference. The results show a greater interest in the economic dimension and less attention to the social and environmental dimension, with particular emphasis on the themes of innovation and succession in these companies. It should be noted that scientific production is concentrated in developed countries in Europe, while other regions of the world, such as Latin America, make a marginal contribution, which could be interpreted as a disadvantage or a lag in the millennium goals in the region.

 

 

This article analyzes different bibliometric indicators on research papers which examine the issue of economic integration in the Latin American region. The documents have been obtained from the Scopus bibliographic database; a total of 564 papers published in the time span from 2000 to 2020 have been identified, processed, and analyzed using the open-source software Bibliometrix and Vos Viewer. The results achieved allow identifying elements such as volume and relevance in scientific publications by country, H-G-M index of researchers with the greatest impact, estimation of Lotka’s Law, the analysis of co-occurrence between keywords, the dynamics in publication of the main sources, and finally, the thematic evolution in the last two decades. The findings provide a better understanding of the research processes as well as a comprehensive analysis of authors, their impact and the relevant sources in the economic integration of Latin America.

 

 

The rising demand to settle a sustainable energy source is guiding researchers in the production of biofuels. The liquefaction process is an alternative to obtaining biocrude from different types of renewable biomass and can mitigate environmental impacts. All papers published since 2000, which are related to the hydrothermal liquefaction process that aims to obtain biocrude are analyzed in the present study using the bibliometric approach to provide the selected database. Furthermore, the use of algae biomass in the liquefaction was also a discussed topic considering its high relevance in the process. The focus of the present study was to evaluate the evolution of the current state of the art in these topics and also to indicate trends and courses that it might be taken in the future. The database used in the bibliometric analysis was taken from the Web of Science (WoS) and the papers were selected by two different search equations. With the selected data, the use of BibExcel, VOSviewer, and PowerBi software was useful to guide the discussion and to create graphics and visual networks. As shown in the results, it was noticeable the influence of China and the USA on the field, considering the high number of publications from these countries. Moreover, the main authors were indicated considering their citation numbers, publications, and local h-index factor. Based on the author’s keywords, the most significant and recent topics on liquefaction were listed. Among them, technical-economic analysis, nutrient, and energy recovery, response surface methodology, and kinetic model are highlighted. This may indicate a new direction being taken by researchers besides the operational parameters’ studies. Graphical Abstract: [Figure not available: see fulltext.].

 

 

This article aims to describe and analyze the production of empirical research on social and economic regulation in Brazil. The article analyzes the main subjects, research techniques and literature used in this academic work. The article is divided in two sections, in which the first describes and analyzes legal dissertations and theses produced between 1996 and 2016 and the second part analyzes academic articles published in highly scored academic law reviews (A1 and A2). The structure of each section is similar: it provides for a quantitative description of empirical legal research on regulation, followed by an analysis of the main research techniques used in this work. It then proceeds to a bibliometric analysis of this production, identifying their main subjects and their most influential literature. As a general conclusion, the article shows that empirical research on regulatory matters is very incipient. It is modest in numbers and is characterized by methodological and theoretical flaws that contribute to its lower standards.

 

 

Background: The prevailing health and biomedical sciences (HBMS) research agenda, not only determined by leading academic institutions but also by large pharmaceutical companies, has been shown to prioritize the exploration of novel pharmacological interventions over the study of the socio-environmental factors influencing illness onset and progression. The aim of this investigation is to quantitatively explore whether and to what extent the prevailing international HBMS research agenda and the key actors setting this agenda influence research in non-core countries. Methods: We used the Web of Science database and the CorText platform to proxy the HBMS research agenda of a prestigious research institution from Latin America: Argentina’s National Research Council (CONICET). We conducted a bibliometric and lexical analysis of 16,309 HBMS academic articles whereby CONICET was among the authors’ affiliations. The content of CONICET’s agenda was represented through co-occurrence network maps of the most frequent concatenation of terms found in titles, keywords, and abstracts. We compared our findings with previous reports on the international HBMS research agenda. Results: In line with the results previously reported for the prevailing international agenda, we found that terms linked to molecular biology and cancer research hegemonize CONICET’s HBMS research agenda, whereas terms connecting HBMS research with socio-environmental cues are marginal. However, we also found differences with the international agenda: CONICET’s HBMS agenda shows a marginal presence of terms linked to translational medicine, while terms associated with categories such as pathogens, plant research, agrobiotechnology, and food industry are more represented than in the prevailing agenda. Conclusions: CONICET’s HBMS research agenda shares topics, priorities, and methodologies with the prevailing HBMS international research agenda. However, CONICET’s HBMS research agenda is internally heterogeneous, appearing to be mostly driven by a combination of elements that not only reflect academic dependency (the adoption of the prevailing research agenda by non-core research institutions) but also local economic determinants associated with Argentina’s place in the international division of labor as an exporter of primary goods.

 

 

This article presents a state of the art that integrates the review of fifty articles of the results of studies that, in the last decade, investigated creativity in relation to the identity and subjectivity of children, adolescents and young people living with chronic diseases.The document is part of a doctoral research that aims to identify the transformations that creativity undergoes in relation to the development of identity and subjectivity of children living with chronic diseases, such as HIV/ AIDS, cancer and diabetes, given that these are the diseases that Sontag (2008) relates as the diseases that cause the greatest social and economic impacts and that modify the life project of people in the long term. From the methodological point of view, bibliometric data constructed from specialized databases such as PubMed, APA, Science Direct, Proquest, Redalyc, Scielo and Scopus were approached; subsequently a critical interpretive analysis of these investigations was carried out from a qualitative perspective. The results show that the use of art as a therapeutic strategy facilitates coping with the disease; however, relevant effects are also evident in the family and relational system of those who live with these diseases. It is also found that a large part of the research, as suggested by Sontag (2008), assumes diseases as an enemy, making use of the language of war, in addition to locating whoever experiences the disease as a battle hero or as a survivor when it is possible to go through the disease in a satisfactory way, however, it is also evident that this position implies a struggle of the subject with himself. Also, some of the authors state that the disease facilitates the recognition of abilities, tastes and skills of which one was not aware before experiencing it. Through these investigations, the understanding of the importance of relationships with peers as a key aspect for the development of self-regulation is broadened, which facilitates self-care practices far from victimization and family overprotection. Creativity has been understood mainly from artistic exercises, art-therapy and the use of some resources such as painting, drawing, music and dance for the approach to the subject who lives with chronic diseases, from the research exercises themselves, but also from an attempt to allow the subject to establish diverse communications with his context and to establish communication bridges with himself and with his new life circumstances. However, this perspective leaves aside the proposal of Lavie, Narayan and Rosaldo (1993), who argue that creativity is the human capacity to respond to daily circumstances in different ways, which allows expanding the field of action of what creative, facilitating that it is linked to the daily lives of the subjects and other ways of displaying creativity are explored, from relationships, from the practices of self-recognition and self-care regarding the same disease.It is also found that chronic diseases are related to metaphors that force the subject who experiences them to assume the role of warrior, war hero or war victim; these postures assume burdens for the subject and, although in some cases they help to assume the disease with a spirit of improvement, they also increase responsibility, guilt and difficulties in cases in which the disease is not overcome

 

 

The objective of this article is to analyze the pre-existing studies that investigate the link between the circular economy and financial aspects in order to understand the evolution of the circular economy literature and its relationship with finance. In addition, it proposes an investigation of empirical evidence of economic-financial gains resulting from the adoption of circular production practices. The methodology used to achieve this goal was a systematic review of the literature and bibliometric analysis. Thus, it was possible to conclude that the barriers faced by companies adopting the circular economy in relation to financial performance are defined by (i) the size of the business and the initial investment cost, (ii) difficulties for micro and small companies, (iii) to a more complex structuring of the business, and (iv) greater exposure to risk, as the circular economy is a new concept and is and not as representative as a linear standard system. The results show that few studies investigate corporate gains from circular production, which is, therefore, an important topic for future research and the major contribution of this paper.

 

 

Countries with great deficiencies in development, research, and innovation are investing resources to advance in this aspect; meanwhile, it is necessary to advance in initiatives that promote local development, through the correct use and management of endogenous territorial capacities to achieve economic, social, and environmental development, and this is where the territorial development approach has intervened during the last decades. To obtain an understanding of the evolution of the research field on territorial development, a study of research topics and groups of research topics is implemented from subscription-based data sources (Scopus, Science direct, Ebsco, and Web of Science) and open access (Lens and Dimension platforms). Keyword co-occurrence techniques were implemented, and indicators of link strength and density-centrality of clusters were used to abstract patterns of change within the field of study. The evolution of the area, trends, and issues related to territorial development are identified in the different databases, mapping a discipline that still lacks comparative publications between research results at different scales.

 

 

The development and implementation of public policies towards renewable energies are crucial in order to address the contemporary challenges faced by humanity. The 3Rs (reduce, reuse, and recycle), as a circular economic practice, are often cited as one of the best solutions for sustainable development. Therefore, this study analyzed public policies for renewable energy from the perspective of the circular economy. Accordingly, a systematic review of the literature was carried out with respect to the beneficiaries and convergences of circularities, with a focus on public policies for renewable energies. The sample had public policies classified into three types (distributive, redistributive, and regulatory policies). The results showed that the first studies began in 1999, with a significant increase in publications during the 2010s, in which Germany was the country with the greatest contribution. The analyses associated with space showed the countries committed to the use of renewable energies and the 3Rs of the circular economy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The economic analyses revealed that the circular economy for the generation of renewable energy has a positive economic return in terms of social well-being and the mitigation of environmental degradation. There is a barrier to the circular economy’s development posed by the cost of its implementation in the private sector and the resistance to raising awareness in society, requiring strong public sector engagement in decision making and the constant evaluation of public policies. It is concluded that the circular economy facilitates more efficient, productive structures and public policies, promoting alternatives for energy security and sustainability for the world energy matrix.

 

 

The effects of climate change have a negative impact on urban areas and projections indicate these impacts will worsen in the coming years. In this context, cities need to adapt to the adverse effects of climate change. Potential solutions proposed in the literature for this adaptation include the use of Ecosystem Services. However, of the large volume of publications, few articles provide a structured analysis of the contribution and use of the concept in urban planning and adaptation to climate change. The objective of the present study was to review the literature on the subject and provide a structured analysis of the state of the art, main authors, countries, and references addressing the topic, together with key concepts emerging from this research, and challenges for future studies. Thus, a hybrid method of bibliometric analysis and in-depth reading of key articles held on the Web of Science electronic database was applied. The results revealed a growing scientific interest in the subject, a trend of greater interdisciplinarity in research, use of different evaluation methods, both economic and non-economic, and a systemic perspective that approaches sustainability not only as an environmental problem, but as a complex phenomenon.

 

 

Apart from many social and economic problems worldwide, the COVID-19 pandemic has also led to sudden halt in face-to-face climate-related meetings. Moreover, it has also negatively influenced the works related to the preparations for the sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and organizing the 26th Conference of the Parties of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC), namely COP26 to be held in Glasgow, which was postponed to November 2021. This article presents a global study undertaken among UNFCCC contact points and other climate experts, to ascertain the impacts of the pandemic on the implementation of SDG13 and UNFCCC processes. The methodological approach entails an bibliometric analysis, online survey, and authors’ expert judgment. Results of the bibliometric analysis show that the most common terms associated with this theme are COVID-19, climate change, CO2, energy, “pandemic-related,” and “adaptation-related.” In addition, the survey revealed some difficulties associated with online participation in the processes from many developing countries. The study concluded that there is negative impact of COVID-19 pandemic on the UNFCCC process, more minor government priorities regarding climate action, loss of traction of the process, and a challenge to achieve the Paris Agreement, with less significant support from the respondents from less developed countries. The findings suggest that urgent action is needed, to make up for the lost time, and place climate issues more prominently on the global agenda.

 

 

The main objective of this research is to analyze the most relevant aspects of the management of the organic fraction of municipal solid waste (OFMSW) and the Sustainable and Circular Production Models (SCPMs) in Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC). The bibliometric method was used for the analysis of 190 studies obtained from the Scopus and Latin America and The Caribbean on Health Sciences (LILACS) databases. The systematic review provided information on the main research approaches: identification and characterization; quantification; strategic and interdisciplinary management; and processes for treatment or valorization. Finally, an evaluation of public policies and strategies was performed. The results show that Brazil, Mexico, and Colombia have the highest number of publications on OFMSW. The findings also indicate that both research and policy strategies on SCPMs prioritize bioenergy and biofuels as the leading alternatives for the valorization of OFMSW. It also reflects the relevance of the Circular Economy (CE) and Bioeconomy (BE) as the main drivers of waste recovery and/or valorization in LAC. These aspects are of great interest to governments that are still in the process of implementing SCPMs. However, for those more advanced in this area, it provides valuable information on progress, policy effectiveness, and future actions for improvement.

 

 

Visual environmental aesthetics as a combinatorial output of a mathematical model can enhance public acceptance of forest activities and increase the perception of sustainability of forest enterprises. This article provides a comprehensive review of the state of the art in landscape management in forest areas worldwide. In forest planning, little research has examined how the visual impact management on wood production can be compatible with the economic viability of forest enterprises. With this review, we seek to contextualize the problem, listing the challenges, trends, and advances achieved recently. The first part of the review is devoted to considerations about the following: (i) landscape management in forested areas, with a history of the landscape planning in major global regions; and (ii) spatial forest planning, including operational research, forest optimization, and GIS to solve problems at the landscape scale. In the second part, we present a bibliometric survey to statistically examine the growth of the landscape planning between 1980 and 2021. The number of studies related to the topic has increased, especially in the last decade. North America and Europe are the regions with the highest scientific production in forest landscape planning and management. There is still little research dedicated to landscape management in commercially planted forests. The approach in the form of spatial structure, considering the inclusion of multi-objective restrictions and functions, is a desirable evolution in the planning and management of sustainable forest plantations.

 

 

The global energy system is moving towards a sustainable future with new development strategies that reduce the carbon footprint, such as the water–energy–food (WEF) nexus. Several countries have implemented this link to provide energy and food security while maintaining the relationship between socio-economic progress and environmental protection. The WEF nexus with energy development generates new interest in innovation, and it is important to explore the growth of this academic field. The work aims to analyse the scientific development of the WEF nexus during energy intervention processes, through bibliometric review models, for the knowledge of strategies in a bioenergy framework. The methodology consists of: (i) information compilation (Scopus and Web of Science) and software selection; (ii) information review on scientific production, author keywords and countries; and (iii) focus group analysis in a framework of energy development. The results show scientific interest from 2007, with exponential growth from 2016. The literature presents the interest of implementing the WEF nexus in energy processes to reduce environmental pollution, like ethanol in gasoline, biorefineries, sustainable agriculture, hydropower, and renewable energies (solar, wind). This scientific approach is dominated by the USA, China and the United Kingdom in environmental science, energy and engineering areas, accounting for 60% of the production. The study shows that the WEF nexus approach to energy developments creates new prospects for decision-making in socio-economic, political, and environmental progress.

 

 

The water security (WS) approach must be practical and measurable to address water-related challenges. Since 2000, the term Water Security has been regularly mentioned worldwide. However, nowadays, there is still not an accepted definition either for a country or for a region. This research conducted a meta-analysis in the context of renewable water and global water stress, evaluating 873 scientific papers and 26 definitions of WS, using bibliometric network analysis, geographic information systems, and data mining to analyze the state of the art of WS. The results indicate that the definitions of WS have an anthropocentric character. The term economic in the context of WS definitions is the most relevant, and the term ecosystems are the least relevant. Less than 30 % of the definitions analyzed are operationalized through some measurement instrument. The most researched topics on WS are evaluation, management, and impact. On the frontier of study are the issues of water footprint, operation of springs, and awareness. In the world, countries such as the United States, China, and the United Kingdom, with little renewable water in their respective continents, are the ones that publish the most and try to define the concept of WS. Therefore, it is concluded that the main problem of WS definitions worldwide is that they cannot be operationalized in some local indexes, hindering their implementation. In addition, the environment has not been relevant in WS research and definitions.

 

 

Landslides, earthquakes, and other natural events can change the landscape and generate human and economic losses, affecting transportation and public service infrastructure. In every geotechnical project, the investigation phase plays a fundamental role in reducing the risk of occurrence and mitigating catastrophes. As a result, governments have created entities to study disasters and identify triggering factors that generate huge losses worldwide. This research aims to conduct a systematic review of the relationship between geotechnics and disasters through bibliometric techniques, scientific production evaluation, and case studies analysis to recognize key topics, methods, and thematic development of the research worldwide. The research methodology consisted of three steps: (1) Database analysis, selection, and combination, (2) bibliometric analysis, and (3) systematic review using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) method. The systematic review with bibliometric analysis collected data from 1973 to 2021, with 1299 academic publications indexed in the Scopus and WoS database. These results indicated a growing trend of annual publications on disasters and their relationship with geotechnical studies, highlighting current issues and technological innovation. The main research trends in disaster risk assessment were topics mainly linked to landslides, earthquakes, liquefaction, and inappropriate analysis models with applications of geophysical methods, laboratory tests, remote sensing, and numerical models.

 

 

The organic fraction of municipal solid waste is mainly composed of food waste (FW), and traditional disposal practices for this fraction are generally considered to have negative environmental and economic impacts. However, the organic characteristics of this fraction could also be exploited through the anaerobic digestion of FW (FW-AD), which represents unique advantages, including the reduction of the area required for final disposal and environmental pollution and the same time the generation of renewable energy (mainly methane gas), and a by-product for agricultural use (digestate) due to its high nutrient content. Although approximately 88% of the world’s population resides in areas with temperatures below 8 °C, psychrophilic conditions (temperatures below 20 °C) have hardly been studied, while mesophilic (66%) and thermophilic (27%) ranges were found to be more common than psychrophilic FW-AD (7%). The latter condition could decrease microbial activity and organic matter removal, which could affect biogas production and even make AD unfeasible. To improve the efficiency of the psychrophilic FW-AD process, there are strategies such as: measurement of physical properties as particle size, rheological characteristics (viscosity, consistency index and substrate behavior index), density and humidity, bioaugmentation and co-digestion with other substrates, use of inocula with psychrophilic methanogenic communities, reactor heating and modification of reactor configurations. However, these variables have hardly been studied in the context of psychrophilic conditions and future research should focus on evaluating the influence of these variables on FW-AD under psychrophilic conditions. Through a bibliometric analysis, this paper has described and analyzed the FW-AD process, with a focus on the psychrophilic conditions ([removed]

 

 

Global pork production has an annual growth of approximately 2.1%, and its economic and environmental impact are related with the treatment of waste in the production chain. There is little evidence of research advances to generate alternatives for using these wastes. The lack of research related to microalgae cultivation using digestate produced by porcine residues generates negative environmental impact, inadequate and inefficient technologies, low recovery and use of waste and loss of value and competitiveness in the market. The available literature focuses mainly on the treatment of anaerobic digestion liquid effluents for the removal of components, but not on the generation of value-added products. Therefore, there is a need to collect the available information, analyze it and propose other new methodologies. This article presents the information obtained from conducting a systematic review of the literature with a bibliometric and a comparative analysis; achieving an analysis of the temporal and geographical distribution, the main topics, the most influential players, the degree of maturity of the research and different strategies collected for microalgae-based swine manure digestate treatment. In this way, it was possible to capture an overview of the current state of the development of research focused on the use of digestate for the cultivation of microalgae, visualizing important aspects as the evolution of publications, identifying China and USA as the main players in research, biomass and wastewater as potential topics also Spirulina, Astaxanthin and beta-carotene as the main products based on microalgae. Thus, achieving an structure, organized and synthesized landscape of scientific and technological knowledge available for the proposal of investigations that allow the use of anaerobic digestion liquid effluents as cultivation medium for microalgae.

 

 

The research in sustainable development goals (SDG) increases year by year since its approval in 2015. Typically, after a phase of exponential growth, the number of publications increases at lower rates, suggesting a consolidation process in which literature reviews become a relevant and high-evidence type of document. In this context, the aim of this study was to perform an unprecedented bibliometric analysis of literature reviews on SDG to assess the evolution and consolidation of the scientific research. Article reviews on SDG from 2015 to 2022 were retrieved from Web of Science core collection and a descriptive bibliometric analysis was performed by growth rate, research area, source, citation, and region. Mapping and cluster analysis using keyword co-occurrence, co-authorship, and bibliographic coupling were also applied. The result revealed that SDG is a fast-growing field, with a trend in the diversification of research areas. Most of the review documents were categorized in general aspects of sustainability. Technology (SDG 9) and economic growth (SDG 8) were spotted as hidden key research areas. This result is contrary to previous bibliometric studies on SDG, demonstrating the rapid evolution and change in the field. In addition, literature reviews on reduced inequalities (SDG 10), gender equality (SDG 5); oceans, seas, and marine environments (SDG 14); and peace, justice, and strong institutions (SDG 16) were revealed as research gaps. Thus, the results demonstrated that the research on SDG cannot yet be considered a consolidated area of research, as it leaves many SDG unexplored. Future research has been proposed accordingly.

 

 

Purpose: to investigate the behavior and tendency of the formation of social networks of the scientific production on the Green Hydrogen theme published in scientific journals indexed in EBSCO. Theoretical framework: the theme of green hydrogen has been gaining attention and strength in the current context of global energy transition, as it is a clean alternative for generating energy for electricity, industry, heating, and transport sectors, and, in replacing fuels to carbon base, influencing sustainable development. Method: bibliometric analysis techniques were used, and predominantly social network analysis (SAR) through one-mode and two-mode network analysis. Results and conclusion: evolution of the theme in academia; weak ties in co-authorship and institutional networks; relevance of China and its originating institutions in the scientific production of the subject investigated; the most central keywords were: hydrogen, green hydrogen, renewable energy, production and hydrogen production; and the most fruitful themes were: production, sustainability, energy and carbon emissions. It concludes with a macro and contemporary view of the theme of green hydrogen in the international literary academic field. Research implications: the present study contributed to a better understanding and understanding of the formation of collaboration networks of the actors involved in the process of building international scientific knowledge, and, by verifying that green hydrogen presents opportunities for economic growth and job creation, this research also contributes to creating an entrepreneurial and social research agenda. Originality/value: to investigate the international scientific production on the theme of green hydrogen, as this is an emerging theme in the global academic literature, and, therefore, to verify that the referred theme gains strength through researchers and their respective studies.

 

 

Research on open innovation (OI) has increased in recent years, showing its potential in various areas of knowledge. Its relation to small and medium-sized enterprises has attracted the attention of academics. This article aims to evaluate the intellectual structure of the scientific study of OI, and its close relationship with various scientific fields, through a bibliometric analysis of this academic field using the Scopus database and the application of the VOSviewer software. The methodology comprises a rigorous systematic and transparent process divided into four phases: (i) the establishment of search criteria for the research field, through a literature review for its selection; (ii) the selection of the database, the establishment of the search equation and extraction of information; (iii) the application of inclusion and exclusion criteria for the selected documents and an explanation of the usefulness of the software; and (iv) the analysis of the results through the approaches of scientific output performance and bibliometric mapping. The results show an increasing trend of IO publications in SMEs, consolidated in 396 articles with contributions from 65 countries and 947 authors. The intellectual structure shows seven themes related to firm performance, R&D networks, business management, business models, capabilities and knowledge transfer. This study contributes to the field by providing an overview of IO in SME contexts. It also provides insightful information to policymakers for developing policies for firm economic growth.

 

 

The objective of this research is to analyze the behavior of scientific production on SMEs, given their importance for the generation of jobs from the production and distribution of goods and services, thus contributing to the economic, social and family progress of the different countries. The research consisted of a descriptive study, with a quantitative approach and a non-experimental, longitudinal and retrospective design. From a metric study carried out in the Scopus database, during the period 2016-2020, a total of 158 articles were obtained, where unidimensional bibliometric indicators of productivity were analyzed by: years, authors and keywords. Likewise, multidimensional bibliometric indicators, author collaboration and keyword co-occurrence were used using VOSviewer software and impact indicators to analyze the most cited authors and most cited articles. The results point to a decrease in scientific production per year, with the Spanish language prevailing in the publications. In conclusion, it should be noted that the research carried out contributes to determine the trends and behavior in this subject, where the research fronts that show the best collaborative relationships are three, it being significant that only in one of them the node represented by the keyword SMEs has the largest dimension, indicating that it leads this community.

 

 

Reuse and remanufacturing have been widely studied in the maintenance related literature due to the imperative of preserving resources and protecting the environment. To provide researchers with a holistic view of the existing research, there is a need to check how relevant methods have been developed. This paper undertakesa bibliometric analysis and a comprehensive literature review of maintenance policies and models that deal with reuse or remanufacturing as sustainable strategies. A total of 581 papers collected from Web of Science, Scopus, and IEEE Xplore databases were analysed. 53 of them were chosen for further investigation after four selection criteria were applied. The bibliometric analysis provided a general understanding of the publication trends while the literature review built a taxonomy that organises the related literature under the dimensions of models, businesses, and sustainable strategies, which creates novelty in the maintenance-sustainability related literature. The main contribution is the classification of related papers and identification of the main knowledge gaps, including the neglect of the environmental and social aspects of sustainability vis-à-vis the prioritisation of an economic perspective.

 

 

In entrepreneurship, its various theories and elements gain importance in the academic community for the orientation in the professional and entrepreneurial training processes that are being carried out by higher education institutions HEIs. Therefore, this paper provides a systematic review of the published literature based on the determinants of entrepreneurial intention. To that end, an analysis was conducted using bibliometric and network indicators within the Scopus data source, which was restricted to objective search criteria. The main findings show that, since 1943, certain success factors such as: attitude, learning, behavior, economic growth, education, value creation, incubation resources, personality traits, and entrepreneurial intentions have been linked.

 

 

Araucaria angustifolia characterizes mixed Ombrophilous Forests. This Paraná pine tree has been of great economic, cultural and social importance for southern Brazil. Its cutting is restricted, as it is threatened with extinction and the use of its seed has been encouraged. This study highlights scientific research on this conifer by bibliometric analysis and reviews trends in new research on its seed and some of its food applications. The Web of Science© database revealed 620 scientific articles and the bibliometric analysis through VOSviewer showed the worldwide interest in growing. The increase in research in the areas of silviculture, phytoscience and ecology reflects the concern with the preservation of “Matas das Araucárias”. Concurrently, research in food science and technology has increased, as pine nut seed can produce starch-rich food flour with low glycemic response and source of dietary fiber and some minerals. Also, along with its husk, provide bioactive compounds with potential application in the special food, active/smart and reinforced packaging and even pharmacological industries.

 

 

Scientific studies on silvopastoral systems have led to permanent changes oriented toward better silvopasture practices, as well as to policy strategies to respond effectively to the global objectives of restoration and sustainable development. In this work, we performed a bibliometric analysis with the purpose of identifying changes associated with different silvopastoral systems. We applied Bibliometrix in R to analyze 5708 documents published between 1983 and 2022 by including the terms “silvopastoral” and “silvopasture”, among others. The results showed a longitudinal and exponential increase in silvopasture studies over the last 20 years. We adjusted the growth to an S-Curve function with an R2 of 96.06%. The interest of researchers regarding knowledge about silvopasture has evolved; initially, it focused on the characterization of silvopasture, whereas recently, it has focused on the search for strategies to improve the sustainable use of silvopasture, including ecosystem restoration and the implementation of better practices. The following countries stand out as those with the largest scientific production of studies on silvopasture: The United States, Brazil, Mexico, Colombia, and Argentina in the Americas; China and India in Asia; and Spain; and Germany, and the United Kingdom in Europe. In the case of Ecuador, cited leaders in silvopasture facilitated the construction of a group of experts who contribute to the development of public policies. The most cited publications appeared in journals published by the Springer group, Elsevier, and MDPI Journals, mostly in open-access systems. In the future, the disruptive contribution of open-access systems in the global dissemination of knowledge, breaking through the economic constraints of countries, universities, and researchers, should be evaluated.

 

 

Microgrids integrate various renewable resources, such as photovoltaic and wind energy, and battery energy storage systems. The latter is an important component of a modern energy system, as it allows the seamless integration of renewable energy sources in the grid. The research here presented aimed to develop an integrated review using a systematic and bibliometric approach to evaluate the performance and challenges in applying battery energy storage systems in microgrids. Search protocols based on a literature review were used; this included thematic visualization and performance analysis using the scientific mapping software SciMAT (Science Mapping Analysis Software Tool). The results show that optimization methods in battery energy storage systems are important for this research field. In research works, they are interested in applying methods to reduce costs; this includes considering the state of charge, the degradation rate, and battery life. Developing an optimal battery energy storage system must consider various factors including reliability, battery technology, power quality, frequency variations, and environmental conditions. Economic factors are the most common challenges for developing a battery energy storage system, as researchers have focused on cost–benefit analysis.

 

 

This study aims to analyze the publications in Scopus around digitalization in the space of time between 2018 and 2022. A bibliometric review is carried out with a bibliographic approach for 658 documents, which were processed by RStudio and VOSviewer software. The findings show the ten fields where digitization is most applied: “Archives, Corruption and Economy”, “Industry 4.0, Internet of Things, Sustainability and Big Data”, “Cultural Heritage, Deep Learning, Preservation and BIM”, “Photogrammetry and 3D Digitalization”, “Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Supply Chain Management”, “Augmented Reality, Machine Learning and Virtual Reality”, “Innovation, Business Model and Publishing Industry”, “Algorithms, E-government and Biometrics”, “Digital Collections” and “Healthcare”. It should be noted that this document is based on 88.14% original studies, validating the results obtained, and it is also one of the most updated studies.

 

 

Globally, aquaculture, especially shrimp farming, plays an important economic role. However, it is known that traditional shrimp farming could negatively create environment impacts (e.g. due to water discharge into coastal areas and marine habitats), if good management practices are not followed. For these problems to be minimized, the industry needs to develop and implement technologies that promote sustainable aquaculture. Among different techniques, the biofloc technology (BFT) system and, more recently, the synbiotics and aquamimicry are considered alternatives microbial-based approaches that address high yields with certain level of biosecurity and better environmental practices. However, different from biofloc, both aquamimicry and synbiotics use fermented carbon sources in their routine practices. The present article aims to bring (i) the current status and research and development (R&D) efforts, (ii) the basics principles around synbiotics and aquamimicry; (iii) compares their key characteristics and (iv) discuss whether these two systems would be considered novel disruptive techniques or more likely management tools. The manuscript evidenced both systems share several operational and microbial similarities, and operate under comparable conditions. Recent bibliometric analysis (Web of Science) showed 578 articles for BFT, and only 20 for synbiotics and 3 for aquamimicry, an evident lack of scientific background highlighting that more science-based R&D efforts are needed in synbiotics and aquamimicry.

 

 

This paper offers a systematic literature review of real-time detection and classification of Power Quality Disturbances (PQDs). A particular focus is given to voltage sags and notches, as voltage sags cause huge economic losses while research on voltage notches is still very incipient. A systematic method based on scientometrics, text similarity and the analytic hierarchy process is proposed to structure the review and select the most relevant literature. A bibliometric analysis is then performed on the bibliographic data of the literature to identify relevant statistics such as the evolution of publications over time, top publishing countries, and the distribution by relevant topics. A set of articles is subsequently selected to be critically analyzed. The critical review is structured in steps for real-time detection and classification of PQDs, namely, input data preparation, preprocessing, transformation, feature extraction, feature selection, detection, classification, and characterization. Aspects associated with the type of disturbance(s) addressed in the literature are also explored throughout the review, including the perspectives of those studies aimed at multiple PQDs, or specifically focused on voltage sags or voltage notches. The real-time performance of the reviewed tools is also examined. Finally, unsolved issues are discussed, and prospects are highlighted.

 

 

Circular economy (CE) describes a sustainable alternative approach to the current linear economy system. It is a growing topic among scholars, practitioners, and decisionmakers; it encom-passes several concepts related to sustainability and requires the synergy of multiple actors for success, including higher education institutions (HEIs) as one of the most relevant ones. Current CE is based mostly on experiences in Global North developed countries, where the concept has gained great attention and has already influenced policies and strategies. However, CE in Latin American countries (LA countries) have not yet received such attention. Thus, some “unique problems” may remain unattended, and efforts to attain a CE are more likely to fail. Likewise, the study shows how the role of HEIs in CE in LA countries has not yet been fully explored, as the literature on this topic is scarce. This paper aims to address the main research question: what is the role of HEIs in the transition to a CE in Latin American countries? For this, a two-fold methodology was performed: (i) a systematic review which allows understanding of the trends of CE research in LA and the extent of the HEIs involvement; and (ii) a narrative review, which provides insights into the state of the art of CE research (gaps, drivers, and barriers) in LA countries and how this relates to HEIs. This approach drew implications for the role of HEIs in the implementation of CE in LA countries. HEIs are key actors in this transition, contributing in several ways to the CE by collaborating with industry, assisting policy makers, building human and intellectual capital, supporting community engagement projects, influencing campus culture, linking with international CE networks, and promoting an inclusive CE discourse. This research contributes to the CE body of knowledge from a Latin-American Global South perspective by discussing the factors that aim to define the role of HEIs in the CE transition in LA countries.

 

 

Research for development organizations generate tremendous amount of accessible knowledge, but given their scale, time and resource constraints, the impact of outputs is not systematically analyzed. This is because traditional bibliometric analyses present limitations to synthesize accumulated knowledge and retrofitting indicators to historical outputs. To address these shortcomings, this study proposes an integrated, web-based approach to systematically analyze the production and diffusion of knowledge from large-scale research programs, using climate research of the International Maize and Wheat Improvement Center (CIMMYT) as a case study. Our analytical framework employs text mining, social network analysis and hyperlink analysis to an unstructured mass of publicly available digital artifacts such as institutional repositories, citation databases, and social media to uncover narratives, dynamics, and relationships. Findings show CIMMYT’s climate research is strongly incorporated into a holistic systems approach and that the institution is actively engaged in knowledge exchanges with key actors from the scientific, development and public policy communities. The proposed analytical framework establishes an effective approach for research for development organizations to leverage existing online data sources to assess the extent of their knowledge production, dissemination, and reach.

 

 

The constant development of digital technologies has allowed living in a digital environment based on connections, also transforming the context of the educational process. Experiences show that digital technologies have influenced the way of learning and, consequently, the way of teaching. Learning in the digital age is a complex process since it is a multifaceted and diverse action. The aim of this research is to identify global trends in digital education and its link with the learning of artistic and visual education in higher education settings, during the period 2000-2019. For this, bibliometric techniques have been applied to 1291 documents, obtaining results from the scientific activity of the main authors, research institutions, and countries that promote this topic. The data show increasing relevance, particularly in the last three years. The main subject area is the social sciences. The study has detected the lines of research that are related to the Internet, education, visuals, computer programs, learning, digital media literacy, and educational technology. This work contributes to the academic, scientific, and institutional debate to enhance decision-making based on existing information.

 

 

This work is the result of one of the components of a macro investigation, which seeks to develop a Model to identify the degree of linkage of a university with its environment; in this case, it is applied to the University of Antioquia (Medellin-Colombia). This component refers to the visibility and impact of investigators from the perspective and data offered by altmetrics. To that effect, the altmetrics data of 1,032 investigators from six areas of knowledge are reviewed, taking into account different academic, professional and social platforms, as well as an integrating platform of altmetrics indicators. Although this measurement refers to University of Antioquia investigators, the general methodology for data capture and interpretation may be extended to other universities that share the same investigation and scientific communication, and that from the altmetrics wish to identify the visibility and impact of their investigators and the linking of the institution with its environment, and complement in this way, the traditional bibliometric measurements or other measurements of the university environment, such as the Manual of Valencia.

 

 

This research proposed identify the policy actions, programs and projects for groups at risk of exclusion in Colombia and the roll of de media literacy in this context. Was performed a retrospective and descriptive bibliometric study that included documents from national and regional governmental and non-governmental agencies, specialized scientific publications, and, other informative publications about media literacy experiences. The results showed 1) a paradox about the comprehension and intervention to the population at risk of exclusion that was possible to observe to intertwine the characteristics of politics actions, programs and projects whit the characteristics of the vulnerable people or in risk of exclusion, 2) the media literacy in Colombia has a role very important because show two ways: is a strategy of education and is a mirror for to exhibit the paradox.

 

 

The research status of electronic word of mouth in the tourism sector was evaluated and a research agenda was formulated. Through bibliometric analysis, 1017 scientific articles indexed in Scopus between 2008 and 2021 were reviewed. Descriptive indicators, qualitative analysis of texts, and maps of social networks allowed to summarize the literature. Six research streams were identified: automatic classification of texts, content generated by tourists, eWOM valence, decision making, impact of eWOM on performance, and impact on trust. For future research, it is suggested to include topics such as elements that favor eWOM, effects of business attributes on eWOM, factors driving the generation of eWOM, changes in eWOM behavior and online reviews, and business management.

 

 

Customer engagement is one of the topics that most arouses the attention of marketing professionals and academics today. This article aimed to contribute to general knowledge on this topic by mapping scientific research in this area of knowledge. For this purpose, a bibliometric and network analysis was carried out, using as a source the records in the Scopus and Web of Science databases. The main conclusions show that, despite being a recent subject, the study of customer engagement has prospered significantly. Also, four main lines or currents of work were identified in which the interests of researchers on this topic are concentrated. Finally, the contributions, limitations, and agenda for future studies are presented.

 

 

The objective of this research is to analyze the scientific production indexed in the international Scopus database on the subject of “corporate social responsibility and corporate social performance” in small and medium-sized enterprises. In the literature, it is currently possible to observe how large corporations undertake social responsibility actions as a usual practice. However, in the case of small and medium-sized enterprises, the reality is different due to their high heterogeneity. To fulfil the proposed objective, a bibliometric analysis is carried out, identifying 277 articles on the subject. It is observed that scientific production is concentrated in a period of 18 years (2000-2018), the majority being qualitative studies.

 

 

This article explores the development of political science as an academic discipline in Ecuador between 2005 and 2019. Three main institutionalization-related dimensions are scrutinized: advancement of training at universities, both at the undergraduate and graduate levels; progression of Ecuadorian-originated publications in high-impact indexed scientific journals, (such as those included in SCOPUS, ISI-WoS) and the evolution of the local academic community. Primary data was obtained from a documentary revision of official higher education reports. Additionally, a bibliometric analysis of scientific publications was performed in the above indexed journals. Finally, a set of interviews was made with members of the local academic community. As a result, it seems possible to claim that after the last 15 years, political science in Ecuador is in the midst of a budding institutionalization process. To a large extent this gradual strengthening is the result of a larger availability of academic programs, both at the undergraduate and graduate levels and of the enhanced relevancy and coherence of the discipline and its output. However, a further consolidation of political science as an academic discipline in Ecuador is hindered by the persistent confusion between so-called “political studies” and “political science proper” and by the lingering prevalence of an identification between the two. This is also related to the unclear social and professional status political scientist enjoy in Ecuadorian society. Many questions remain unsettled regarding the full scope of the discipline’s institutionalization. Also, a thoughtful assessment of this analytical category still remains to be undertaken. Legitimate queries can be made, for instance, about what is the meaning of “politics” as such in Ecuadorian political science.

 

 

Cuba and the U.S. have the oldest Academies of Sciences outside Europe. Both countries have a long history of scientific collaboration that dates to the 1800s. Both scientific communities also share geographical proximity and common scientific research interests mainly in Biotechnology, Meteorology, and Public Health research. Despite these facts, scientists from both nations face serious barriers to cooperation raised by the U.S. embargo established in 1961 that prohibits exchanges with Cuba. The study aims to analyze the effects of U.S. policy on scientific collaboration with Cuban scientific institutions. The results of the bibliometric analysis of Cuba-U.S. joint publications in the Web of Science, and Scopus databases between 1980 to 2020 indicate sustained growth of scientific collaboration between scientists of both nations over the past forty years. The results also show that after the 1980 Smithsonian Institution and the Cuba’s Academy of Sciences agreement significantly increased scientific collaboration between U.S. scientists with their Cuban peers. President Barack Obama’s approach to normalizing the U.S. Cuba relations in 2015 enhanced Cuban scientific production with U.S. scientists by exceeding the number of collaborative papers published during any preceding U.S. Presidential administration. By 2020, Cuba had expanded its scientific links to 80% of the countries in the world. Cuban and U.S. scientists converted from adversaries into partners, showing that science is an effective diplomatic channel. A particularly important question for the future is how robust is the collaboration system in the face of greater political restrictions?

 

 

In Brazil, it is observed that the researchers in the field of Administration keep a certain distance to studies of National Defense. In this direction, the scope of this study is that there is an incapability between the strategic actions provided for in the National Defense Strategy (NDS) and the capabilities of the Defense Industry Base (DIB). It is assumed that companies linked to the DIB must know their dynamic capabilities, so that they can, in their strategic planning, develop actions that allow them to cooperate with the NDS, in addition to generating competitive advantage. The methodology used has a bibliometric nature. The findings point to i) the lack of studies that aim to propose strategies for the Defense sector, from the perspective of the theory of dynamic capabilities and business strategy; ii) the inexistence of Stricto Sensu Post-Graduate Programs in Administration, which have in their lines of research the National Defense theme; and, iii) the inexistence of journals in the area of Administration that have as scope or focus organizational studies, strategy and innovation in the area of National Defense. The Administration area has lines of research that cover strategic and organizational studies, innovation and technology, governance, public finance and others, which can collaborate with the advancement of studies on Defense in an applied way, as they aim to relate theory to practice and the constant search for pragmatic solutions to symptomatic and ongoing problems, through analytical, in-depth scientific methods and empirical observation.

 

 

Recent international recognition of indigenous peoples, their rights and contributions to solving current challenges has directed academic attention to the way research is conducted in relation to them, what topics are studied, by whom, and using which methodologies. The Mapuche are the most numerous indigenous peoples in South America and have ancestrally inhabited a territory denominated Wallmapu. This study undertook a comprehensive revision and meta-analysis of the scientific literature related to the Mapuche and Wallmapu. Through quantification and visualization of the scientific landscape, the goal was to enhance the understanding of the themes and patterns that have guided research in this field of study. We found 1611 documents in Web of Science and SciELO collections published between 1975 and 2020. Using CiteSpace software, we analyzed the main conceptual hotspots, identified central authors and pivotal works, among other aspects of the scientific knowledge domain. The main research themes found revolve around political and historical aspects of the relationship between Mapuche and the State; ethnobotanical research including plant properties and cultural knowledge transmission; and the indisputable connection between indigenous resistance and environmental depredation. We argue that valuing cultural diversity paves the road for reclaiming indigenous knowledge as a contribution to our understanding of the world.

 

 

Renewable energy arises as a tool for the supply of energy to the agriculture sector. Currently, there is a growing concern for the environment. This circumstance has led to technological progress in energy use in relation to natural resources and their availability for all productive sectors, including agriculture. The main objective of this work is to perform analysis from a bibliometric point of view and to analyze scientific advances in renewable energy and agriculture worldwide that have occurred in the last three years (2019-2021). The purpose of this study is to provide an overview of the last three years on the topic in order to contribute to the international scientific community, specifically towards collaboration between authors, institutions, and countries. A keyword analysis using community detection was applied to detect the five main clusters of this research and was largely dedicated to the following topics: renewable energy technologies in agriculture, bioenergy, sustainable agriculture, biomass energy, and the environmental impact of agriculture. The main countries found to be conducting research on renewable energy and agriculture include India, China, the United States, Italy, the United Kingdom, Poland, Indonesia, Germany, the Russian Federation, and Spain; the most important institutions conducting research in this area include the Ministry of Agriculture of the People’s Republic of China, the Tashkent Institute of Irrigation and Agricultural Mechanization Engineers at the National Research University in Uzbekistan, the Chinese Academy of Agricultural Sciences, and the Grupo de Investigacao em Engenharia e Computacao Inteligente para a Inovacao e o Desenvolvimento in Portugal. These results may contribute to the identification of new research needs and therefore to the development of future directions of research on renewable energies in the agricultural sector.

 

 

Academia and organizations tend to agree on the importance they give to internal communication as a discipline of knowledge and as a strategic issue in organizational management. However, many organizations omit the systematic application of this type of communication and the academy has not produced, to date, a systematic body of knowledge. In order for these situations to be recognized and worked on, research work is necessary to build an integrating theoretical body. What this work proposes is to review the publications on internal communication (IC) to inquire about the recent advance in this knowledge and its applications. To accomplish this, four of the most important academic journals on communication in organizations were reviewed according to the SCImago Journal & Country Rank. They are: Public Relations Review, Management Communication Quarterly, International Journal of Strategic Communication and Journal of Communication Management. The period of analysis was carried out between 2015 and 2021. Bibliometric indicators used were: the number of articles on internal communication published, broken down by journal, year and number, most used words and phrases. The authors were also studied by analyzing the number of signatures per article, who published more on internal communication, as well as the most cited experts. The results in the 125 issues reveal a discreet presence of IC since of 1278 articles published, 126 dealt with the subject, which represented 9.87% of the total. The journal that published the most on IC was Public Relations Review with 38 articles, followed by Management Communication Quarterly with 35. Journal of Communication Management edited 32 articles, leaving International Journal of Strategic Communication as the journal that dealt with the subject the least with 21. All journals made special editions on various topics, but the Journal of Communication Management was the only one that made an extraordinary edition dedicated to IC under the title Internal Communication during the COVID-19 Pandemic published in volume 25, number 3, July 2021. The most productive year for IC was 2021 with 32 articles. Throughout the period, 55 issues were published without articles on IC, 36 with one, 20 with two, nine with three, four with four articles and only one issue with seven, the special edition. Among the most used words are employee (s), social, strategic, engagement, media and crisis. And the most used phrase after “internal communication” is “social media”. The most cited author was also the most productive in the period studied: Lijuan Rita Men. Other authors who published multiple times included Cen April Yue, Ana Tkalac Vera& Jeong Nam Kim, and Vibeke Thois Madsen. James Grunig, Ansgar Zerfass, Francois Cooren, Linda L. Putnam, Mary Welch, and W. Timothy Coombs were also frequently cited. In conclusion, and despite the increased interest caused by the pandemic, internal communication is not a priority issue in the reviewed journals. A greater emphasis on normative and instrumental aspects was also detected, with a clear orientation towards the solution of specific organizational problems, that is, a functionalist perspective, centered on management. This article seeks to support both scholars and professionals of internal communication, leaving within their reach, in addition to this review, the challenge of increasing research to generate knowledge in internal organizational communication.

 

 

The aim of this study is to conduct a bibliometric analysis of the happy-productive worker HPW thesis and to identify the evolution and trend in this topic. In order to recognize the literature related to the relation between happiness at work and job performance, particularly authors, countries, representative documents in the origin, evolution and the relevant clusters in this field of knowledge. This article performs a bibliometric analysis with the use of the sci2 software, gephi, vosviewer and the bibliometrix. It was found that to date 404 scientific documents have been published in the Web of Science and 532 in Scopus. Among the most representative results are countries (United States and Spain), Universities (Valencia and California), Magazines (Journal Happiness studies and Frontiers in psychology), authors in Scopus (Sonja Lyubomirsky) and in Wos (Andres Salas). Finally, four representative clusters were identified: international happiness and economy, happiness in life and performance, happiness, engagement and work performance and emerging approaches in the relationship between happiness and performance, coinciding with these as the most important happiness construct was life and work satisfaction.

 

 

This research article offers a bibliometric analysis of paradiplomacy. The analysis addresses three dimensions. The first characterizes the context of scientific publications on the subject: number of publications, types of documents published, language, and countries of origin of the documents. The second is the impact of these publications: representative authors, concentration of citations by authors, and relevant journals. The third, regarding content, identifies recurrent and emerging issues on paradiplomacy research. A quantitative methodology is used with statistical mechanisms and collection of information in Scopus from 1984 to 2021. It is concluded, among other issues, that, although paradiplomacy is at a time of development and research consolidation, efforts should be made to consolidate specialized media to disseminate articles and to establish networks among paradiplomacy researchers.

 

 

This research aimed to map the international scientific production on sustainable entrepreneurship between the years 2009 and 2019. An exploratory and descriptive study was carried out, in which data was collected in the Web Of Science database. The evolution of scientific production on the subject, the most prolific authors and the sources of publication with the greatest volume of publications were outlined. The bibliometric software VOSViewer was used to analyze the bibliometric networks of: co-occurrence of keywords, co-authorship and citation. It was concluded that the subject presented evolution in the international scenario. And that there was dispersion in studies on the subject in relation to sources of publication. The studies integrated traditional entrepreneurship with different research axes, especially regarding innovation, strategic management, institutional entrepreneurship and social and environmental sustainability.

 

 

In the context of a recent increase in the Chilean production of knowledge within the field of higher education, this article reveals some trends exhibited by this production, as well as the main research topics. With this aim, we examine the number and institutional affiliations of research grants in the area, provide a bibliometric analysis of Web of Science (WoS) and Scopus publications, and present a content analysis of works indexed in WoS and Scopus published from 2005 to 2015. Results show a clear growth pattern, both in research grants and articles published. Research capacities in the field appear to be distributed across several universities in Chile, and to involve scholars based not only in schools of education, but also those in several other academic units in diverse disciplinary and professional domains. Themes emerging from the content analysis can be grouped in four main research lines: curriculum, teaching and learning; trajectories and experiences of students; the academic profession; and higher education policy.

 

 

Student dropout in higher education has been of great interest to the academic community, state and social actors over the last three decades, due to the various effects that this event has on the student, the family, higher education institutions, and the state itself. It is recognised that dropout at this level of education is extremely complex due to its multi-causality which is expressed in the existing relationship in its explanatory variables associated with the students, their socioeconomic and academic conditions, as well as the characteristics of the educational institutions. Thus, the aim of this article was to identify the individual, socioeconomic, academic, and institutional explanatory variables involved in student dropout in rural populations, based on a synthesis of the evidence available in the SCOPUS database. In order to achieve it, a mixed systematic review was defined under the PRISMA 2020 method. The analysis was approached in two stages; the first concerned the identification of the documents and the conformation of the sample, where 21 documents were distinguished for effectively dealing with dropout in rural higher education; and the second corresponded to the procedures defined for the development of the bibliometric analysis and synthesis of the information found in the documents. The results showed the distribution of studies by country, years of publication, the categorisation of the documents in SCOPUS, their classification by type and the methodologies used in the development of the studies analysed, as well as the variables that have been addressed in previous research. In this way, it is concluded that the results of the studies are not generalisable, either because of the size of the sample or because of the marked social asymmetries that exist in some countries, which can make the findings lack significance; on the other hand, the interest in research on variables associated with individual and academic determinants to explain rural student dropout is highlighted. In addition, some future research lines which can be addressed as a complement to the current view of the dropout event in rural higher education were identified.

 

 

Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) have been feeling great pressure to advance in digital transformation. This pressure has been intensified with the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic at the end of 2019. Because the digital transformation of HEIs has been attracting a growing number of publications, the present study sought to carry out a bibliometric analysis of such titles. For this purpose, 643 relevant documents were identified from the Scopus database in January 2022. The descriptive results show an accelerated growth of the relevant literature, with conference papers being the main form of publication, followed by articles, conference reviews, and book chapters. The areas with which the majority of documents were associated were computer science, followed by social science, engineering, and business and management. An analysis of the co-occurrence of terms based on the titles and abstracts enabled the identification of three thematic areas of interest: 1) digital transformation in teaching, particularly under the pressure exerted by COVID-19; 2) environmental influences on the digital transformation of HEIs; and 3) enabling technologies for digital transformation. A longitudinal analysis also based on titles and abstracts allows us to see how the primary focus shifted from the economic issue (in 2019) to the COVID issue (in 2021). This study concludes by discussing the theoretical and practical implications of the findings, demonstrating as a particularly interesting area for future research the study of the digital transformation of HEIs in a future post-COVID scenario.

 

 

This study reviews the franchising literature on emerging markets. We used the Bibliometrix R-package and VOSviewer software to perform a bibliometric analysis of 297 articles between 1989 and 2020 obtained from the Scopus database. We combined bibliometric coupling, historiographic citation, keyword co-occurrence, and conceptual thematic analysis, with a content analysis of the most cited articles based on total global and local citations. We identified two main research clusters: international franchising and social franchising. This article provides a deep understanding of the intellectual and conceptual structure of the academic field. It complements existing qualitative reviews and attempts at characterizations, and suggests future research directions.

 

 

Human Rights Education (HRE) has been the object of study, investigation, struggle and resistance. In Brazil, the National HRE Plan represented an achievement in the prerogatives dissemination related to human dignity and citizenship formation for the democratic experience. In view of the multiple analytical potentialities, this paper aimed to build indicators of Brazilian scientific production on HRE in Basic Education, considering the papers published in two databases, recognized for their relevance and reach, the of Journals Platform of the Coordination for the Improvement of Higher Education Personnel (CAPES) and Scientific Electronic Library Online (SciELO). The methodology was based on bibliometric analysis, with data collect, through descriptors, on digital platforms and information recording in spread-sheet format of Excel software and subsequent elaboration of graphics with indicators. The results, which covered publications from 2004 to 2019, mostly from the CAPES database, pointed to a concentration of research in the Southeast region; the prevalence of work in female co-authorship; the greater use of indirect sources; that “human rights” was the keyword with the highest incidence; and curriculum the most recurring theme in articles about EDH in Basic Education. It is expected that the study contributes to the understanding of scientific production in the area and promotes the construction of researches that go deepen and expand the knowledge related to HRE in Basic Education.

 

 

The study of human rights (HR) is vital in order to enhance the development of human beings, but this field of study still needs to be better depicted and understood because violations of its core principles still frequently occur worldwide. In this study, our goal was to perform a bibliometric performance and network analysis (BPNA) to investigate the strategic themes, thematic evolution structure, and trends of HR found in the Web of Science (WoS) database from 1990 to June 2020. To do this, we included 25,542 articles in the SciMAT software for bibliometric analysis. The strategic diagram produced shows 23 themes, 12 of which are motor themes, the most important of which are discussed in this article. The thematic evolution structure presented the 21 most relevant themes of the 2011-2020 period. Our findings show that HR research is directly related to health issues, such as mental health, HIV, and reproductive health. We believe that the presented results and HR panorama presented have the potential to be used as a basis on which researchers in future works may enhance their decision making related to this field of study.

 

 

Purpose The interconnections between climate change and health are well studied. However, there is a perceived need for studies that examine how responses to health hazards (e.g. cardiovascular diseases, ozone layer effects, allergens, mental health and vector-borne diseases) may assist in reducing their impacts. The purpose of this paper is to review the evidence on health responses to climate hazards and list some measures to address them. Design/methodology/approach A mixed literature review, bibliometric analysis and an original online survey were undertaken on 140 participants from 55 countries spread across all geographical regions. Findings The bibliometric analysis identified that most climate-related health hazards are associated with extreme weather events. However, only one-third of the investigated papers specifically analysed the connections between climate change and health hazards, revealing a thematic gap. Also, although Africa is highly affected by climate change, only 5% of the assessed studies focused on this continent. Many respondents to the survey indicated “heat distress” as a significant vulnerability. The survey also identified social determinants relevant to climate-induced health vulnerabilities, such as socioeconomic and environmental factors, infrastructure and pre-existing health conditions. Most respondents agree that policies and regulations are the most effective adaptation tools to address the public health hazards triggered by climate change. This paper presents some suggestions for optimising public health responses to health hazards associated with climate change, such as the inclusion of climate-related components in public health policies, setting up monitoring systems to assess the extent to which specific climate events may pose a health threat, establishing plans to cope with the health implications of heatwaves, increased measures to protect vulnerable groups and education and awareness-raising initiatives to reduce the overall vulnerability of the population to climate-related health hazards. These measures may assist the ongoing global efforts to understand better – and cope with – the impacts of climate change on health. Originality/value The combination of a literature review, bibliometric analysis and an original world survey identified and presented a wide range of responses.

 

 

With the unparallel advance of leading-edge technologies like artificial intelligence (AI), the healthcare systems are transforming and shifting for more digital health. In recent years, scientific productions have reached unprecedented levels. However, a holistic view of how AI is being used for digital health remains scarce. Besides, there is a considerable lack of studies on responsible AI and ethical issues that identify and suggest practitioners’ essential insights towards the digital health domain. Therefore, we aim to rely on a bibliometric approach to explore the dynamics of the interplay between AI and digital health approaches, considering the responsible AI and ethical aspects of scientific production over the years. We found four distinct periods in the publication dynamics and the most popular approaches of AI in the healthcare field. Also, we highlighted the main trends and insightful directions for scholars and practitioners. In terms of contributions, this work provides a framework integrating AI technologies approaches and applications while discussing several barriers and benefits of AI-based health. In addition, five insightful propositions emerged as a result of the main findings. Thus, this study’s originality is regarding the new framework and the propositions considering responsible AI and ethical issues on digital health.

 

 

Objetive: perform a bibliometric analysis of the scientific production on out-of-pocket expense (OOPE) published in Latin America from the period 2002 to 2020 is conducted. The study: we use the Scopus database to select related articles about OOPE in Latin America. Bibliometric indicators were analyzed using Bibliometrix and Biblioshiny R packages. Findings: we identified 207 documents and 828 authors during the period 2002-2020. The number of publications increased (12.62% annual growth rate). “Salud Publica de Mexico” was the leading journals in number of publications. The majority of publications came from developing country collaboration with developed countries such as United States or United Kingdom. Mexico was the most productive and cited country in OOPE in Latin America. Conclusions: the documents published in journals related to OOPE in Latin America are increasing, being Mexico the most productive and cited country in out-of-pocket expense fields in the region.

 

 

Food science innovation depends on consumers’ needs and is currently seeking functional food with health effects. Non-centrifugal cane sugar (NCS) is known for its potential health effects, but there is a lack of holistic analysis on technological advancement and socio-economic and market trends for decision-making in the development of the technology. The aim of this article was to analyse the research trends, recent patents, and market trends and niches for NCS to structure an NCS technological roadmap. Scientometric, bibliometric methods, and global and local market information on NCS were used. Comprehensive analysis of the worldwide research trends and patents on NCS processing and of the growth of the main niche markets for Colombian NCS exports in the last five years was conducted. Finally, with the information obtained, an NCS technological roadmap was structured, which can be used as a tool for planning innovation processes and supporting the development of new research using market information and new norms forged by the COVID-19 pandemic for Colombian case. Furthermore, the methodological design could be used for other NCS producer countries.

 

 

In recent decades, a global concern associated with environmental chemical contamination has emerged as an important risk factor for the development of human diseases. Risk assessment methods based on animal approaches have shown to be very useful as early warning systems. However, questions, knowledge gaps, and limitations still need to be addressed in animals close to humans, such as dogs. The objective of this study was to analyze citation patterns, impact of publications, and most relevant authors, countries, institutional affiliations, and lines of research on environmental chemical contaminants and their relationship with dogs, in terms of exposure and biological effects. For this, a bibliometric analysis was carried out. Results revealed an increase in scientific production on this subject during the last 90 years in journals such as Health Physics, Science of the Total Environment, and Plos One, highlighting authors such as Muggenburg, Sonne, Boecker, and Dietz. The USA, Brazil, Germany, and the UK and universities such as California, Colorado State, and Purdue were the most relevant countries and institutional affiliations in scientific production and collaboration in relation to this topic. There is a growing interest in the development of lines of research related to heavy metals (mercury and lead mainly) and persistent organic compounds (PCBs, PBDEs, pesticides) using dogs as sentinels, as well as new sources of interest related to zoonosis and One Health. Finally, issues related to pollutants, sentinel lymph nodes, and epidemiology appear as new areas of research. These results highlight interesting current challenges and future research perspectives on dogs as sentinels for environmental chemical contamination.

 

 

Regular physical activity (PA) is an essential component of maintaining good health, thereby improving the physical and psychological well-being of the population. PA performed during childhood and adolescence can have repercussions in adulthood, contributing to the prevention of chronic activities and improving quality of life. Given its high relationship with PA, physical literacy could play a crucial role in valuing and participating in a physically active lifestyle, thus addressing low rates of PA participation from an early age. This bibliometric analysis provides a globalized view of physical literacy (PL) and its relationship with health, pathologies, prevention, or intervention among children and adolescents. Publications registered on Web of Science were analyzed using bibliometrics based on data from 141 documents published between 2014 and 2022, while the VOSviewer software v. 1.6.18. was used for the processing and visualization of the data and metadata. The results show an exponential growth in scientific research over the last 8 years, with an accumulation of documents in four journals and a distribution of publications spanning thirty-seven countries and regions. The network of researchers consists of 500 researchers, with the largest number of publications corresponding to 18 co-authors with at least 5 publications. The principal purpose of this research was to identify the most prolific co-authors, most-cited journals and co-authors, and the most relevant keywords.

 

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has had many deep social and economic impacts that go beyond health issues. One consequence is that the pandemic has made it even harder to mobilize the financial resources needed to pursue SDG 13 (Climate Action) as a whole and to fund climate change mitigation and adaptation efforts in particular. This is especially acute in respect of the efforts to achieve the targets set by the Paris Agreement and by the recent decisions in Glasgow. This paper looks at how the COVID-19 pandemic has accelerated poverty and undermined climate change mitigation and adaptation efforts, as a result of the switches in priorities and funding. Using a review of the recent literature, an analysis of international trends, and a survey among climate scientists, it identifies some of the impacts of the pandemic on climate change mitigation and adaptation efforts and discusses their implications. The findings indicate a decrease in funding to climate change research since the pandemic crisis. The bibliometric analysis reveals that a greater emphasis has been placed on the relationship between COVID-19 and poverty when compared to the interrelations between COVID-19 and climate change. Addressing climate change is as urgent now as it was before the pandemic crisis started, and efforts need to be made to upkeep the levels of funding needed to support research in this field.

 

 

Modern developments in technology have changed the way we socialize, communicate and work. Globalization, Information and Communication Technologies, digital culture and the increase in the amount of technology available for online communication mean that more organizations are implementing virtual teams. The growth in the use of virtual teams in organizations has incited researchers to investigate the different aspects, factors and challenges of these teams. This article uses a systematic literature review and a bibliometric analysis of virtual teams to identify the most relevant articles on the subject. These articles are then thoroughly reviewed and finally, a summary is made of all the research published over a five-year period. The systematic review of literature proposed by Ramey and Rao [1] and enhanced by Pulsiri and Thesenvitz [2] was used to examine the Scopus and Web of Science databases to identify the theories, research problems, research methodologies and results of 2354 studies on virtual teams published between 2015 and 2019. The main topics of the existing research in the field are reviewed, and the main limitations, problems and existing gaps in research are presented.

 

 

Goal: This article aims to identify the reasons that lead to the low expression of entrepreneurship in the BRICS through a literature review on cultural dimensions by the main authors. Design / Methodology / Approach: The study was carried out through a bibliographic survey of the cultural dimensions in the cited authors, and of entrepreneurship in each one of the BRICS, in order to first define the cultural dimensions and values present in each nation and then explain the national entrepreneurial culture. Results: The results reveal that the entrepreneurial attitude of a population is influenced by the cultural traits of the nation to which it belongs and by some economic aspects. Even though economic aspects influence the initiative to entrepreneur, they could be influenced by the main sector in the economy, by the nature of the entrepreneurship (opportunity or necessity), and by the dimensions of the authors under study. Limitations of the investigation: The limitation of bibliographic research is the secondary source, which can produce contradictions. Practical implications: The study shows to the nations (and their governments) what aspects of their cultures they must invest more time to motivate people to entrepreneur (culture dimensions). Governments can propose to industries present in the main sector and financial institutions to support research and entrepreneurship in the universities, in incubators and in technology parks. Some laws can be created to support entrepreneurial activities, and reduce the number of people who entrepreneur by necessity. Originality / Value: The bibliometric study showed that there were not an article that united all five countries in a study about cultural dimensions and the low rate of entrepreneurship. This article contributes with this gap in the literature.

 

 

Biofloc technology is a bioremediation process that allows minimizing the exchange of water and its use in aquaculture systems. Objective: to present trends in scientific publications about Biofloc technology for fish production, using bibliometric analysis tools. Materials and methods: the Web of Science database was used, with a search equation and information processing supported by the BibExcel and VOSviewer tools. A systematic analysis was carried out on the recovered documents, considering type of culture, experimental time, growth and protein yield, population density, water quality, microbiological and physiological characteristics of the crop. Categories were determined in which the studies related to technology and the main challenges identified in the application of technology are defined. Results: 258 documents were found, 94.12 % corresponded to research articles. Productivity was higher in 2014 and 2016. The Federal University of Santa Catarina and Federal University of Rio Grande FURG in Brazil have the highest production. In co-authorship, 18 nodes were identified. 59.3 % of the documents reported investigations with shrimp and 18.99 % with tilapia. The best production times were in the ranges of 41-50 days (12.4 %), 21-30 days (11.24 %) and 51-60 days (9.68 %). The C:N ratio was not reported in 92.6 % of the studies. However, 3.48 % reported ratios of 15:1 and 1.16 % of 20:1. The main categories were performance (44.18 %) and productivity (26.35 %). Conclusions: Biofloc technology represents an opportunity for sustainability in species aquaculture practices. A gradual growth in research processes was evidenced in recent years; the main studies are related to the performance in terms of growth and optimization of the protein conversion processes in the analyzed crops, whether individual or in polyculture.

 

 

Global warming is a problem that threatens humanity, with livestock being one of the causes. A systematic literature review was carried out by using some appropriate elements of the PRISMA statement to identify disciplines that work to mitigate the effects of the livestock industry by organizing them according to their approach to addressing this problem. The main objective is to find information and classify the disciplines, papers, literature review methodologies, research gaps, authors, and journals developing the management of the cattle supply chain. This paper could analyze and mitigate the adverse effects on society and the environment generated by the industry, organizing them according to their approach. Twenty databases were consulted between March and May 2020, from which 146 review documents were chosen. The papers reviewed were published between 2003 and 2020. The eligibility criteria for selection were open access to the full text, publication in an indexed journal, and a focus on any discipline related to cattle. The unselected papers did not have DOIs or duplicates, and those focused on other types of meat and book chapters. Subsequently, the information in the selected papers was described and consolidated, and these papers had 602 authors and were from 99 journals. Next, a discipline categorization was proposed. The results were organized, showing that among all the analysis criteria, the category of veterinary medicine had the best results in terms of indicators; therefore, additional research is needed on the other disciplines, especially in culture, technology, management, quality control, tanneries, and transportation, as there was less research within these disciplines. It is recommended that research on a mix of the different proposed disciplines be conducted. The proposed categorization’s main contribution is to identify and group the cattle supply chain’s different disciplines and the definition of research gaps organized under a structure organizational management model. Finally, a multicriteria selection methodology must be used that prioritizes the discipline categories proposed in this review to guide future research.

 

 

Background: This systematic review supported by a bibliometric analysis identified quantitative and qualitative empirical studies that allowed us to respond to the objective of identifying and discussing the scope and limitations of the clinical-psychotherapeutic supervision in virtual modality or telesupervision. (2) Methods: The articles were selected according to the Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines, and the eligibility criteria proposed by the PICOS strategy (population, interventions, comparators, outcomes, and study design) based on 396 records of scientifically identified articles in the Journal Citation Report databases of the Web of Science. (3) Results: The literature review stages allowed the selection of three articles, which were added three others that were already included in a previous review, to enrich the analysis and discussion. The results of the present review highlighted aspects of nonverbal communication, alliance, comfort, preference, trust, and construction of professional identity, among others, both considering only the telesupervision format and comparing it with traditional face-to-face supervision. (4) Conclusions: The contributions that these results are providing to the understanding of the scope and limitations of the practice of telesupervision are discussed, also considering its interference in the construction of the professional identity of supervisors and supervisees.

 

 

The process of integrating sustainability into businesses and processes is still recent, both in startups, small and medium-sized companies and even multinationals. Sustainable business models became a phenomenon of global interest and Design Thinking has been increasingly used as a strategy to support this process. In this context, the aim of this article is to improve the understanding of how Design Thinking (DT) and its set of tools and methods contribute to the creation and innovation of sustainable business models (SBM). The analysis of frameworks indicates that the main methodologies linking Design Thinking and Sustainable Business Models are Workshops, Brainstorming, Co-creation and Prototyping. Also, approaches such as Circular Economy, Business Models and Product-Service System models are emerging as a means of enabling the collaborative consumption of products and services and with positive results for sustainable business. The analysis of the articles reveals that user-oriented innovation and analysis of stakeholder needs is present in practically all evaluated frames, but prototyping and experimentation represent a gap that should be better explored in the frameworks.

 

 

Objective: In this study, we aim to analyze the scientific production of publications on dynamic capacities in advertising agencies and social media. Methodology/approach: The methodology used was a systematic review of the literature. The period used was articles published between 2008 and 2017. In total, 244 articles were analyzed which were enumerated and quantified about the main authors, journals, databases and year of publication. Originality/Relevance: This integrative literature review of the dynamic capabilities adds to the categorization of the RBV literature as it relates dynamic capabilities to social media research and advertising agencies, providing favorable guidance for future research. The theoretical gap in the literature on the subject is surprising because it is surprising that advertising activity, which is anchored in knowledge and creativity, is not a field explored by investigations in the area of Resource-Based View (RBV). Key Findings: The findings point to a trend toward qualitative publications focusing on social media and big data, few investigations focusing on advertising agencies, and a wide range of studies related to dynamic capabilities with performance and innovation themes. Theoretical/Methodological Contributions: There is a need for further investigation into the creative industry, its resources, and capabilities, especially the rise of social media. Social/Management Contributions: Managers, marketers, and communications professionals should focus their efforts on big data analytics (BDA) which is a rich source of consumer information at their touchpoints

 

 

Digital technologies have radically changed the tourism industry and gaining a lot of attention from the stakeholders. At present, there is voluminous but fragmented research to cover the various aspects of digital tourism, but a consolidated “big picture” of the extant research is missing. By performing a bibliometric analysis of 827 papers on digital tourism, an attempt has been made to fill this void. The investigation revealed that the management of smart destinations, the internet as a communication and marketing channel, technology and sustainability, and consumer behavior are emerging research directions in digital tourism. Observations regarding little scientific interest and collaborations in regions like Russia and Africa present an opportunity for researchers and businesses to set directions and strategies for the future.

 

 

Many changes have come over the business with the onset of globalization and the digitization of the economy, including the last two years. In addition, relevant changes have been caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, demonstrating the relevance of innovation management (IM) within organizations as a process to face these new realities. This article aims to present the main contributions on innovation management in small- and medium-sized enterprises (IM in SMEs). To determine the state-of-the-art innovation techniques, the study systematically reviews articles related to this subject using a bibliometric study approach between 1985 and 2019 using the Web of Science (WoS) database. The study analyzes and presents the most cited articles, the main authors, institutions, countries, and the most productive journals. Additionally, VOSviewer was used to provide a more in-depth analysis of the data obtained from the search. Among the main results, it is clear that the most productive universities and the most influential and productive authors are in the United States, leaving a relevant possibility of taking this analysis to different countries, mainly developing countries, to adjust adequate innovation processes according to the specific realities of each country.

 

 

We present a bibliometric and social network analysis of the Brazilian field of tourism, taken as the articles of 16 Brazilian tourism journals. Utilizing keywords, we describe and evaluate its trajectory (1990‑2018), with focus on the cultural tourism cluster. We study the authorship (authors, institutions and geographic distribution), journals (dispersal of publication), impact and intellectual structure of the cluster. It is clearly delimited, and includes “expected” keywords that orbit around cultural tourism, culture and heritage. Authorship is relatively fragmented; there is an overrepresentation of the Northeast Region of Brazil. In the references, there is a distinct social sciences orientation; there are relatively few authors and texts concerned with cultural tourism as a market segment. Margarita Barretto’s dominance and centrality in the intellectual structure is clear. Concerning the impact, the cluster has an average of actual citations per article just below that verified for the field.

 

 

This document aims to analyze co-citations with computational tools to identify the research perspectives related to COVID-19 in the areas of business, management, and economy. In addition, a bibliometric analysis is carried out that includes annual productivity, the most relevant authors, countries and institutions, the most cited documents, collaboration networks, and co-authorship. Information obtained from the Web of Science database found 4,347 documents published between the years 2020 and 2021 that were scientifically mapped in this field. An analysis of the research perspectives was carried out. The perspectives were determined through an analysis of co-citations from the application of a clustering algorithm using Gephi. In addition, tools such as Bibliometrix and VOSviewer were used for the development of bibliometric analysis. Through open-access tools, five perspectives related to the impact of COVID-19 on business, management, and economics were found. The first analyzes the effects on financial markets; the second presents the effects on tourism and consumer behavior; the third indicates the socio-economic effects of applying policies; the fourth presents the environmental and public health impacts; and the fifth shows the impacts on gender.

 

 

This study presents a bibliometric analysis of a total of 113 publications released between 1996 and 2021 that analyse academic training in sustainability in tourism universities worldwide. The main objective of this analysis is to identify the most relevant research in this field and the most current research trends in the Web of Science database. To this end, we carried out a review of the productivity of the most prolific authors, journals and geographical regions. This was followed by analyses of co-authorship networks and keyword co-occurrences.

 

 

This research provides an empirical overview of articles and authors referring to research on wine tourism, analyzed from 2000 to 2021, and what they contribute to deepening the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) 8. The articles were examined through a bibliometric approach based on data from 199 records stored in the Web of Science (JCR), applying traditional bibliometric laws, and using VOSviewer for data processing and metadata. The results highlight an exponential increase in scientific production without interruptions between 2005 and 2020, with a concentration in only 35 highly cited authors, where the hegemony is held by Australia, among the co-authorship networks of worldwide relevance. The main topics observed in the literature are local development through wine tourism, sustainability and nature conservation, and strategies for sustainable development. Finally, there are six articles with great worldwide influence in wine tourism studies that maintain in their entirety the contribution made by researchers affiliated with Australian universities.

 

 

Human activities in Antarctica were increasing before the COVID-19 pandemic, and tourism was not an exception. The growth and diversification of Antarctic tourism over the last few decades have been extensively studied. However, environmental impacts associated with this activity have received less attention despite an increasing body of scholarship examining environmental issues related to Antarctic tourism. Aside from raising important research questions, the potential negative effects of tourist visits in Antarctica are also an issue discussed by Antarctic Treaty Consultative Parties. This study presents the results of a meta-analysis of scholarly publications that synthesizes and updates our current knowledge of environmental impacts resulting from Antarctic tourism. A first publication database containing 233 records that focussed on this topic was compiled and subjected to a general bibliometric and content analysis. Further, an in-depth content analysis was performed on a subset of 75 records, which were focussed on showing specific research on Antarctic tourism impacts. The main topic, methods, management proposals, and research gaps highlighted by the respective authors of these 75 publications were assessed. The range of research topics addressed, the methods used – including the application of established research designs from the field of environmental impact assessment –, and the conclusions reached by the study authors are discussed. Interestingly, almost one third of the studies did not detect a direct relationship between tourism and significant negative effects on the environment. Cumulative impacts of tourism have received little attention, and long-term and comprehensive monitoring programs have been discussed only rarely, leading us to assume that such long-term programs are scarce. More importantly, connections between research and policy or management do not always exist. This analysis highlights the need for a comprehensive strategy to investigate and monitor the environmental impacts of tourism in Antarctica. A first specific research and monitoring programme to stimulate a debate among members of the Antarctic scientific and policy communities is proposed, with the ultimate goal of advancing the regulation and management of Antarctic tourism collaboratively.

 

 

Mineral resource exploitation is one of the activities that contribute to economic growth and the development of society. Artisanal and small-scale mining (ASM) is one of these activities. Unfortunately, there is no clear consensus to define ASM. However, its importance is relevant in that it represents, in some cases, the only employment alternative for millions of people, although it also significantly impacts the environment. This work aims to investigate the scientific information related to ASM through a bibliometric analysis and, in addition, to define the new lines that are tending to this field. The study comprises three phases of work: (i) data collection, (ii) data processing and software selection, and (iii) data interpretation. The results reflect that the study on ASM developed intensively from 2010 to the present. In general terms, the research addressed focuses on four interrelated lines: (i) social conditioning factors of ASM, (ii) environmental impacts generated by ASM, (iii) mercury contamination and its implication on health and the environment, and (iv) ASM as a livelihood. The work also defines that geotourism in artisanal mining areas is a significant trend of the last decade, explicitly focusing on the conservation and use of the geological and mining heritage and, in addition, the promotion of sustainable development of ASM.

 

 

Territories throughout different continents have a wide variety of natural and cultural resources, defined by the dynamics of spatiality, temporality, and functionality that have been generated by the human groups settled in these spaces. These resources have become an object of study of great interest since they constitute the initial sources for the definition of the tourism potential of destinations, as well as contributing to the generation of new tourism activities and modalities for those already consolidated. Although these resources were initially used as objects of exploitation, with the passage of time the dynamics have changed to the use of these resources, focusing on the foundation of the pillars of sustainability, a condition that implies practices of environmental valuation in situ, the recognition of the cultural heritage of the territories and the valuation of the interaction between culture–nature–human beings. The objective of this research is to identify the existing scientific production in which the relationship between the tourist exploitation of natural and cultural resources and regional development is explored. Bibliometric analysis based on the guidelines of the PRISMA method was used. The international databases considered were Web of Science and Scopus. The analysis was complemented with an overlap analysis to establish the relationship of information between the WoS and Scopus databases. A total of 507 documents on the subject were identified, which provided a preliminary X-ray that will allow future research work to be focused on this line of re-search. The results allowed us to observe that there is little literature on the relationship between the use of natural and cultural resources for tourism and the regional development of the territory, both from an economic and social point of view.

 

 

This study aims to identify research trends associated with the development of brand management in the tourism sector. To this end, bibliometric analysis has been carried out, using the R Core Team 20201-Bibliometrix software, on the scientific production, the most influential countries, authors, and journals, and the co-occurrence of keywords in the 1421 articles published to date in the Scopus database. This analysis was then complemented with a systematic qualitative evaluation using the PRISMA technique. The results obtained show the trend and impact of the literature published to date and the established and emerging research groups. Furthermore, they identify that research procedures related to brand communities, co-branding, brand architecture, positioning, and brand research in the tourism sector need to be strengthened. Therefore, this study identifies key research questions in a way that provides a planning framework for future research in this field.

 

 

Tourism is an important sector of the industry with global influence on the economy and development while global change is nowadays a major challenge worldwide. This study aims to present a bibliometric analysis that evidences the trends of scientific production on “tourism” and “global change”, supported by visualization techniques provided by VOSviewer software. A total of 3519 documents were retrieved from Scopus database and the analysis includes the identification of frequencies of papers published, most influential authors, countries with the highest contributions, co-occurrences term map, author co-citations analysis, and co-citation map by countries. Our findings evidence that there is an interrelation between the terms “tourism” and “global change” and that the literature on that topic has experienced sustained growth worldwide through collaboration networks including several prolific authors.

 

 

Seawater intrusion is among the world’s leading causes of groundwater contamination, as salty water can affect potable water access, food production, and ecosystem functions. To explore such contamination sources, multivariate analysis supported by unsupervised learning tools has been used for decades to aid in water resource pattern recognition, clustering, and water quality data variability characterization. This study proposes a systematic review of these techniques applied for supporting seawater intrusion identification based on the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) statement and subsequent bibliometric analysis of 102 coastal hydrogeological studies. The most relevant identified methods, including principal components analysis (PCA), hierarchical clustering analysis, K-means clustering, and self-organizing maps, are explained and applied to a case study. Although 74 % of the studies that applied dimensional reduction methods, such as PCA, associated most of the database variance with the salinization process, 77 % of the studies that applied clustering methods associated at least one water sample cluster with the influence of seawater intrusion. Based on the review and a practical demonstration using the open-source R software platform, recommendations are made regarding data preprocessing, research opportunities, and publishing information necessary to replicate and validate the studies.

 

 

Increasing manufacturing efficiency has been a constant challenge since the First Industrial Revolution. What started as mechanization and turned into electricity-driven operations has experienced the power of digitalization. Currently, the manufacturing industry is experiencing an exponential increase in data availability, but it is essential to deal with the complexity and dynamics involved to improve manufacturing indicators. The aim of this study is to identify and allow an understanding of the unfilled gaps and the opportunities regarding production scheduling using machine learning and data science processes. In order to accomplish these goals, the current study was based on the Knowledge Development Process-Constructivist (ProKnow-C) methodology. Firstly, selecting 30 articles from 3608 published articles across five databases between 2015 and 2019 created a bibliographic portfolio. Secondly, a bibliometric analysis, which generated comparative charts of the journals’ relevance regarding its impact factor, scientific recognition of the articles, publishing year, highlighted authors and keywords was carried out. Thirdly, the selected articles were read thoroughly through a systemic analysis in order to identify research problems, proposed solutions, and unfilled gaps. Then, research opportunities identified were: (i) Big data and associated analytics; (ii) Collaboration between different disciplines; (iii) Solution Customization; and (iv) Digital twin development.

 

 

Industrial parks have been used to promote the economic development of countries. However, its rapid growth has generated environmental problems related to the depletion of natural resources and pollution. Consequently, the network analysis and the bibliometric analysis applied in this research generated qualitative and quantitative information from a systemic perspective on the thematic and community evolution of research on industrial parks (IP) performed to improve its negative environmental impact and reach sustainability. This study used the Web of Science (WoS) database from 1996 – 2019. The main trends and critical research points were identified in four periods of 6-year each. Social network analysis (SNA) was used to identify the intellectual structure main and the academic collaboration networks established among countries/territories, institutions, and authors. The most productive country in articles is currently China (882), however, when we consider the frequency of articles per million inhabitants, it ranks seventh. The WoS database grouped 63.6 % of the articles published in the subjects of “Environmental Sciences & Ecology”, “Engineering”, and “Science & Technology – Other Topics”. Industrial Ecology (IE), Industrial Symbiosis (IS), and Circular Economy (CE) were the author keywords with the highest frequency, indicating that IP research has focused from these perspectives to promote the exchange of byproducts and to evaluate the performance and environmental impact of industrial areas through the use of methodologies such as carbon footprints, emergy analysis, and life cycle analysis (LCA). Finally, some themes were identified and proposed for future research based on analyzing research trends and hot spots from the literature review on industrial parks.

 

 

Bibliometric studies allow to collect, organize and process information that can be used to guide the development of research and innovation and to provide basis for decision-making. Paraffin/olefin separations constitute an important industrial issue because cryogenic separation methods are frequently needed in industrial sites and are very expensive. As a consequence, the use of membrane separation processes has been extensively encouraged and has become an attractive alternative for commercial separation processes, as this may lead to reduction of production costs, equipment size, energy consumption and waste generation. For these reasons, a bibliometric survey of paraffin/olefin membrane separation processes is carried out in the present study in order to evaluate the maturity of the technology for this specific application. Although different studies have proposed the use of distinct alternatives for olefin/paraffin separations, the present work makes clear that consensus has yet to be reached among researchers and technicians regarding the specific membranes and operation conditions that will make these processes scalable for large-scale commercial applications.

 

 

Background: In the face of numerous sustainability challenges within global logistics operations, smart logistics, or Logistics 4.0, has emerged as a rapidly evolving field over the past decade. Situated within the broader context of Industry 4.0, Logistics 4.0 serves as a critical pillar for ensuring business sustainability by leveraging innovative and disruptive technological solutions. This study offers a novel and comprehensive analysis of the role of Logistics 4.0 in fostering business sustainability, with a particular focus on the agro-industrial sector. Methods: Employing a bibliometric and content analysis approach, this research examines 56 publications from 2015 to 2021, sourced from Scopus, ScienceDirect, and Springer databases. The bibliometric research method incorporates joint keyword analysis using VOSviewer and is complemented by a content analysis of the selected articles. The bibliometric analysis uncovers a growing yet still nascent publication trend in this field. Results: The study reveals that Logistics 4.0 plays a significant role in enhancing the sustainability of firms across various sectors, particularly within the agro-industrial sector. By harnessing digital technologies and innovative business models, Logistics 4.0 paves the way for creating competitive advantages for agro-industrial firms. Conclusion: This research emphasizes the pivotal role of Logistics 4.0 in promoting sustainable and competitive growth in agribusiness, offering valuable insights for both academia and industry practitioners.

 

 

The prevalence of Diabetes Mellitus and, particularly, type 2 diabetes (T2D) is increasing every year worldwide. Therefore, changed glucose homeostasis is associated with altered gut microbiota and with the development of type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) and related complications. Among other concerns, an important aspect within this issue is the reversion of dysbiosis reported to be present in T2D patients, in which diet plays a key role, and particularly dietary fiber has shown a promising position. β-glucans are heterogeneous non-starch polysaccharides, constituted by D-glucose monomers linked through different β-glycosidic bonds, and changes in their structure or molecular weight affect the expressed biological properties. They appear in certain cereals, yeasts, or mushrooms and are widely known by their hypocholesterolemia effect. This study explored the current knowledge on the potential of β-glucans to modulate glucose homeostasis due to their prebiotic action, by performing a bibliometric analysis using the VOSviewer software and a narrative review. The bibliometric analysis showed that, despite the high number of references dealing with β-glucan and diabetes, there are few articles on glucans, diabetes, and intestinal dysbiosis. The detailed study on preclinical studies and clinical trials conducted during the last decade showed an improvement in glucose homeostasis due to β-glucan supplementation, studies on biochemical markers, and gut microbiota, and β-glucan are scarce. Nevertheless, existing data showed, both in animals and humans, a tendency towards an increase in beneficial bacteria and in the production of short-chain fat acids (SCFAs), particularly butyric acid. These aspects should be confirmed in the years to come to establish clear recommendations for β-glucan as a prebiotic coadjutant in the management of Diabetes Mellitus.

 

 

ChatGPT adds to the list of artificial intelligence-based systems designed to perform specific tasks and answer questions by interacting with users (Apple’s Siri, Amazon’s Alexa, Google’s Assistant and Bard, Microsoft’s Cortana, IBM’s Watson, Bixby from Samsung, among others). ChatGPT works using OpenAI’s GPT (Generative Pretrained Transformer) language model and is capable of learning from users’ preferences and behavior patterns to customize its response. ChatGPT has the potential to be applied in different fields, including education, journalism, scientific writing, communication, cell biology, and biotechnology, where there is already evidence. The aim of this work was to analyze the possible applications of ChatGPT in the agricultural and livestock industry. First, a scientometric analysis was performed with VosViewer and Bibliometrix (Bliblioshiny). 3 clusters were identified: (a) Main characteristics; (b) learning systems you use; and (c) applications. To the question: What are the main applications in which ChatGTP will revolutionize agriculture (or livestock) in the world? ChatGPT responded: (a) in the agricultural field: improvement of agricultural decision-making, optimization of agricultural production, detection and prevention of plant diseases, climate management, and supply chain management; and (b) in the livestock field: improvement of animal health and welfare, optimization of animal production, supply chain management, detection and prevention of zoonotic diseases, and climate management for animal production. ChatGPT does not scientifically support its answer, but from the analysis carried out, we find that there is enough scientific evidence to conclude, in this case, that its answers were correct. While ChatGPT does not necessarily scientifically substantiate its answers, users should. There is a lack of studies on the use of Artificial Intelligence and its relationship with ethics.

 

 

This research aimed to show how scientific production has developed on age generations at work, the scientific production that was used was indexed in the Scopus and Web of Science databases. The methodology used was bibliometric with data from 2000 to April 2021, using the Bibliometrix program for the analysis of 485 documents, distributed in journals, articles, papers, editorial, letters, notes, reviews and short interviews. The analyzes carried out were to the annual scientific production, the sources, the authors and the documents. It could be concluded that scientific production is very low, even though it has been increasing over time, the sources that have contributed more studies on the subject are related to the health area, most of the authors work together and the most relevant documents are published in both databases.

 

 

The fungus Fusarium oxysporum f. sp. cubense tropical race 4 (syn. Fusarium odoratissimum) (Foc TR4) causes vascular wilt in Musaceae plants and is considered the most lethal for these crops. In Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC), it was reported for the first time in Colombia (2019), later in Peru (2021), and recently declared in Venezuela (2023). This work aimed to analyze the evolution of Foc TR4 in Musaceae in LAC between 2018 and 2022. This perspective contains a selection of topics related to Foc TR4 in LAC that address and describe (i) the threat of Foc TR4 in LAC, (ii) a bibliometric analysis of the scientific production of Foc TR4 in LAC, (iii) the current situation of Foc TR4 in Colombia, Peru, and Venezuela, (iv) medium-term prospects in LAC member countries, and (v) export trade and local food security. In this study, the presence of Foc TR4 in Venezuela and the possible consequences of the production of Musaceae in the long term were reported for the first time. In conclusion, TR4 is a major threat to banana production in Latin America and the world, and it is important to take measures to control the spread of the fungus and minimize its impact on the banana industry. It is important to keep working on the control of Foc TR4, which requires the participation of the local and international industry, researchers, and consumers, among others, to prevent the disappearance of bananas.

 

 

The objective of this study is to identify and analyze the most relevant scientific work being undertaken in HR analytics. Additionally, it is to understand the evolution of the conceptual, intellectual, and social structure of this topic in a way that allows the expansion of empirical and conceptual knowledge. Bibliometric analysis was performed using Bibliometrix and Biblioshiny software packages on academic articles indexed on the Scopus and Web of Science (WoS) databases. Search criteria were applied, initially resulting in a total of 331 articles in the period 2008–2022. Finally, after applying exclusion criteria, a total of 218 articles of interest were obtained. The results of this research present the relevant notable topics in HR analytics, providing a quantitative analysis that gives an overview of HR analytics featuring tables, graphs, and maps, as well as identifying the main performance indicators for the production of articles and their citations. The scientific literature on HR analytics is a novel, adaptive area that provides the option to transform traditional HR practices. Through the use of technology, HR analytics can improve HR strategies and organisational performance, as well as people’s experiences.

 

 

Risk management is presented as an essential tool for achieving the objectives of institutions. In the public sector, it can assist in the management of resources, which improve the execution of services to the citizen. This study aimed to investigate the scientific production of risk management articles with a focus on the public, published in national journals. The study is characterized as a bibliometric research, exploratory-descriptive, documentary, with quantitative. SPELL (Scientific Periodicals Electronic Library) and Capes Platform databases were used from 2008 to 2018. There was an increase in scientific production on the subject in the period from 2008 to 2016. The predominant authorship profile was two authors, doctors and linked to institutions in the Southeast Region, especially Sao Paulo. What is a large number of journals with predominance of Qualis B2 classification. Qualitative research of the exploratory type prevails with the use of the case study. Most of the studies carried out are at the federal and municipal levels. It was also identified that a large part of the studies is based on the COSO model.

 

 

Citrus are the most produced fruits worldwide. It is expected that these crops will be severely affected by climate change. However, the literature lacks works that attempt to understand the influence of climate change on citrus. For this reason, a bibliometric analysis was conducted on climate change and citrus to investigate its development and current trends in this research domain. The main trends, keywords, and their relations were identified. The period from 1992 to 2022 was analyzed, resulting in 178 documents in the Scopus database. The most significant publishers’ countries were also the largest citrus producers in the world besides being G7 members. Three main research areas were identified: modeling, socio-political issues, and plant physiology. A tendency to change interest from modeling and risk analysis to physiology and stress studies was observed. Additionally, some of the most cited papers observed the positive impacts of climate change on certain citrus crops. Despite the multidisciplinary publications, two main gaps were identified: (i) the lack of investigations with combined stresses (abiotic and biotic) instead of isolated studies, and (ii) the lack of studies of predictive models for citrus production in different conditions and climate change scenarios. Finally, there was a tendency toward studying water use and irrigation alternatives due to water scarcity and management solutions to improve the production system’s resilience, considering the potential impacts of climate change.

 

 

The objective of this study is to describe and analyze, from a Latin American perspective, the scientific production that belongs to Social Management in the Dimensions database, between 1989 and 2020. Using a bibliometric methodology and a quantitative-descriptive scope, it aims to fill a gap in knowledge referred to the evolution of the research topics in Social Management. Productivity indicators and mapping of bibliometric networks by co-authors and keywords are shown. Results show the multidimensional character of Social Management as an academic field. We present evidence of the growing production and concentration of publications in some countries of the Latin-American region. We also show the most productive authors, thematic categories, and journals. In this case, the country that stands out the most in terms of scientific production, number of authors and journals is Brazil.

 

 

Biochar is considered a promising option for the development of sustainable agroecosystems, due to its diverse agronomic and environmental benefits. In this context, the aim of this study was to carry out a bibliometric analysis on biochar research in Brazil within an agricultural context, including investigating the raw materials most employed for its production in the country. The analysis was conducted based on a search for scientific articles (peer-reviewed papers) at the Web of Science database (WoS Core Collection) from 2003 to 2020 specifically in Brazil. A performance analysis was carried out by applying a descriptive and metric approach concerning research constituents (authors, institutions, countries and keywords) and science mapping to clarify scientific collaborations and cognitive and intellectual structure patterns regarding the biochar domain in Brazilian research, using the VOSviewer software. The obtained studies were also analyzed individually to classify the different raw materials employed in biochar production. A total of 261 scientific articles met the screening criteria, indicating that the beginning of biochar publications in Brazil took place in 2003, increasing until 2015 and peaking in 2021. Institutions and authors with the highest publication contributions were the Brazilian Agricultural Research Corporation (EMBRAPA) (Novotny E.), São Paulo University (USP) (Cerri C.) and Federal Lavras University (UFLA) (Melo L.). The United States, Spain, Australia, Germany and the Netherlands present the most collaborations on biochar research with Brazil. The biochar domain was highly associated with the following keywords: biochar, pyrogenic carbon, pyrolysis, charcoal, immobilization, black carbon, soil fertility and soil and characterization. Raw materials of plant origin were the most employed in biochar research in Brazil, with wood residues being the most studied and residues originated from the sugar-energy industry (straw, bagasse and filter cake) identified as exhibiting high potential for future studies. Poultry litter is the most promising animal waste for biochar production, while the use of biosolids can be innovative, contributing to the consolidation of biochar as an option for serious urban waste sanitary management problems.

 

 

Process mining is a powerful technique for management and business intelligence that in recent years has aroused interest in the scientific community, where there has been an increase in research in this knowledge area. In the present work, the applied methodology includes a set of bibliometric indicators that allowed to quantify, visualize and evaluate the scientific production results on process mining. Thanks to the analysis realized in the Scopus database during the period 2002-2017, it was possible to show that the education sector represented by the universities is the most outstanding, and that the European continent is the one that incarnates the scientific research core, being in this respect Holland the country with the highest research in the examined topic. Regarding the documentary typology, it was the publication of scientific articles published which stood out with respect to other research outputs, and the year 2015 excels as the most productive. In America, the United States is the leading country. This study allows us to conclude that in highly industrialized countries there is a sustainable scientific production on the subject in question, and that in Latin America and the Caribbean begins to emerge a tendency which includes process mining as a strategy for business process management.

 

 

In a context where learning mediated by technology has gained prominence in higher education, learning analytics has become a powerful tool to collect and analyse data with the aim of improving students’ learning. However, learning analytics is part of a young community and its developments deserve further exploration. Some critical stances claim that learning analytics tends to underplay the complexity of teaching-learning processes. By means of both a bibliometric and a content analysis, this paper examines the publication patterns on learning analytics in higher education and their main challenges. 385 papers that were published in WoScc and SciELO indexes between 2013 and 2019 were identified and analysed. Learning analytics is a vibrant and fast-developing community. However, it continues to face multiple and complex challenges, especially regarding students’ learning and their implications. The paper concludes by distinguishing between a practice-based and management-oriented community of learning analytics and an academic-oriented community. Within both communities, though, it seems that the focus is more on analytics than on learning.

 

 

Knowledge is an important asset in organizations that must be properly managed. Techniques and tools for knowledge management have been progressively incorporated, including knowledge audits. This article aims to analyze the importance of knowledge audits as part of knowledge management in universities. Documentary analysis was used as a method and the document review technique applied to the bibliography retrieved through a search for exhaustive information. A compilation of the bibliography referring to these topics was made. From the review of the literature, it is deduced that knowledge management is a process that creates value for organizations and allows them to obtain competitive advantages. Knowledge audits shows their ability to identify the state of knowledge and draw strategies. Development and evolution of models for knowledge management, as well as methodologies and models for knowledge audits, show that importance is attached to both. Likewise, it is inferred that knowledge audits constitute a useful and necessary tool for knowledge management in higher education institutions. However, the scarcity of studies about the execution/application of knowledge audits in universities shows that this is a challenge to face in academic context.

 

 

The industrial and economic development of the industrialized countries, from the nineteenth century, has gone hand in hand with the development of electricity, the internal combustion engine, computers, the Internet, data use, and the intensive use of knowledge focused on science and the technology. Most conventional energy sources have proven to be finite and exhaustible. In turn, the different production activities of goods and services using fossil fuels and conventional energy have significantly increased the pollution of the environment, and with it, contributed to global warming. The objective of this work was to carry out a theoretical approach to data analytics and business intelligence technologies applied to smart electrical-system networks with renewable energies. For this paper, a bibliometric and bibliographic review about Big Data Analytics, ICT tools of industry 4.0 and Business intelligence was carried out in different databases available in the public domain. The results of the analysis indicate the importance of the use of data analytics and business intelligence in the management of energy companies. The paper concludes by pointing out how business intelligence and data analytics are being applied in specific examples of energy companies and their growing importance in strategic and operational decision-making.

 

 

Highlights: A brief review of industrial, logistics, and Supply Chain Management evolution. A concept and the technological elements for Supply Chain Management 4.0 (SCM 4.0) are presented. Potential applications of SCM 4.0 are reviewed as well. Goal: This paper aims at reviewing the historical development of the Supply Chain Management 4.0 concept and to propose an update for it. Design/Methodology/Approach: The exploratory part of the paper started with a bibliometric analysis to identify relevant keywords and publications per year. Secondly, a historical review of the concepts of Supply Chain Management is presented. Additionally, the paper embraced a conceptual approach to propose a new definition of Supply Chain Management 4.0. Lastly, a research outlook and some initiatives to the practical application of the concept are presented. Results: The bibliometric analysis about Supply Chain Management 4.0 reinforce the growing importance of the topic. The main keywords related to the subject indicate that Big Data, cloud computing, and Internet of Things are the most widely explored issues within smart supply chains. Analysis indicate that smart supply chains take advantage of communication and technological advances in order to build an adaptive, efficient, and transparent network. However, the application of such concept requires the development of knowledge, not only in the hardware and software fields, but also in the managerial field, to address the question of how to use that information and communication to benefit stakeholders. Limitations of the investigation: The document reports an exploratory research applied only to the Scopus database. In addition, only English-language literature was considered. Practical implications: The review showed a lack on the development of knowledge not only in the hardware field, but also in the managerial field. It is recommendable that studies focus on areas such as required data to be exchanged, potential financial benefits, and technological and managerial challenges. Originality/value: An overview of the historical evolution of the supply chain to the Supply Chain Management 4.0 is presented. A concept of Supply Chain Management 4.0 is proposed. Application examples illustrated the practical implementation of the proposed concept.

 

 

Nowadays, discussions about the use of energy efficiency in industries have intensified due to the need to optimize the resources used, especially the high cost in the production process. In this context, a literature review and a research agenda on energy efficiency in industrial environments can assist in the search for solutions and challenges to reduce energy consumption in manufacturing, as well as identify future trends for the topic. Therefore, this article proposes to update the energy efficiency research agenda in industrial environments, through a systematic review of the literature, between the years 2015 and 2020, in search of articles published in journals with current practices and the new strategies used in energy management. For the review of the research agenda, one hundred and eighty-five articles were selected, which were read and used in the bibliometric analysis, which was compared to the results obtained and observed in the base article for this update, thus helping in directing the creation of an agenda for studies and practices in energy efficiency in manufacturing environments.

 

 

Right to the city is a request for a renewed and transformed urban life according to Henri Lefebvre, French philosopher, and was later discussed by several other authors, like David Harvey, Elden and Purcell. The purpose of this article is to identify and describe the use of the expression, ‘right to the city’. Specifically, we aim to understand the publication trends and the use of the expression as cited by most researchers on the research front and on an intellectual basis as were found in our research. For this purpose, used bibliometric and sociometric analysis found in 809 articles on the web of science and analysis of analytical categories, thus, ‘socio-spatial formation’, ‘scalarity’, ‘abstraction’ and ‘difference’ in texts considered on the research front and intellectual basis which threw more light on this topic. The results indicate a marked increase in the number of articles in the last decade, reflecting social movements with worldwide visibility, such as the Arab Spring, Occupy, Indignados and Jornadas de 2013 and the appropriation of the concept by urban justice activists as a means of analyzing and neoliberal urbanism, as well as the institutionalization of the right to the city. They also indicate the prominence of Brazilian scientific production in periodicals of geography, law and public policies. For the analytical categories, the study shows that Lefebvre’s later propositions, which complement the discussion of Right to the City, are less used in the field, as well as authors dealing with socio-spatial formation.

 

 

Public security is a complex topic that encompasses different languages, actors and disciplines. It is interpreted from multiple paradigms and under different approaches that influence, from the most abstract stages of conceptualization and perception of insecurity, to phases of dissent about concrete proposals for its confrontation and control. Increasingly, public governance, academics, the private sector, and civil society are joining together in a network to address this issue, which has repercussions on the most fundamental human rights. This multiplicity of perspectives needs to be carefully understood and synthesized. For this reason, the present study was developed, which aims to outline the general picture of published scientific knowledge about innovation in public security. This is a descriptive study, with a quantitative approach and a bibliometric review. 261 publications were analyzed, without time, space or language filter, found in the Scopus database, based on the syntax: (“Public Security” or “Public Safety”) and Innovation. The results show that there are two strong, non-dichotomous movements being developed, concurrently, in the area of public security: the first, more disciplinary, focuses on the development of technologies and information management; the second, with a more transdisciplinary focus, deals, above all, with intelligent territorial occupation. More specifically, five thematic axes were identified in the articles: technologies, territorial occupation, law enforcement, administration and health. Another point, noticed when measuring communication flows, was the finding that international collaboration networks between researchers are still ephemeral, which may suggest a lack of maturation of learning networks.

 

 

With the creation of the General Law for the Protection of Personal Data (LGPD) in 2018 and effective from August 2020, privacy in Brazil has begun to be regulated. Organizations operating in Brazil, national and international, in order to avoid regulatory sanctions and drive customer growth, need to adopt best practices to develop and maintain an effective privacy and data protection management program and thus avoid the anticipated penalties and fines. The topic is very current in Brazil as it deals mainly with privacy issues and the use of personal data for specific purposes. Today, data protection is a fundamental right of the citizen. Given the impact and importance of the new law in Brazil, this article seeks to analyze academic publications to present a current overview. The methodology applied was a bibliometric analysis, evaluating the scientific productions present in the Scopus, Web of Science, SciELO and Portal de Periodicos Capes databases. The key words used were “LGPD”, “LGPDP” and “Lei Geral de Protecao de Dados” and the main search criteria was to consider peer-reviewed publications. The results obtained showed that despite being recent, the theme is already highlighted in the academic literature, with 91 publications from 235 authors identified in 61 scientific journals, addressing mainly the areas of law, technology and health.

 

 

The objective of this research was to characterize the scientific publications taken from the SCOPUS database as of June 2022, on the relationship between corporate social responsibility and financial performance, showing the growing interest of the scientific community in the joint development of this topic. Also, the impacts on accounting and finance were analyzed through the interrelationship between an initially social concept that is increasingly becoming an essential part of the strategic direction of organizations. The approach of this research had qualitative characteristics, tabulating and synthesizing in a systematic way the characteristics of the corporate social responsibility (CSR) context, it was descriptive in scope and used a documentary method through the technique of bibliometric analysis. The results of the bibliometric analysis of 845 papers showed the relevance of the subject in the organizational structure of developed countries and the lack of relevance in regions such as Latin America, where it is primarily applied from a legal profit margin and not from the generation of value, concluding that since 2000 there has been more consistency in the production of papers on the relationship between CSR and financial performance.

 

 

The state of health of the teacher is fundamental to the success of the teaching process. In addition to the intrinsic aspects, the scholastic context affects the well-being of the educator. The objective of this study was to identify the main psychosocial, structural and relational factors in the teaching profession. A systematic review of the literature, with the use of electronic research in eight databases, identified 2,479 articles on the topic published between 1997 and 2016. Metric and subjective parameters were adopted for selection in this portfolio and, in all, 32 publications were eligible for analysis, of which 29 were published in English. After the bibliometric and content characterization of the final portfolio, the main results of strain were psychosomatic disorders, with an emphasis on stress and the Burnout Syndrome, as well as voice disturbances. Workload, interpersonal relations and conditions of the scholastic environment are highlighted as the major agents of these conditions. Changes and adaptations in classrooms, actions of prevention and social support are pointed out as possible solutions to guarantee the quality of life of these professionals.

 

 

Introduction: The technical and organizational changes in the work environment lead to the appearance of emerging psychosocial risks. The teaching profession constitutes a risk profession when it comes to psychosocial risks, in particular Burnout. Objectives: To learn about the diachronic productivity of the last twenty years on Burnout and Burnout in Teaching. To verify if Price’s Law is fulfilled. To determine which countries, produce the most scientific documents on the subject. To indicate what the main thematic areas are and the dominant journals into which the publications are classified. To establish the connections between the different descriptors with regard to the keywords analysed. Methods: A descriptive bibliometric analysis has been carried out. The sample consisted of documents indexed in the Scopus database. The units of analysis were the keywords that were extracted automatically. Bibliometric maps were created using a methodology based on co-word analysis, clustering techniques and visualization techniques. Results: An exponential increase in production has been observed in this research topic, confirming Price’s Law. Only ten countries account for almost 70% of total production. Medicine, Nursing, Psychology and Social Sciences are the main areas of research on the topic. Conclusions: It has been verified that the topic under analysis is a current multidisciplinary research front and that scientific production is highly concentrated. It has been verified that bibliometric maps are an adequate instrument to understand the thematic structure of this research topic.

 

 

Introduction: Theoretical and investigative tendencies refer to proposals and contemplations of the social phenomena that are developed in the field of psychology of physical activity and sport, which allow to have other perspectives and ways of interacting in the context. Objective: Review of theoretical and research trends in the field of Psychology of Physical Activity and Sports in Ibero-American. Method: The research was qualitative, hermeneutic-comprehensive. The analysis unit consisted of 20 articles of Ibero-American journals indexed in Scopus in 2016 and 2017. Their selection was made from two descriptors Sport and Physical Activity. The search was carried out in the title, the summary and the keywords. For its analysis, a rubric was used, which allowed systematizing the bibliometric information of the article, its authors and cited texts and the keywords. Results: The agreement points and theoretical bets present in these articles were identified, grouped into thirteen categories. Conclusions: It is significant the presence of general categories of psychology such as motivation, relationship, life skills and intervention interests in such disciplinary aspects as Physical Activity and Sports Psychology.

 

 

Objective Research on gender dysphoria (GD) has been growing over the last decades with increasing interest in understanding and characterizing the causal relationships between psychological, genetics, hormonal, and sociocultural factors. Changes and acceptance of this condition as non-pathologic have led to significant changes in general perspective and its management over time. Our objective is to carry out a bibliometric analysis to know the publication trends and quality of evidence related to gender dysphoria. Methods A systematic search and critical review of the literature was carried out between January 1900 and December 2018 to perform a bibliometric analysis. Research was done in the following databases: OVID, PubMed, EMBASE, Scopus, Web of Science and Google Scholar. The medical subject headings (MeSh) terms used were: gender dysphoria; and surgery and psychology. The results were plotted using the VOSviewer version 1.6.8. Statistical analyses were performed with the IBM SPSS, Version 25.0. Results A total of 1,239 manuscripts were identified, out of which 1,041 were selected. The average number of cited times per year per manuscript is 1.84 (interquartile range [IQR] 0-2.33). The average impact index was 47.8 (IQR 20-111.6). The median of total citations per manuscript was 3 (IQR 0-33.1), and the highest number of citations per manuscript was 484. Most publications focus on the psychological aspects of GD, and there is a significant amount of manuscripts related to social and anthropological issues. Most articles have a low level of scientific evidence. Conclusion There is a great amount of published literature on GD; however, there is a significant level of disagreement in many respects on this topic. Regarding surgical gender-affirmation, there is a lack of information supported by high level of evidence to uphold the emerging expansion of medical practices.

 

 

Nowadays, cyberbullying has become a problem of social harassment in numerous educational centres worldwide. New communication technologies have provided the perfect support for the development of this type of harassment in peer relationships, in addition to being linked to broad social and economic circumstances. In this study, the global trends of the socioeconomic implications of cyberbullying in the educational context have been analysed, from 2004 to 2019. Thus, a bibliometric analysis has been applied to 1128 articles, obtaining results of the evolution of scientific activity in this period. The articles are mainly associated with the thematic areas of Social Sciences, Psychology, Medicine and Computer Science. Seven main thematic axes have been detected, highlighting those related to the psychological aspect, adolescence, and the school environment. Likewise, the link of the main authors, institutions, and countries to these lines of research has been detected. The evidence has shown the interest and relevance of this topic at the international level. Future research lines propose different analyses about how certain socioeconomic factors influence this psychological harassment inside and outside the classroom.

 

 

Human flourishing is a thriving concept, whose use has greatly increased among academic researchers from a variety of fields, from the arts and humanities and psychology to the social and environmental sciences and economics. To better understand the concept’s success, this work proposes a bibliometric review, in which statistical methods and data mining were used to analyze 1829 documents, chosen from the Scopus database by searching the term “human flourishing”. Through cluster and network analyses, the study shows the concept’s evolution and composition, as well as its current tensions and trends, in which the predominantly psychological approach is being compensated with social concerns and the search for justice. Furthermore, the concept’s strong philosophical roots provide it with abstract richness and great fertility, which can be seen in keywords, such as virtue or eudaimonia. This bibliometric review proved to be useful for this type of study, despite the limitations imposed by the characteristics of the Scopus database itself.

 

 

Consumer psychology is an applied field that uses theoretical approaches to psychological science to understand consumer behavior. Historically, consumer psychology has been developed primarily in the United States and now strengthened in other countries. However, the contribution of Colombia to the field has not been studied yet. For this reason, a bibliometric analysis of the academic production in consumer psychology was carried out in Spanish by authors affiliated to Colombian institutions. It was selected a sample of 74 academic articles that addressed certain aspect of the field, published in scientific journals indexed in the following databases: Redalyc, DOAJ, Psicodoc, Scopus, Scielo, Web of Science and Google Scholar. The following descriptors were used in the search: psychology, consumer, Colombia, consumer psychology, consumer behavior and consumption. It was showed that production has grown steadily in recent decades and this starts to impact by means of citations. However, this is a national production that still requires greater international collaboration for its consolidation.

 

 

The micro businesses possess a singular importance, due to the capacitance of generation of employment and revenues; useful in order that the productive apparatus is capable of energize the economic activity, in Ecuador and specially in, Jipijapa hat. The impact of the COVID-19, has been devastating in the economic development of the micro entrepreneurs. The COVID-19, it is an illness that has generated an economic unfavorable impact. The economic systems are to be a affected for this pandemic and the Latin American region, is considerate the hit more of all. In investigation this letter proposes carry out an update of the knowledge’s, to perceive which is the situation they present the micro entrepreneurs of the city of Jipijapa hat, Ecuador; concern to the impact of the COVID-19. as for your strategic planning. For such end an investigation is developed at exploratori; descriptive and documentary level, based one’s opinion on a bibliometric analysis found one’s bearings to the analysis of scientific articles, present results of the investigation of field to 250 micro businesses of the Jipijapa hat canton, of the province of Manabi for the sake of having a real sight of the problematic that meet face to face the managers micro, useful in the awareness of the need to outline strategies for your fortification, innovation and reach of the main characteristics that are necessary to create competitive advantages and position in the market.

 

 

The purpose of this document is to explore the intellectual structure of viral marketing, its evolution and research trends. To this end, using scientometric techniques and tools, an analysis of citations was made, based on 188 publications on the subject, from 2000 to 2020, in the Web of Science database. This article identifies three sub-areas that have emerged from the literature. The first one focused on the factors that generate influence in the consumers’ decision making, when interacting with the content generated by the company; the second, explores how viral marketing has been enhanced by the advent of social networks; finally, the third one studies the use of influencers as a dynamic element in campaigns of this type. This work explores the intersection between the discipline of marketing and the use of social networks, especially as the latter are an element for the propagation of the messages of companies and consumers.

 

 

Several studies have empirically explored the association between practices in sustainable tourism and their impact on tourism marketing. However, bibliometric studies that organize the production in this field are still scarce. The objective of this study is thus to provide a bibliometric analysis of research on sustainable practices in tourism related to marketing, identifying the state of the art, trends and other indicators, by monitoring the articles published on the Web of Science (WoS) platform. A sample of 694 materials was obtained. The data were processed and the results graphically illustrated using the VOSviewer software. The study analyzed the simultaneous occurrence of publications by year, keyword trends, cocitations, bibliographic coupling and analysis of coauthorship, countries and institutions, and indicates that the literature on tourism sustainability issues in the field of tourism marketing is growing at a quick pace; merely five papers accounted for more than 2193 citations, but there are several prolific authors. Of the 694 sources included in the review, the most important ones published 40.34% of the papers; Spain is the leading country in this topic. This research provides insight about the state of the art and identifies gaps and research opportunities in sustainability and tourism marketing.

 

 

Objective: This study aims at analyzing the Brazilian scientific production of qualitative research in Marketing. Method: A thorough bibliometric review was conducted considering the A2 national journals of Administration in the decade from 2010 to 2019. The final analysis was carried out on a corpus of 82 empirical articles that adopted a qualitative research approach. Originality/Relevance: The analysis of the research corpus covered the fundamental criteria for conducting qualitative research: paradigmatic orientation, the place of theory, research method, types of data collection and analysis, and research quality criteria. Results: Given the analyzed aspects, the Brazilian marketing production based on qualitative research shows a significant difference between positivist and non-positivist orientations in terms of the adoption of data collection and analysis techniques, of research quality, and in the way how to use theory. Theoretical/methodological contributions: This duality indicates two different models for the use of qualitative research. Positivist orientation studies adopt a standard model, which emulates the logic of quantitative research. The non-positivist research, in turn, shows a more expansive and varied posture, as well as with greater care in terms of rigo

 

 

Avocado’s global acceptance has grown, resulting in expanding cultivation, agricultural development, and significant marketing efforts. Publicizing avocado also targets its by-products’ nutritional and functional benefits. This is the first bibliometric analysis for avocado. It aims to provide a descriptive structure to identify collaborative patterns and emerging themes in avocado research. Based on the search string used in the article title, the study retrieved 2576 documents from the Scopus database for further analysis. For comparison, we separated the data into two study periods: 1916–2011 and 2012–2021. BibliometriX and VOSviewer software were used to examine the descriptive structure and collaborative patterns, as well as to create maps based on network data. When we compared the two study periods, we identified a changing pattern in descriptive structure, collaboration and research trends. Based on the identified emergent themes of the last decade, we propose that future research focuses on the functional and medicinal properties of avocado, postharvest management and its biological control, plant cultivars and diseases, and physicochemical properties of avocado and its by-products. Further bibliographic support revealed that, in addition to the fruit pulp, non-edible parts of Persea americana (bark, leaves, peel, seeds, and stem), and oil have remarkable concentrations of bioactive compounds with potential biological activity for health benefits.

 

 

The purpose of this article is to identify research trends in branding and brand building focused on the elderly, considering the importance of knowledge of this consumer segment, based on the sociodemographic changes corresponding to the population structure in the world. For this purpose, a bibliometric analysis was carried out using the Scopus database and developed with the R Core Team 2020 -Bibliometrix software, followed by a qualitative systematic review of the PRISMA type. The results show that there is a recent interest in research on the study of branding and related topics of consumer analysis of the elderly segment, although it still has a low level of scientific production. The findings identify as the most relevant topics those associated with brand equity, brand image, market orientation, relationship marketing strategies, market segmentation, and senior consumer behavior. Regarding brand image, the most characteristic aspects of the studies are related to age psychographics, cognitive processes, self-confidence and boldness. From the previous review, it is recognized the relevance of making greater research efforts to respond to the need for knowledge about the behavior of the older adult consumer, since there are few studies that allow identifying the influences, processes and behavioral patterns of this market segment in the world.

 

 

Family farming produces most of the fresh food consumed in large urban centers. However, its success depends on a variety of public policies, which range from strengthening the means of production to supporting marketing channels. In this article, we conduct a careful bibliometric analysis of studies in the international literature that address “family farming, public policies, and socioeconomic development”. The aim of the study is to identify and classify the public policies aimed at supporting family farming and socioeconomic development. We carried out a systematic literature review considering five international scientific journal databases using pairs of the keywords “public policies”, “family farming” and “socioeconomic development”. The resulting sample was a total of 625 articles, covering the period between 1984 and 2020. A bibliometric analysis of the first 50 articles selected by the Methodi Ordinatio tool was performed. For the final portfolio, 10 variables were analyzed to better assess and understand the current literature. Our analysis shows an increase in publications in the last five years, with articles from South America being more prevalent than those from other continents. Brazil being one of the key countries that has developed public policies aimed at family farming and rural socioeconomic development.

 

 

The role of children as consumers has generated great interest in social marketing, especially in aspects related to food. However, there are fields such as the regulation of advertising, digital behavior, and children’s attitudes towards products that until now have not been completely studied. To support future research of the social marketing scientific community about this topic, the present bibliometric study aimed to investigate and describe the lines and areas of inquiry in psychol-ogy, behavior and social marketing in relation to child consumption, in order to respond the following research question: what have been the most important publications, authors and trends in research on child consumption in the last 45 years? To this end, 1375 articles from 703 journals were analyzed with the Bibliometrix packages (R Studio), under an exploratory and descriptive methodology, analyzing 2588 author keywords and 1265 additional keywords, with 2597 authors in the Scopus database. Scientometric indicators show the existence of five thematic groups related to child consumption. It is concluded that scientific production on child consumption should address protection and regulation issues oriented to social responsibility, especially in integrated marketing and advertising communications for food brands, with greater and special care in the digital environment, due to the current immersion of the world’s child population and its growing autonomy in the choice of digital content, products, and brands.

 

 

Marketing is the social and managerial process through which individuals obtain what they need and want in creating and exchanging products. The literature on food consumer behavior has been receiving significant interest during the covid-19 pandemic, and studies highlight diverse research on business. This article seeks to examine the covid-19 pandemic and its implications for the food consumer behavior in Brazil. To that end, the Methodi Ordinatio was applied to identify the most relevant studies in the area, which supported the research, analysis, selection and systematic reading of 25 articles identified in Web of Science and Scopus databases. vosviewer and EndNote software were used in this study for the reference management process and clustering themes and researchers. Our findings show the importance of advances in vaccination, an increase in home office work, home food safety practices, and an increase in food purchases in supermarkets. We conclude that the main financial problems faced during this period are unemployment and debt, while the increased use of food delivery apps emerges as an opportunity. Recent studies mention environmental awareness, sustainable consumption, and social responsibility as key topics. As a suggestion for future research, the authors recommend marketing research involving the regulatory role of pro-social consumption and family farming in times of covid-19.

 

 

The study of human rights (HR) is vital in order to enhance the development of human beings, but this field of study still needs to be better depicted and understood because violations of its core principles still frequently occur worldwide. In this study, our goal was to perform a bib-liometric performance and network analysis (BPNA) to investigate the strategic themes, thematic evolution structure, and trends of HR found in the Web of Science (WoS) database from 1990 to June 2020. To do this, we included 25,542 articles in the SciMAT software for bibliometric analysis. The strategic diagram produced shows 23 themes, 12 of which are motor themes, the most important of which are discussed in this article. The thematic evolution structure presented the 21 most relevant themes of the 2011–2020 period. Our findings show that HR research is directly related to health issues, such as mental health, HIV, and reproductive health. We believe that the presented results and HR panorama presented have the potential to be used as a basis on which researchers in future works may enhance their decision making related to this field of study.

 

 

Objective Perform a biometrical analysis of female leadership in medicine, in order to know the actual perspective and guide future research. Materials and Methods: A retrospective descriptive bibliometric analysis of the literature available in MEDLINE was performed in relation to the leadership of female physicians from 1973 to 2019, through MEDLINE database, using GoPubmed and FABUMED. The following strategy was deployed: (“Leadership”[Mesh]) AND “Physicians, Women”[Mesh] (1973:2019[dp]). Original articles, journal articles, essays, scientific reports and reviews were included to analyze all related indexed literature. To obtain the impact factor (FI), the Journal Citation Reports (7) 2017/2018 of the journals found was used to estimate the quality of each one of them. Results A total of 310 references were found in 139 published journals, 71.2% were original articles; the remaining 22% were reviews. There was a 11.9% increase in publications from 1996 to 2019. The journals with the highest rate of publications were: Academic Medicine and J Womens Health (Larchmt) with 7.7% and 7.1%. Countries with the highest number of publications were United States with 66 (56%), and United Kingdom with 10 (8.6%). Latin America has four publications, while Colombia has none. Conclusion Female leadership in the medical field and the publications regarding this subject have increased in the last decades, mainly in developed countries. Latin America has to make significant efforts to produce more publications in journals with high impact factor, in order to close the gender gap in the medical field.

 

 

In 1972, the first coastal zone management law in the world was approved in the United States. Fifty years later, its influence on other national and international legislation is clear, but how this law has influenced the scientific community is not yet determined. Through a scientometric analysis based on the Web of Science and Scopus databases, over 11,340 bibliographic references were consolidated and refined to extract those directly related to legal aspects of coastal management. A final set of 135 scientific documents published between the years 1974 and 2022 were analyzed with the tool Core of Science®. As a result, the Tree of Science was obtained, which identifies the precursory (roots), axis (trunk), and promising (leaves) documents related to coastal regulation. Another output was a compilation of the scientific production over the last 50 years as documented in both databases, allowing us to extract the countries, journals, and authors who were most productive in advancing research on the legal issues of ICZM. Moreover, co-authorship networks were identified based on the most active geographical regions and authors. In the end, a brief reflection is provided about the influence that a legal instrument can have on the scientific community and vice versa.

 

 

This article exposes the formulation of a relational model that allows in any type of organization the practical development of the concepts proposed by the theory of Dynamic Capabilities, to be integrated as a management strategy that allows for increasing the levels of competitiveness and business survival, for which a qualitative study was carried out under the methodology of bibliometric analysis and documentary review of more than 500 relevant scientific documentary sources through an analytical and interpretive synthesis of the most significant arguments. Among the most important results of this study, it stands out the power to establish the most representative results of recent years, a relational model that identifies each of the steps and key factors that any type of organization must develop, to achieve the postulates that it exposes. The theory of dynamic capabilities is based on concepts such as organizational learning, absorbing knowledge, innovation, value-added, adaptability, business competitiveness, internationalization, and survival.

 

 

Due to its adaptability in being relevant to the economies of different countries, industries, and research fields, the creative economy (CE), a driving force behind the national economy for sustainable development, has recently garnered the attention of the academic community. This research examines the intellectual structure of this field using the Scopus database in the subject area of business, management and accounting. This study uses bibliometric analysis, a cutting-edge and rigorous technique for the exploration of scientific data. The employed methodology entails an organized and open procedure broken down into four phases: (1) search criteria; (2) selection of database and documents; (3) selection of software and data pre-processing; and (4) analysis of results. We use two approaches to learn about their structure by evaluating performance and observing their various connections through bibliometric mapping. The findings indicate that the creative economy is a burgeoning area of research, with 687 articles, 1340 authors, and 64 nations represented. In addition, the creative economy, the cultural industry, human capital, management, entrepreneurship, and business models are research topics. This study has several implications because it offers an up-to-date and comprehensive overview of the trends in this topic, making it a helpful tool for researchers. It also identifies gaps in the literature that lead to possible lines of investigation in future studies.

 

 

The objective of this research was to review the manuscripts registered in the Scopus database related to business ecosystems during the period 2018–2022. A total of 96 documents were selected and examined under a bibliometric and bibliographic approach. The results showed an annual growth rate of 13.21%. The United Kingdom (n = 22) led the countries with the most documents, computer science (n = 40) is the subject area with the most publications, and articles (n = 61) and conference papers (n = 23) dominated the types of documents. The nine most studied topics were innovation ecosystems, collaborative ecosystems, sustainable business ecosystems, digital business ecosystems, ecosystems of the Internet of Things, circular ecosystems in companies, regulatory frameworks for digital business ecosystems, resilience of business ecosystems, and ecosystems in smart cities. Six unexplored themes were extracted for future research: ICT industries, smart contracts, electric vehicles, serious games, energy, and blockchain. It should be noted that this study is one of the most up to date, and 85.5% of the 96 publications were original studies, i.e., valuable information that supports the results.

 

 

Network data maps constitute a practical visual data-classification tool in structuring complex research literature endowed with multiple economic, social, and psychological relationships, as happens with the evolution of digital entrepreneurship as a research topic in the COVID-19 era. Has the digitalization process, accelerated by COVID-19, influenced entrepreneurship by strengthening digital entrepreneurship worldwide? Is innovation the most-cited keyword in the digital entrepreneurship-related literature published in the SCOPUS database from 2001 onwards? Does pay-per-click as an instrument for digital entrepreneurship management foster sustainable development? To answer these questions, we combine a software tool for constructing and visualizing bibliometric networks, VOSviewer version 1.6.18, with the SCOPUS bibliographic data tool to investigate the keyword ‘digital entrepreneurship.’ As a result, we obtained 2154 documents in the SCOPUS database for 2001–2022 in all 27 subject areas, of which 1055 documents were from BMA (Business, Management, and Accounting) and EEF (Economics, Econometrics, and Finance) areas. Regarding the keyword ‘pay-per-click,’ we obtained 63 papers for 2005–2022 from BMA and EEF subject areas. We find that there is a growing interest in researching digital entrepreneurship led by authors from the European Union and followed by the United States; innovation is the most-cited keyword in documents related to digital entrepreneurship, and researchers worldwide are giving more importance to the process of digitalization compared to the link between educational, economic, and technological factors and digital entrepreneurship. Regarding ‘pay-per-click,’ we find that the literature published on this topic is broadly based on the US, and given the small number of publications on this issue, it is a research area with great potential to investigate and publish about it.

 

 

Cooperation in research, development and innovation (RD&I) between universities or research institutes and industries plays a fundamental role in the economic development of a country. Industry benefits from state-of-the-art laboratories and technologies from academia, while institutes learn about business reality and market needs. Numerous barriers to the establishment and maintenance of these partnerships have been investigated and reported in the literature, but the information generated by these empirical studies is very fragmented and there is a need to consider the barriers systematically in order to clarify the topic. The aims of this systematic review were to analyze university-industry collaborations set up for the purpose of RD&I in an effort to recognize the barriers and facilitators of the process and to identify the approaches by which such barriers may be overcome. Following searches of the Scopus database and application of the exclusion criteria, 86 relevant articles were identified and submitted to bibliometric analysis. Subsequently, 75 articles were selected for in-depth content analysis, and the ideas embodied therein were presented in a structured and comprehensive manner. Barriers were evaluated according to three different theoretical perspectives, namely the triple helix and the entrepreneurial university, the relational social capital and value creation, and technology transfer and cultural differences. The facilitators were categorized as internal and external. The results obtained highlight the importance of fostering relational social capital and providing tax incentives to facilitate industry’s pursuit of innovation through academia partnerships, and also show that collaborative barriers in RD&I may be overcome to some extent by starting with smaller projects and gradually increasing their complexity. Based on the findings outlined in this review, we propose various lines for future research.

 

 

The study aims to investigate innovation and its influence on business performance through a bibliometric analysis of scientific production from the year 2000 to the year 2022. In this process, a consulting of a set of Specialized scientific publications was in the Web of Science database. It found 1,996 documents, of which a base sample of 548 was to the bibliometric analysis. Evaluation of the international scientific contribution took place. The annual scientific production, the journals with the most publications, the country’s production, the most cited documents, the most relevant words, the network of keywords used by the authors, and the collaboration network by country, among other variables, were examined. The results highlighted that the most significant scientific production was between 2018 and 2021, with 344 records. China reached the best quantity of products with 591, and in the United States, 460 products. The most cited author was Teece, D.J., with 4,794 citations, followed by Jiménez-Jiménez, D. with 650, and Matsuno, K. with 498. The conclusion was that innovation impacts business performance with an upward trend because it strengthens the development of organizations.

 

 

This text addresses possible implications, in the academic management of twelve universities of Greater Sao Paulo / SP – out of a total of eighteen -, of the results produced by Sinaes, in their evaluation processes of higher education, and stems from the research entitled “The evaluation of higher education in Brazil: system adopted by the federal government and use of its results in institutional management “. The research sought to know the effects and initiatives that Sinaes has been inducing in the academic management of higher education institutions from the perspective of university leaders, with the aim of analyzing the implications of the consolidation of the higher education evaluation system in Brazil, aiming to explain the use the results of institutional evaluations – internal and external – identifying management initiatives practiced in public and private universities. Methodological procedures can be inscribed in policy evaluation with a focus on analyzing the use of their results. Twelve Universities participated, of which five private, four public and three denominational. Managers acknowledge that Sinaes impacts on academic management, and in private institutions, it seeks to meet legal requirements, in public, there is an effort to incorporate evaluation processes in institutional dynamics and confessionals punctuate the lack of consideration by the specific pedagogical projects they develop.

 

 

at current global competitive markets characterized with new regulations, higher education institutions require management systems to assure the achievement of goals and objectives. Thus, quality in processes and work routines imply systems certified in ISO 9001 or 21001 from external parties. This study analyzes the impact of process management and strategic planning on educational quality of 48 public universities in Mexico that belong to a national association and hold ISO 9001:2015 certifications. The objective is centered in determining the effect of process management and strategic planning on educational quality. By using partial least squares structural equation modelling through Smart PLS, results indicate that process management has a positive impact on educational quality; while strategic planning has no impact on the dependent variable. In one hand, the significant result of process management on educational quality is consistent with literature about quality management systems at higher education institutions. In the other hand, the non-significant impact of strategic planning on educational quality is consistent with studies including public institutions with budgets not dependent on institutional performance or student admissions.

 

 

The objective of this research was to investigate which indicators facilitate or are barriers to Knowledge Management and which therefore behave as enablers or inhibitors of innovation and social effectiveness in higher education institutions in Brazil and Portugal, in the perception of managers in education. It is a quantitative study operationalized through a survey with descriptive purpose. Data were collected through questionnaires and their treatment was operated on electronic spreadsheets. The results showed that both the Brazilian and the Portuguese higher education institutions have a satisfactory performance in knowledge management, especially in the process of knowledge acquisition. However, the section that deals with knowledge assessment, and which is related to the strategic process, showed that the organizational strategy has not taken on the role of a learning process overtime, which can compromise innovation capability and social effectiveness of institutions in the future. Through this study, facilitating indexes and knowledge management barriers were identified in the public service of education in Brazil and in Portugal.

 

 

Technological adoption in the educational sector is an issue of impact for higher education due to changes in social, political, and environmental conditions to which it may be exposed. The objective of this study was to identify trends in the use and adoption of information and communication technologies (ICT) in higher education institutions (IES) based on a bibliometric analysis between 1991-and 2021. The methodology was based on the formulation of a search equation in the SCOPUS database, used to analyze 235 documents on the subject of interest, using indicators of impact, productivity, and trend to understand their evolution over time. The results indicated that the United States and Taiwan are the countries where the topic is most studied. The authors with the most publications and citations research areas such as social sciences, computer science, and engineering. The conclusions show that the Technology Adoption Model (TAM) is the model with the highest impact in studies oriented to HEIs; for this reason, developed countries rely on it to formulate their research, to validate and corroborate the efficiency in their choice of use.

 

 

In recent decades, the emergence of new information and communication technologies has broadened the remit of bibliometric analysis. Bibliometrics are now used not only to assess products of scholarly communication such as articles or monographs, but to examine technology-related content such as web portals, repositories of technical publications or documents in social networks, which are studied with the help of web analytics and altmetrics. This paper examines the implications of this trend for the Brazilian Agricultural Research Corporation (Embrapa), whose criteria for assessing institutional performance have been extended in recent years to include the number of citations of scientific articles and downloads of the technical publications made available at the corporation’s web portal. As the paper shows, Embrapa’s 42 research centres do not all follow the same pattern in the production of scientific articles and citations, on the one hand, and of technical documents on the other (measured by downloads of manuals, bulletins and other publications). For this reason, Embrapa is beginning to tailor its system of performance assessment to the particularities of each centre, whether these involve the way the centre produces knowledge and technology or how it channels scholarly communication. The paper concludes that the development of suitable bibliometric indicators for managing centres dedicated to research and education requires a broad view of the centres themselves and can take on board such varied factors as institutional agreements, information flows and the ways in which science and society influence each other.

 

 

This paper will present the research results for the analysis of the presence and evolution of the term Business Process Management (BPM) in the period 2000-2020 using a literature review with bibliometric analysis. This research sought to evaluate the quantity and quality of empirical support for the use of this tool in organizations. This allowed the researchers to acknowledge and confirm this discipline as an important investigation domain with great potential for helping companies achieve strategic alignment between business and information and communication technologies in the future. The Science Mapping Workflow methodology was used with database and search criteria applied to a total of 1,706 articles related to the subject, which resulted in a total of 624 articles selected for further research. This study identifies the journals that have the most publications about BPM. It concludes that the most promising perspectives are the ones related to Management, Framework and Performance. Even though, from a conceptual viewpoint, performance is the most valued perspective. Lastly, this research is of great interest for academics and professionals who hope to strengthen their knowledge about the BPM concept and find the historical path and the main authors and issues that contribute to knowledge in this scientific field.

 

 

Virtual teaching-learning is a process that runs in the virtual spaces of the internet as an educational modality and is governed by Information and Communication Technologies. The objective of this review is to analyze the scientific activity of research works related to teaching-learning processes in the virtual modality during COVID-19. For the methodological design, a bibliometric analysis was carried out on the articles indexed in Scopus during COVID-19 (2020-2021) selecting 477 publications. As for the results, the most used keyword is Covid-19 (n = 292), the year 2021 is the one with the highest production in scientific publications with 306 documents, the United States is the country with the highest scientific production (n = 204) and the one with the highest intermediation between countries (n = 152), Medicine is the thematic area with the highest registration (n = 282), the Article was the type of publication with the highest use with 59,12%. In conclusion, even though COVID-19 surprised us with a virtual education that was not 100%, this modality has been improving rapidly throughout the pandemic for the benefit of the student-teacher.

 

 

Currently, educational systems around the world face the challenge of using Information and Communication Technologies to provide their students with the necessary tools and knowledge required in the 21st century. For this reason, the objective of this article is to determine the pedagogical contributions of technology in education. The proposed methodology is based on the reflection and epistemological analysis of the conceptual references, as a result of which a systematic bibliographic review was carried out, based on scientific and academic bases such as Scopus, PubMed, WoS and Google Scholar. One of the main findings is the incorporation of TIC in education since its function is to be a means and channel of communication and exchange of knowledge and experiences, in addition to generating instruments to process information, administrative management, source of resources, medium playful and cognitive development. In conclusion, concepts such as the use of Information and Communication Technologies and the tools they offer to optimize learning in education were incorporated, thus achieving future proposals around lines of research and practical applications for teachers and students.

 

 

this article presents a bibliometric analysis on the scientific production related to the use of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) as a tool for the social inclusion of deaf people. Objective: the objective of this study is to identify the trends and patterns of scientific production in this field of research, as well as to determine the most relevant countries, authors and publication sources. Methods: a systematic search was carried out in Scopus, using the keyword “deaf” combined with “worker” in the area of computing. 140 scientific publications that met the inclusion criteria were selected. Results: the results of the bibliometric analysis show a significant increase in the number of publications related to the use of ICT as a tool for social inclusion for deaf people from the year 2008. In addition, six countries responsible for 56 % of the production were identified. science: United States, India, United Kingdom, Brazil, Japan and Spain. The most published author is Bigham Jeffrey P., affiliated with Carnegie Mellon University. The universities with the highest affiliation in the publications are Carnegie Mellon and Rochester Institute of Technology. Conclusions: this bibliometric analysis reveals a growing interest in the use of ICT as a tool for social inclusion for deaf people, and provides valuable information on the most relevant countries, authors and publication sources in the study area. The results suggest the need to continue research in this area and promote international collaboration to advance the social inclusion of deaf people.

 

 

Agriculture has always had a great significance in the civilization development. However, modern agriculture is facing increasing challenges due to population growth and environmental degradation. Commercially, farmers are looking for ways to improve profitability and agricultural efficiency to reduce costs. Smart Farming is enabling the use of detailed digital information to guide decisions along the agricultural value chain. Thus, better decisions and efficient management control are required through generated information and knowledge at any farm. New technologies and solutions have been applied to provide alternatives to assist in information gathering and processing, and thereby contribute to increased agricultural productivity. Therefore, this article aims to gain state-of-art insight and identify proposed solutions, trends and unfilled gaps regarding digitalization and Big Data applications in Smart Farming, through a literature review. The current study accomplished these goals through analyses based on ProKnow-C (Knowledge Development Process – Constructivist) methodology. A total of 2401 articles were found. Then, a quantitative analysis identified the most relevant ones among a total of 39 articles were included in a bibliometric and text mining analysis, which was performed to identify the most relevant journals and authors that stand out in the research area. A systemic analysis was also accomplished from these articles. Finally, research problems, solutions, opportunities, and new trends to be explored were identified.

 

 

Purpose: Conduct a bibliometric study on agricultural startups (AgTech) and the main concepts related to them in the literature. Theoretical framework: The agribusiness sector has the challenge of producing food sustainably to ensure food security for the planet’s population by 2050. In this context, there is an exponential growth in investments in agriculture technology (Kakani et al., 2020). Most of these technologies are developed and marketed by AgTechs, the technological startups in agribusiness. AgTechs are expressive in the 4.0 agriculture scenario, where more precise and environmentally sustainable technologies are sought (Dutia, 2014. However, despite the growing number of AgTechs, few studies present their main concepts in the scientific literature. Design/methodology/approach: The Web of Science (WoS) and Scopus databases were used together with softwares: SciMAT and VOSviewer to develop the bibliometric study. The SciMAT was used to clean up raw bibliographic data, analyze, and configure the analysis. The maps generated were produced at VOSviewer and based on co-citation for the periods defined in the SciMAT. Findings: The results showed that the theme is not well consolidated in the literature, but it is in a dizzying growth, with 71.3% of the articles having been published in the last three years in 79 journals and with publications covering 44 countries. Research, Practical & Social implications: the AgTech theme is consolidating in literature where digital and disruptive technologies are concerned, however, the human factors, business models, and management aspects involved in this topic are being neglected, which resulted in the proposal of a Research Agenda that can help both academics and practitioners to analyze AgTechs aspects that appear to not be in focus right now. Originality/value: The study brought important contributions to a better understanding of the term AgTech in the literature and to the improvement of concepts related to this ecosystem.

 

 

Pilotless aircraft systems will reshape our critical thinking about agriculture. Furthermore, because they can drive a transformative precision and digital farming, we authoritatively review the contemporary academic literature on UAVs from every angle imaginable for remote sensing and on-field management, particularly for sugarcane. We focus our search on the period of 2016–2021 to refer to the broadest bibliometric collection, from the emergence of the term “UAV” in the typical literature on sugarcane to the latest year of complete publication. UAVs are capable of navigating throughout the field both autonomously and semi-autonomously at the control of an assistant operator. They prove useful to remotely capture the spatial-temporal variability with pinpoint accuracy. Thereby, they can enable the stakeholder to make early-stage decisions at the right time and place, whether for mapping, re-planting, or fertilizing areas producing feedstock for food and bioenergy. Most excitingly, they are flexible. Hence, we can strategically explore them to spray active ingredients and spread entomopathogenic bioagents (e.g., Cotesia flavipes and Thricrogramma spp.) onto the field wherever they need to be in order to suppress economically relevant pests (e.g., Diatraea saccharalis, Mahanarva fimbriolata, sugarcane mosaic virus, and weeds) more precisely and environmentally responsibly than what is possible with traditional approaches (without the need to heavily traffic and touch the object). Plainly, this means that insights into ramifications of our integrative review are timely. They will provide knowledge to progress the field’s prominence in operating flying machines to level up the cost-effectiveness of producing sugarcane towards solving the sector’s greatest challenges ahead, such as achieving food and energy security in order to thrive in an ever-challenging world.

 

 

The 2nd International Symposium on Work in Agriculture (March 29–April 1 2021) was a moment for debate on the perspectives of work in agriculture. In this article, we propose to summarize the exchanges that outline the major issues from this event. We made a bibliometric analysis of all the contributions presented and a cross-cutting expert synthesis. Agricultural work and drivers of employment were the main topics of the presentations, with North and Global South countries facing different labor productivity dynamics. Some questions are continent specific: will OECD countries see agriculture without farmers? Will agriculture provide decent work to youth, notably in the Sub-Saharan Africa? With which models of agriculture? Some issues are common globally: the ability of the agroecological transition to improve working conditions and provide new jobs; the recognition of women and ethnic groups’ contributions to work and to decisions. The digital revolution and the migration flows to and from rural areas and cities are also changing agricultural work substantially. Cross-cutting perspectives are introduced such as the potential of the decent work concept to foster the attractiveness of the agricultural professions, the effect of value chains and the potential of the territorial approach to work to foster interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary viewpoints in addressing problems in the domain.

 

 

Precision agriculture (PA) stands out as an innovative way to manage production resources, increasing the efficiency and the socioeconomic and environmental sustainability of agricultural systems. In Brazil, the principles and tools of PA started to be adopted in the late 1990s. To reveal the scientific trajectory and advances in PA taken over the past 25 years in Brazil, we conducted a comprehensive and systematic literature review. After searching for available peer-reviewed literature, 442 publications were selected to compose the database. Our bibliometric review showed that the scientific PA network is growing in Brazil, with the number and quality of publications, the number of interactions among research groups, and the number of international collaborations increasing. Soil and plant management are the two main pillars of PA research (~61% of the publications). More recently, research has evolved to include other areas, such as the use of proximal sensors to monitor soil and crop development, remote sensing using images from satellites and remotely piloted aircraft systems, and the development of decision support tools. A substantial part of Brazilian PA research is marked by the evaluation and adaptation of imported technologies, a scenario that is slowly changing with the growth of well-trained human resources and advances in national industry. Based on Brazilian scientific history and remaining challenges, the key potential areas for future research are (i) the development of digitally based decision support systems, i.e., a shift of focus from on-farm data technologies towards effective, site-specific decision making based on digital data and improved analytics; (ii) on-farm precision experimentation to underpin on-farm data collection and the development of new decision tools; and (iii) novel machine learning approaches to promote the implementation of digitally based decision support systems.

 

 

Researchers are developing digital solutions for agriculture. Humanity has perfected agriculture throughout history because this activity is fundamental to our existence. The agricultural sector is currently incorporating new technologies from other areas. This phenomenon is agriculture 4.0. However, a challenge to research is the integration of technologies from different knowledge fields, and this has caused theoretical and practical difficulties. Thus, our purpose with this study has been to understand the core agriculture 4.0 research themes. We have used a bibliometric analysis, and guided the data collection by the PRISMA protocol. VosViewer and Bibliometrix software generated the results. We found two main research fronts, one focussed on agriculture 4.0 development, and another on the impacts of agriculture 4.0, which may be positive or negative. We found 21 main keywords or topics researched in agriculture 4.0 related to these research fronts. These themes are within five different axes. We managed to establish a good understanding of the topics around agriculture 4.0. Future studies could focus on the responsible development of digital solutions for agriculture. This is because the social, environmental, and economic impacts of these new solutions may be positive or negative. We conclude that digital agriculture is the node technologies integration for the automation of agricultural activities.

 

 

Climate change and global warming interconnected with the new contexts created by the COVID-19 pandemic and the Russia-Ukraine conflict have brought serious challenges to national and international organizations, especially in terms of food security and agricultural planning. These circumstances are of particular concern due to the impacts on food chains and the resulting disruptions in supply and price changes. The digital agricultural transition in Era 4.0 can play a decisive role in dealing with these new agendas, where drones and sensors, big data, the internet of things and machine learning all have their inputs. In this context, the main objective of this study is to highlight insights from the literature on the relationships between machine learning and food security and their contributions to agricultural planning in the context of Agriculture 4.0. For this, a systematic review was carried out based on information from text and bibliographic data. The proposed objectives and methodologies represent an innovative approach, namely, the consideration of bibliometric evaluation as a support for a focused literature review related to the topics addressed here. The results of this research show the importance of the digital transition in agriculture to support better policy and planning design and address imbalances in food chains and agricultural markets. New technologies in Era 4.0 and their application through Climate-Smart Agriculture approaches are crucial for sustainable businesses (economically, socially and environmentally) and the food supply. Furthermore, for the interrelationships between machine learning and food security, the literature highlights the relevance of platforms and methods, such as, for example, Google Earth Engine and Random Forest. These and other approaches have been considered to predict crop yield (wheat, barley, rice, maize and soybean), abiotic stress, field biomass and crop mapping with high accuracy (R2 ≈ 0.99 and RMSE ≈ 1%). © 2022 by the authors.

 

 

The use of digital tools is transforming scientific production processes and their impacts. In this article we evaluate to what extent digitalization in science has reached Latin American scientific activity and what have been its effects. For this purpose, we use bibliometric data from three medium-sized Latin American countries that have an important scientific trajectory: Argentina, Chile, and Colombia, focusing the analysis on four disciplines: biological and agricultural sciences, earth and planetary sciences, environmental sciences, and decisional sciences. We find that digitalization has been growing for the past 25 years, but the gap with leading countries has only narrowed slightly. Likewise, the incidence of digitalization varies by discipline. In terms of benefits associated with digitalization, our results show that articles that use digital science practices or tools have greater academic impact (have more citations), more collaboration (more co-authors), and more internationalization (authors from a larger number of countries). In other words, in these disciplines and in these countries, digitalization has managed to increase the visibility of research, potentially its quality and, thus, the social returns of the resources invested. Networks have also been expanded, thus promoting a better use of collective intelligence and the integration of local research problems into a global agenda, potentially increasing the resources devoted to research in these countries.

 

 

A bibliometric analysis based on the Scopus database was carried out to summarize the global research related to selenium in drinking water from 1990 to 2021 and identify the quantitative characteristics of the research in this period. The results from the analysis revealed that the number of accumulated publications followed a quadratic growth, which confirmed the relevance this research topic is gaining during the last years. High research efforts have been invested to define safe selenium content in drinking water, since the insufficient or excessive intake of selenium and the corresponding effects on human health are only separated by a narrow margin. Some important research features of the four main technologies most frequently used to remove selenium from drinking water (coagulation, flocculation and precipitation followed by filtration; adsorption and ion exchange; membrane-based processes and biological treatments) were compiled in this work. Although the search of technological options to remove selenium from drinking water is less intensive than the search of solutions to reduce and eliminate the presence of other pollutants, adsorption was the alternative that has received the most attention according to the research trends during the studied period, followed by membrane technologies, while biological methods require further research efforts to promote their implementation.

 

 

Cyberbullying prevalence is increasing in the world, being a form of abuse that follows victims into their most intimate settings. Cyberbullying affects victims’ mental health, self-esteem, emotions, and academic performance. Cyberbullies present low levels of self-control and empathy. This research aimed to map scientific research on Cyberbullying and the Psychological Dimensions of the Self. A bibliometric analysis of scientific documents published in journals indexed in the Web of Science (WoS) was performed. Traditional bibliometric laws were applied and VOSviewer was used to generate visualizations. The annual publications followed exponential growth. Computers in Human Behaviour was the journal with the most publications. Researchers from the USA and Spain were the most prolific. Sameer Hinduja and Justin Patchin were the most cited authors. Hence, there is a growing interest among researchers in Cyberbullying and the emotional aspects of children and adolescents. The USA and Spain were the leading countries in research on this subject. Rosario Ortega-Ruiz, Sameer Hinduja and Justin Patchin were the most prolific and influential authors.

 

 

Purpose: In recent years, the Knowledge-Based Economy (KBE) has been an emergent field related to Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs). In current business models, organizations need to be part of the digital transformation and create value for customers, which has caused an increase in the number of scientific publications on the KBE. This study aims to analyze the research trends of the scientific literature on the KBE published between 1986 and 2021. Design/methodology: A bibliometric analysis was conducted using the Scopus database. The results were analyzed based on quantity, impact, and structure indicators and topics. In addition, this paper proposes a research agenda for future studies in this field. Findings: The study of the KBE has attracted the interest of the scientific community, especially in 2006, 2010, and 2011. This literature review shows that developed countries (e.g., Poland, Romania, the United Kingdom, the United States, and Germany) have researched this field the most. Terms such as knowledge-based systems, knowledge management, and information management have become more common in the literature and are setting trends. These terms refer to essential components for the advancement of the KBE as an approach that can dynamize the economic development of organizations and countries. Originality/value: This study contributes to the literature because it analyzes the theoretical evolution of the KBE field. In addition, it proposes an agenda for future studies to advance the research fields related to the Triple Helix model of innovation in developing countries

 

 

Objective: To carry out a mapping of studies on innovation and public policies, presenting an overview of the scientific discussion on the topic to suggest proposals for future studies. Design/methodology/approach: A bibliometric study, through exploratory factor analysis, with the objective of identifying the path that the phenomenon takes. For this, we use the techniques of citation, co-citation and bibliographic coupling. Originality: Given the economic, social and technological importance of innovation, public policies appear as engines of the development of innovation, thus reinforcing the need to identify unexplored paths through the mapping of studies on the theme to identify unexplored paths. Results: We identified the basis on which the theme studied was developed. Thus, three factors were observed: Economic Development, Innovation Ecosystems and State Participation. In the coupling analysis, we identified four factors, namely: Entrepreneurship, Changes in Public Policies, Networks and Clusters and Knowledge Source. Looking to the future, some study trends were presented, highlighting a new research agenda. Theoretical and methodological contributions: We present some study trends on innovation and public policies, warranting a new research agenda. Management contributions: This research enables managers and decision makers to understand the aspects regarding the theme, so that they can develop strategic innovation actions with the support of public policies.

 

 

The literature recognizes and correlates the power of innovation and entrepreneurship as enabling factors for the economic development of localities. Aiming to examine the prevalence of such relationships, this paper aims to explore the development phenomenon of Brazilian cities considered the most innovative and entrepreneurial, aiming to identify the implications of stimulating technological entrepreneurship on the socioeconomic development of these cities. In the initial bibliometric survey on the themes discussed in Brazilian cities, no scientific papers were identified that explored the three constructs simultaneously, and established comparisons that could indicate some kind of relationship between them. Understood as an original gap, this absence inspired the preparation of the present article. To this end, a mixed approach and exploratory-descriptive research was adopted, using as a basis for comparison the Ranking of the Most Innovative Cities; Most Entrepreneurial Cities Index, FIRJAN Municipal Development Index, Human Development and Gini Coefficient. The cities with an outstanding position in one of the analyzed indexes were examined. The theoretical review allowed the formulation of four hypotheses that were tested and compared to the adopted indexes. The results obtained indicate that the most innovative and entrepreneurial municipalities have high Human Development Index, with emphasis on the dimension of Education, indicating that the training of quality human resources is a relevant asset in the context of innovation and entrepreneurship. However, it was not possible to confirm the relationship between innovation and entrepreneurship with economic development in those municipalities, since the cities with the highest economic development did not appear in the ranking of most innovative cities and in the Index of Most Entrepreneurial Cities, which indicates that it is a potentially valuable object for future studies.

 

 

BACKGROUND: The COVID-19 pandemic impacted the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). Among these impacts, those related to the SDG 8 can be highlighted. Consequently, the literature has addressed aspects related to economic growth and decent work. OBJECTIVE: This article aimed to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on decent work according to the literature. METHODS: For this, a bibliometric analysis was conducted. Data from Web of Science were collected, and VOSviewer software was used to perform the analysis. RESULTS: Regarding the results, four main clusters that govern the subject were identified. A first cluster (identified in red) evidenced the consequences of the pandemic to the generation of informal work, increasing poverty and the impacts on gender issues. A second cluster (identified in blue) addresses mental health and stress issues, especially for nurses professionals who experience a situation in the COVID-19 pandemic. The green cluster focused on unemployment, precarious employment, and work conditions, which were highly related to coronavirus contagion. Finally, the yellow cluster evidenced the final consequences when there is a substantial public health problem. CONCLUSIONS: The results presented here can be helpful to researchers interested in the, as it allows a broad and condensed view of important information about a relevant topic for sustainable economic development.

 

 

The aim of this investigation is to identify the relationship which can be found in the literature between creative tourism and local development, using a bibliometric inventory made in scientific databases (Academia.edu , Econlit, Google Scholar, CAPES Journals, Redalyc, Scielo.org , SCOPUS, and Web of Science, among others) as research method. In general, it was possible to verify that there is a concern of the authors of the papers analysed in establishing a link between creative tourism and local/regional development, without, however, going very far on this relationship, or, at least, when it came to identifying the impacts of economic, cultural, social and environmental nature. This being said, it seems to be relevant that future research takes a deeper look at the hypothesised relationship between the proposals of creative tourism and the benefits it can bring to local communities.

 

 

Generation of goods and services are highly dependent on the use of natural resources. Until very recently, there was an implicit belief that the physical expansion of the economic system could be unlimited, as if the planet would have conditions and time enough to recover and continue to supply resources. This belief implies a confidence in an economic system that would provide whatever is necessary for a continuous growing production and consumption. Even believing that technology alone is not enough to solve the current environmental problems, it is certain that it can collaborate to mitigate climate change and to adaptation to changes in the environment. By bringing environmental aspects into discussions, eco-innovations can affect and transform the innovation system in order to create sustainable processes. However, the main challenge towards the transition to a more sustainable, cleaner and more equitable society is to set innovation in a new context, as until very recently it only considered the economic variables. This change means to value the social and environmental dimension of the innovation. In addition to eco-innovation, Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) is spreading in the industrial environment, offering promising perspectives. LCA is considered a valuable methodology in the environmental sustainability of industry. In this context, the present study addresses LCA and its relationship with the generation of eco-innovations. Drawing on contributions from literature on eco-innovation and LCA, the paper analyses available evidence on this relationship in a context of the transition towards sustainable development. To structure the debate, the paper offers a conceptual approach and an illustrative case on international researchers’ and practitioners’ perceptions on the potentially positive relationship between eco-innovation and LCA. The study gathers data in the Web of Science (WoS) Core Collection and in Scopus, in order to provide a picture of the distribution of documents retrieved from these databases, dealing with both eco-innovation and LCA topics. The paper concludes that the convergence of the eco-innovation and LCA studies is quite plausible, but at least in its initial phase, the literature that unites both themes is scarcely found in publications in the area of innovation, being more frequent in the area of engineering and management that usually addresses LCA studies.

 

 

The use of information and communication technologies (ICTs) for the benefit of the environment favors the development of a sustainable education, which will help to train more responsible and aware students. The management of educational technology in the context of a sustainable higher education must achieve the internalization of ethics and the sustainable development of humanity. The main objective of this study is to, at a global level, examine the research during the period 2000-2019 on the management of ICTs for sustainable education in the context of higher education. Global research trends on this topic during the period 2000-2019 have been analyzed. Consequently, bibliometric techniques have been applied to a sample of 1814 articles selected from the Scopus database. The results provided data on the scientific productivity of the journal, authors, research institutions, and countries that contribute to the development of this topic. The evidence reveals an exponential trend, mainly in the last five years. In addition, current and future lines of research have been identified. Research at an international level presents a growing trend of publication that allows determination of the relevance of research on ICT management to achieve sustainable education in the context of higher education. This study makes it possible to establish the relationship between science, sustainability, and technology in higher education institutions, and to base the decision-making process for the driving agents of this area of knowledge.

 

 

Traditionally, the study of tourist events has been carried out from different disciplinary approaches, among which management, economics, and anthropology stand out. This has contributed to the formation of a body of knowledge where theoretical and methodological approaches converge that have promoted a progressive understanding of the object of study. The biocultural diversity of Latin America, evident through its food heritage, has led to the implementation of events as a means to value this type of heritage. Despite its relevance to the subcontinent, research on these types of events is not notable in the scientific literature. Therefore, the objective of this article is to identify trends and research gaps in the construction of knowledge about tourism events based on food heritage in Latin America. This study presents a bibliometric analysis and a systematization of the research lines developed up to now. The analysis carried out allowed us to recognize that there is a need to deepen the role of the agency of the local actors involved in this type of event since apart from fulfilling an economic function, its action is linked to the management and operation of the events allows strengthening the social fabric.

 

 

This article analyses the scientific production related to tourism and mushrooms. The method used was a bibliometric analysis and a systematic literature review. The main results show that it is a recent area of study that predominates in Spain but that will expand and gain relevance over time. The thematic analysis has made it possible to structure the information according to the economic contribution of this tourist niche, the well-being it brings to residents and tourists, the importance of a sustainable development of the activity, and the promotion and marketing of this new tourism. Supporting mycological tourism will help the development of rural areas and bring physical, mental, social, educational, and nutritional benefits to residents and tourists. This study has allowed us to develop a future research agenda, highlighting the importance of further research to harness the benefits of mycological tourism while at the same time transferring that knowledge to stakeholders, which will be necessary.

 

 

Academic culture has a long tradition in higher education studies; nevertheless, only a few studies on this concept are available. This article aims to review the use of the concept of academic culture in higher education literature based on a bibliographic review, supported by bibliometric techniques, of studies on this topic in the last twenty years, paying special attention to state of the art in the Latin American context. The results show a growing use of the concept, which has not been yet linked to a clear definition that could conduce to the consolidation of a field of study of the cultural dimension of the sector. Specifically, there are four lines of research on academic culture: the impact of changes in the political economy on the traditional values of higher education institutions, the challenges of international exchange of students and academics, the recognition of implicit biases in the dominant academic culture, and the relationship between tacit regulations and organizational reform processes. This article also addresses how the fundamentally atheoretical character of academic culture studies mirrors the state of research in higher education, particularly in the Latin American context.

 

 

The purpose of this study is to identyfy the increase in publications related to ICTs in the significant learning of mathematics. This work covers information and works published in fifteen of the main scientific journals of the ISI Web of Knowledge page from 2014 and 2019, using the keywords: “ICT”, “learning OR knowledge OR study OR studies OR education OR schooling OR learnedness OR wisdom OR enlightenment OR scholarship OR erudition OR instruction OR teaching OR acquisition AND significant” and “mathemat * OR math *”, the information obtained was processed and analyzed in MS – Excel (2016). The study intends to make known about the literature through a bibliometric study about the mentioned topic. The research established that the year of greatest productivity in the research carried out was 2017 with 35 publications, Computers & Education leads the list with 6 publications, also 49 articles were published by more than three authors. On the other hand, Aslan, Aydin; Hutkemri; Costa, Carlos; and Wu, Di were the most publications as author, the number of pages in each publication is from 3 to 35 pages.

 

 

The journal of Operations Management Research (OMR) is a rigorous journal that started its publication in 2008. It publishes short, focused research studies that advance both the theory and practice of operations management. Considering the relevant OMR’s contribution to the field of Operations Management in the last years, this study provides an overall assessment of the journal performance by conducting a retrospective review. To elaborate on OMR’s temporal development in terms of publications, authors, affiliated institutions and countries, citation patterns, and conceptual structure, we extract publications from Scopus database for the period 2008–2020. We rely on bibliometric techniques in addition to bibliographic coupling, keyword analysis, and content analysis. 166 documents were analyzed using RStudio, VOSviewer, and Microsoft Excel. Findings emphasize OMR’s steady productivity growth (3.24%). Narrowly, Olhager J. is the most productive authors while Kalchschmidt M. and Stentoft J. are the most influential authors (H-index of 4). Furthermore, USA contributes to the highest number of publications while UK is the most influential country in terms of citations. Cranfield School of Management, UK stands as the top cited university. The analysis of the thematic evolution concludes to three main clusters: “Manufacturing and Supply chain Performance”, “Six Sigma and Lean Management”, and “Reshoring, Backshoring and Offshoring”. This study recommends to further investigate the implications of the fourth industrial revolution and the sequels of COVID-19.

 

 

This study aims to analyse the literature regarding the characteristics of Industry 4.0 in the context of operations management. The analysis covers the evolution of publications over time, the countries involved, the most prolific journals, the most cited authors, and the identification of the most frequent words that can generate insights for the research agenda. A total of 235 articles published between 2011 and 2017 were collected through an automated process from the Scopus and Web of Science databases and later analysed using data mining, bibliometric indicators analysis, clusters analysis, networks analysis, and word cloud. The bibliographic analysis explained the interaction between the various concepts and techniques associated with the central theme. These concepts and respective characteristics discussed allow an understanding and the development of agenda with theoretical possibilities to fill current research gaps.

 

 

Military innovations have historically driven technological development and industry innovation. This research focuses on Industry 4.0 technologies and their relationship with the development of military applications in the current context. A literature review and a bibliometric study using Bibliometrix evidence the relationship between the multidimensional difficulties in implementing technologies and the scarce research in these fields. Compared to more developed countries, there are wide technological gaps in Latin America, generating a strong technological dependence. Thus, it is concluded that research and innovation in Industry 4.0 and its military applications is a strategic opportunity for Latin America, as it can boost the region’s technological, economic, and social development.

 

 

This paper reports a second-order structural equation model composed of four variables: the green attributes before and after an industrial production process, the operating benefits, the commercial benefits, and the economic benefits. The variables are related by means of five hypotheses and are validated statistically with information obtained from 559 responses to a questionnaire applied to the Mexican maquila industry. The model is evaluated using the technique of partial least squares and the results obtained indicate that the green attributes before and after the production process have a direct and positive effect on the obtained benefits, mostly on the operational ones. It is concluded that companies that are focused on increasing their greenness level must monitor and evaluate the existence of green attributes in their production process to guarantee benefits and make fast decisions if required due to deviations.

 

 

In this study, we explore a 100 years of Work and Organizational Psychology (WOP). To do this, we carry out a bibliometric performance and network analysis (BPNA) to understand the evolution structure and the most important themes in the field of study. To perform the BNPA, 8,966 documents published since 1919 were exported from the Web of Science and Scopus databases. The SciMAT software was used to process data and to create the evolution structure, the strategic diagram, and the thematic network structure of the strategic themes of the field of WOP. We identified 29 strategic clusters and discuss the most important themes (motor themes) and their relationship with other clusters. This research presents the complete evolution of the field of study, identifying emerging themes and others with a high degree of development. We hope that this work will support researchers and future research in the field of WOP. © Copyright © 2020 Sott, Bender, Furstenau, Machado, Cobo and Bragazzi.

 

 

The literature reports different benefits of people’s relationship with nature. However, for the field of psychology the evidence is partial and not integrated. Consequently, the aim of this paper is to understand the psychological benefits of people’s relationship with nature from a systemic review of empirical articles indexed in the Wos, Scopus and Scielo database, between the years 2015 and 2020. We used the PRISMA model for the search, identification and suitability of the articles, which were analyzed in their bibliometric characteristics and thematic content. The main bibliometric findings show that articles produced in the United Kingdom and the United States predominate, conducted in urban natural environments using quantitative methodologies with the use of surveys and physiological measurements. Thematically, we distinguish five dimensions of psychological benefits: Restoration of attention, restoration and/or reduction of stress, psychological well-being, mental health and psychosocial benefits. We argue that these benefits are articulated by an activity that mediates people’s relationship with nature. We conclude by pointing out the relevance of future research in the Latin American context, the integration of mediating activities and the use of qualitative methodologies.

 

 

The objective of this article was to carry out a bibliometric analysis, in the period 2015 – 2019, of the scientific production in Colombian psychology indexed in Scopus. The data from Latin American countries was collected through the Scimago Journal & Country Rank. The main variables analyzed were the total number of documents and citations and the percentage of international collaboration; data belonging to Colombian journals in the area of psychology indexed in Scopus also were taken into account. Colombia presents the highest percentage of growth in scientific production during the analyzed period; however, its total contribution of production in the region is much smaller than countries such as Brazil, Mexico and Chile. Likewise, it was evidenced that Colombia is the second Latin American country with the greatest number of psychology magazines in Scopus, with a total of ten magazines but is the fourth country in number of documents.

 

 

More than half of a century has passed since a paradigmatic change in the scientific endeavour took place: from science that advanced through the discursive interchange of geographically dispersed research findings and reflections, to highly interconnected and collaborative efforts that transcend borders (Wagner & Leydesdorff, 2005, Research Policy, 34:1608–1618). These new “invisible colleges” have been recognized since the end of the twentieth century as the network structures that emerge from co-authorships in scientific publications. These network structures that also inspire further production of knowledge, diffusion of concepts, methodologies and theories, circulation of scientific metaphors, and, above all, knowledge transfer, transformation, and appropriation. The expected impact of scientific collaboration on the consolidation of national capabilities for producing and absorbing scientific knowledge has resulted in the implementation of diverse instruments that aim at encouraging collaboration, particularly among peers from different countries. Psychology has also seen this increased international collaboration, and to evaluate its impact, we used bibliometric techniques on Latin American articles published between 2016 and 2020 in journals indexed in the Web of Science (WoS) under the subject categories related to psychology, to explore the characteristics and conditions of scientific collaboration in this corpus.

 

 

This study aims to carry out an analysis of the scientific collaboration networks that are organized from the development of historiographical research in psychology in Latin America. For this purpose, the empirical corpus is the academic production of researchers who are members of the Rede Iberoamericana de Pesquisadores em História da Psicología (RIPeHP) [Iberoamerican Network of Researchers in Psychology History]. Bibliometric tools are used to map the networks and establish indicators of scientific collaboration. Specifically, co-authorship analysis is used to identify the visible and hidden academic communities that are formed from the dynamics of historiographical research in the region. The creation of the Network was made possible in part by the initiative of researchers from the history working group of the Interamerican Society of Psychology (SIP). This year the SIP celebrates seventy years of history since its creation in 1951. In the case of this study, we present information relevant to historiographical research and discuss the role of the SIP in promoting and contributing to the strengthening of the history of Latin American psychology.

 

 

Objective. To examine marketing research production and its relationship with export processes in organizations between 1961 and 2020. Methodology. Several criteria for scientific production in the subject of study are proposed, and different bibliometric indicators were analyzed with the Bibliometrix (R statistical programming) and VOSviewer tools, yielding 289 documents through the Scopus bibliographic database. Results. The study identified elements such as the main and secondary nodes in the co-occurrence of keywords, the main sources of publication in the topics studied, the authors who contributed the most per country, and the articles with the greatest impact. Conclusions. Since 2000, there has been a significant increase in research on marketing related to export processes in organizations; a minor portion of the total production is focused on researching the areas studied in small and medium-sized enterprises.

 

 

This study aims to identify the evolution, trends and research agenda in city brand research. The methodology used was a science mapping bibliometric and network analysis using both, WoS and Scopus databases, to do a systematic literature review. The results of this analysis resulted in four possible perspectives in the research on city brand: Marketing of city brand, Residents and city brand, Governance of city brand and Economic and social impact of city brand. Like all bibliometric studies, this one has limitations due to its specific methodology, such as the consultation of databases that possibly excluded other studies that could offer a broader panorama, likewise, the analysis network methodology proposed perspectives that they can also be limited and exclusive. This study presents a novelty of the bibliometric analysis tool in the city brand research.

 

 

Several studies explored the effect of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) on marketing. However, bibliometric research that organizes this production is scarce. Thus, this study aims to provide a bibliometric view of marketing-related CSR research, identifying this field’s state-of-the-art literature. Two thousand and forty-two articles were collected through the Web of Science (WoS) platform. Data were analyzed using VOSviewer software to map the data graphically. The results show that: (a) the literature on CSR in the marketing area is growing; (b) five articles alone accounted for 9940 citations, and there are several prolific authors; (c) the prominent journals identified in this research published 42.16% of the total; (d) The “Journal of Business Ethics” is the leader in the number of publications, followed by “Sustainability,” which has shown strong growth in recent years, and; (e) The US is the leading country, according to the number of articles and citations. The keyword trending network analysis revealed that CSR is becoming a strategic marketing approach for companies. This study offers an insight into the state-of-the-art and trends identification in CSR and marketing.

 

 

The purpose of this bibliometric study is to investigate the state of the art in the subject of sustainable marketing in the scientific search engines Scopus and Web of Science. A literature search was carried out in the aforementioned search engines. The applied methodology was the bibliometric technique using different refinement criteria to obtain the information, the keywords “sustainability” and “marketing” were used as a search method in the titles, abstracts and keywords. Of the selected documents, it was also refined by areas of interest and the period 2016 to 2021 was considered, resulting in 1,310 documents in Scopus and 1,992 in Web Of Science, giving a total of 3302 the final sum of both amounts. The main findings, the sustainable marketing issue is a frontier issue in the sciences that is growing in the last 6 years, which has been applied in the business and academic world, various business opportunities were detected, in which the innovation, knowledge, emerging markets, business models, market orientation, consumer behavior, stakeholder, and social and corporate responsibility are the area’s most closely related to sustainable marketing. Limitations which study only includes the literature of the aforementioned search engines and the criteria established in the methodology.

 

 

It aims to map and analyze the scientific production of articles on educational assessment in teacher education, indexed in the Web of Science, Scopus and Scielo databases. The study was based on bibliometric indicators and established three axes of analysis, by: publishers; periodicals; and articles. 177 articles were mapped and published by 119 journals and 76 publishers. The results highlight that 51% of the articles’ production are concentrated in six commercial publishers. On the other hand, countries like Brazil, Spain, Canada and Singapore concentrate more than 50% of their production in university publishers. Among 119 journals, Bradford’s Law identified a core of 7 most productive journals that are specialized in the topic. The Assessment and Evaluation in Higher Education journal was highlighted for being the most published, with 9 articles, and published the most cited study. Of the 177 articles, 20 received at least 18 citations and are considered to have the greatest impact. In addition, 64% of the 1248 citations received by all mapped articles accumulate. We point out the importance of a consolidated scientific publishing industry, which gives visibility to the cultural diversity of research and areas of knowledge, as well as the professionalization of editorial processes. At the same time, policies are still needed to fund publications and debates on the monopolization of production in a few publishers. We also point to the need for investigations on scientific production on assessment in teacher education in databases that bring together journals that are invisible in the mainstream of science, strengthening understudied regions.

 

 

There is a growing interest behalf of Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) to develop and apply knowledge management practices or strategies that are effective within these organizations, since these have the mission of being scenarios of knowledge generation and transfer, because they dynamize the different dimensions (social, economic and personal) that make up society. This research aims to determine the evolution and trends immersed in the literature on knowledge management strategies in HEIs, presenting the results of the development of a bibliometric study based on the analysis of productivity, the most representative authors, the evolution and the tendencies about the proposed theme. The designed methodology analyzes the selected documents, obtained by means of a search equation in the Scopus databases and calculates the bibliometric indicators of quantity and quality. Among the findings, they are emerging as new trends: strategies and tools for online training and the use of social networks for the management and dissemination of information in HEIs. Also, the literature shows that there is better performance in research productivity and efficiency of administrative processes, through the implementation of knowledge management models in these organizations.

 

 

The goal of this article is to present a systematic revision of the literature about game-based learning, applied to the teaching of mathematics in higher education. Technology in the classrooms has generated notable changes and new learning environments, among which computer games capture the attention of many users, generate compromise and better learning results. Through the methodology of record review from five bibliographic indexes and databases, of interest for the educational area, the corresponding bibliometric analysis, the quality evaluation and the generation of conclusions were done. The results show 19 records that approach different mediations and that are oriented to the cognitive, emotional, affective, soft skills, and behavioral development. These findings allow researchers interested in the topic and higher educational institutions to analyze the relevance and positive contributions of games (digital and non-digital) in the teaching-learning processes.

 

 

In Brazil, most of the scientific research is developed within the scope of the Brazilian university Graduate Programs, which host the Master’s and Doctorate courses. These Graduate Programs are evaluated by the Coordination for the Improvement of Higher Education Personnel, an organ of the Brazilian Ministry of Education, which classifies the Graduate Programs in a ranking that ranges from 1 to 7, with 7 being the level of excellence. Among the inputs used by this evaluation process, there are the Brazilian researcher Lattes CVs, which contain all the details of the researchers’ academic life, such as their academic background, areas of professional activity, intellectual production, student supervisions, collaboration networks, etc. The CVs of Brazilian researchers are publicly available for download in XML format. In this paper, we undertake a bibliometric analysis of the CVs taken from researchers who are part of a sample of Brazilian Graduate Programs in Manufacturing Engineering that have national ranking greater or equal to 4. For a period of 10 years (2008-2017), we sought to identify the most published topics, vehicles most used for publication, the basic training of the researchers, and the potential existence of collaboration networks between the Graduate Programs. Among other results, we could identify that 29 institutions are Alma Mater of 68.36% of the researchers analyzed. In addition, it was possible to verify that only two Brazilian scientific events account for 7.5% of the total of publications for the analyzed sample and period.

 

 

The current social dynamics perceive education as an impeller of social and economic change. However, there are problems of coverage, relevance and methodology in the educational process, mainly in Higher Education Institutions (HEIs). Recently, tools have emerged that adopt and appropriate ICTS in learning processes, such as mobile learning, which seeks to meet the requirements of mobility, accessibility and interactivity that traditional teaching mechanisms have not covered satisfactorily. Based on the necessity to identify the factors that drive the adoption of mobile learning by different HEIs, this research identifies the factors that encourage the adoption of mobile learning in the institutions. For this, results of an exercise of technological surveillance in indexed database (Scopus) were analyzed by means of scientometric indicators. Some of the most significant factors detected are: preparation of the professor, perceptions and attitudes of students, technological culture, and technological environment that leverages new learning models.

 

 

The present study analyzes the scientific production in ScienceDirect and Scopus databases associated with 94 original articles on accessible tourism in the period 2008 to the first half of 2019. Methodology: Exploratory-descriptive study, based on the selection of keywords and search criteria; standardization, systematization of inquiry and analysis of information through the use of EndNote X8, Bibexcel, Pajek; and, vos-viewer. Results: It was identified that the year of greatest productivity was 2016 with a total of 18 publications. The scientific journals with the highest production are: Annals of Tourism Research with 17 publications and Tourism Management with 11 disclosures. Conclusion: During the period under study there was gradual growth in recent years, whereby roughly 17 publications on the subject are foreseen for 2020. It was identified that the most common issues are: disability, accessibility, inclusion, accessible tourism, legislation.

 

 

Cultural tourism has performed its activities promisingly considering its remarkable growth throughout the vast cultural diversity of the world. Knowing that cultural motivations tend to represent important criteria for choosing a tourist destination, it becomes increasingly important to frame cultural tourism along the lines of sustainability. The general objective of this study is to identify growth trends and analyze the behavior of scientific productivity in the field of cultural tourism sustainability. In order to achieve the proposed objective, a bibliometric study was carried out which allows the measurement and surveying of scientific production indexes on a given topic of interest. To review the literature, the Web of Science database and its core collection were used. The main findings reveal that scientific productions about sustainability and cultural tourism grew in 2015. Spain is in a prominent position among the most productive countries. In the 2015-2019 period, pasos. Revista de Turismo y Patrimonio Cultural has contributed with the largest number of publications in the area. Finally, seven research topics were identified including: perspectives on tourism, cultural tourism, identity, perception of residents, perception of visitors, cultural tourism and social capital, and attitudes of cultural conservation.

 

 

In developed and emerging economies, important literature on sustainable tourism development has emerged. In the last decade, academics, businessmen, and politicians have increasingly recognized that clear guidelines are necessary for the development and sustainability of tourist destinations. The promotion of sustainable tourism development is urgent due to the double trend of global climate change and the tourism industry overcrowding worldwide. This review used scientific mapping techniques to examine 521 documents indexed in ScopusTM and WoSTM on the development of sustainable tourism in Latin America and the Caribbean. The information was processed in BibliometrixTM and VOSviwerTM to facilitate understanding the data. The objectives of the review were to document the size, growth, and distribution of this literature in Latin America and the Caribbean, to identify its main journals, authors, and documents, and highlight emerging issues and the emerging intellectual structure because of the limited availability of information in the current literature. The review provides guidelines for academics in the region to develop research that may favor the development of sustainable tourism in the future.

 

 

The agriculture sector is one of the backbones of many countries’ economies. Its processes have been changing to enable technology adoption to increase productivity, quality, and sustainable development. In this research, we present a scientific mapping of the adoption of precision techniques and breakthrough technologies in agriculture, so-called Digital Agriculture. To do this, we used 4694 documents from the Web of Science database to perform a Bibliometric Performance and Network Analysis of the literature using SciMAT software with the support of the PICOC protocol. Our findings presented 22 strategic themes related to Digital Agriculture, such as Internet of Things (IoT), Unmanned Aerial Vehicles (UAV) and Climate-smart Agriculture (CSA), among others. The thematic network structure of the nine most important clusters (motor themes) was presented and an in-depth discussion was performed. The thematic evolution map provides a broad perspective of how the field has evolved over time from 1994 to 2020. In addition, our results discuss the main challenges and opportunities for research and practice in the field of study. Our findings provide a comprehensive overview of the main themes related to Digital Agriculture. These results show the main subjects analyzed on this topic and provide a basis for insights for future research.

 

 

The integration of the circular economy in agriculture has promoted sustainable innovation in food production systems such as horticulture. The present paper illustrates how horticulture is transitioning to the circular economy. This research field’s performance approaches and trends were assessed through a bibliometric and text-mining analysis of the literature. Our findings revealed that circular horticulture is a recent research field that is constantly growing. Its approach has been neither systemic nor integrative but fragmented. Bioeconomy, urban agriculture, recycled nutrients, biochar, fertigation, and desalination have been positioned as research hotspots. Vegetables and fruits are the most studied crops. Resource circulation has focused primarily on biowaste recovery to provide benefits such as biofertilizers and linear-substrate substitutes, and on water reuse for the establishment of hydroponic systems. The One Health approach is scarcely explored and, therefore, weakly articulated, wherein the absence of assessment methodologies encompassing the health of ecosystems, animals, and people is a notable limitation. Science-policy interfaces between One Health and food systems need to be improved. Lastly, greenhouse technologies are aligned with bioenergy, sustainable materials, and sensing technologies. Challenges and directions for future research have been raised to promote the redesign of horticultural production systems, integrating long-term circularity.

 

 

Non-timber forest products (NTFPs) are a consolidated source of income and acquisition of inputs from forest environments. Therefore, the objective of this work was to carry out a collection of publications on NTFPs in Brazil, until 2019, available in the Scopus database, presenting a bibliometric review and the state of the art of this theme from the evaluation of these publications, discussing the challenges of Brazilian legislation on NTFPs. After screening the articles of interest, 196 documents were evaluated, in which they were observed institutions and authors, analyzing networks of citations and terms used, areas of forest sciences and sciences that encompass the most explored biomes and the most studied species. The results showed that the concern to research on NTFPs in Brazil began in the 1990s, with an increase in the number of publications over the years. Besides that, the research on NTFPs is multidisciplinary, with emphasis on the areas of Agricultural and Biological Sciences and Environmental Science. For better regulation of the process of exploration and management of NTFPs in Brazil, the need to create specific legislation that takes into account factors such as the phytogeographic domain the explored area, producing species, and the products and co-products obtained was observed.

 

 

Groundwater is an important water resource that accounts for 30% of the world’s freshwater. 97% of this extracted groundwater is for drinking and human use. Due to anthropogenic activities, this resource is affected and, consequently, its life cycle is modified, changing its natural state. This paper aims to analyse the scientific production that deals with the study of groundwater’s Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), using bibliometric methods. Thus, it contributes to the evolution of knowledge of this resource in terms of its use (environmental, economic and social). The methodological process includes: (i) selection and analysis of search topics in the Scopus and Web of Science (WoS) databases; (ii) application of Bibliometrix and Visualisation of Similarity Viewer (VOSviewer) software to the data collected; (iii) scientific structure of the relation of the topics groundwater and life cycle, considering programme lines and relations in their sub-themes; (iv) literature review of Author keywords. A total of 780 papers were selected, 306 being from Scopus, 158 from WoS and 316 published in both databases. The time evolution of the analysed data (publications) indicates that groundwater LCA studies have seen exponential growth (between 1983 and 2021). In addition, it has three development periods: introduction (years between 1983 and 2001), growth (between 2002 and 2011) and maturation (between 2012 and 2021). At the country level (origin of contributions authors), the USA dominates the total scientific production with 24.7%, followed by Denmark with 12.8% and 10.3% for China. Among the main topics of study associated with LCA are those focused on: the proposal of remediation methods, the application and development of technologies and the use of water resources by the urban community. This study allows establishing new trends in agricultural development issues about irrigation efficiency, wastewater reuse, mining and treatment, climate change in a circular economy scheme related to sustainability and life cycle assessment.

 

 

Land cover is an important descriptor of the earth’s terrestrial surface. It is also crucial to determine the biophysical processes in global environmental change. Land-use change showcases the management of the land while revealing what motivated the alteration of the land cover. The type of land use can represent local economic and social benefits, framed towards regional sustainable development. The Amazon stands out for being the largest tropical forest globally, with the most extraordinary biodiversity, and plays an essential role in climate regulation. The present work proposes to carry out a bibliometric analysis of 1590 articles indexed in the Scopus database. It uses both Microsoft Excel and VOSviewer software for the evaluation of author keywords, authors, and countries. The method encompasses (i) search criteria, (ii) search and document compilation, (iii) software selection and data extraction, and (iv) data analysis. The results classify the main research fields into nine main topics with increasing relevance: ‘Amazon’, ‘deforestation’, ‘remote sensing’, ‘land use and land cover change’, and ‘land use’. In conclusion, the cocitation authors’ network reveals the development of such areas and the interest they present due to their worldwide importance.

 

 

Research Highlights: the wide variety of multispectral sensors that currently exist make it possible to improve the study of forest systems and ecosystem services. Background and Objectives: this study aims to analyze the current usefulness of remote sensing in forest management and ecosystem services sciences, and to identify future lines of research on these issues worldwide during the period 1976–2019. Materials and Methods: a bibliometric technique is applied to 2066 articles published between 1976 and 2019 on these topics to find findings on scientific production and key subject areas. Results: scientific production has increased annually, so that in the last five years, 50.34% of all articles have been published. The thematic areas in which more articles were linked were environmental science, agricultural, and biological sciences, and earth and planetary sciences. Seven lines of research have been identified that generate contributions on this topic. In addition, the analysis of the relevance of the keywords has detected the ten main future directions of research. The growing worldwide trend of scientific production shows interest in developing aspects of this field of study. Conclusions: this study contributes to the academic, scientific, and institutional discussion to improve decision-making, and proposes new scenarios and uses of this technology to improve the administration and management of forest resources.

 

 

Migratory species are protected under international legislation; their seasonal movements across international borders may therefore present opportunities for understanding how global conservation policies translate to local-level actions across different socio-ecological contexts. Moreover, local-level management of migratory species can reveal how culture and governance affects progress towards achieving global targets. Here, we investigate potential misalignment in the two-way relationship between global-level conservation policies (i.e. hunting bans and quotas) and local-level norms, values and actions (i.e. legal and illegal hunting) in the context of waterfowl hunting in northern Kazakhstan as a case-study. Northern Kazakhstan is globally important for waterfowl and a key staging area for arctic-breeding species. Hunting is managed through licences, quotas and seasonal bans under UN-AEWA intergovernmental agreements. To better understand the local socio-ecological context of waterfowl hunting, we take a mixed-methods approach using socio-ecological surveys, informal discussions and population modelling of a focal migratory goose species to: (a) investigate motivations for hunting in relation to socio-economic factors; (b) assess knowledge of species’ protection status; and (c) predict the population size of Lesser White-fronted Geese (LWfG; Anser erythropus; IUCN Vulnerable) under different scenarios of survival rates and hunting offtake, to understand how goose population demographics interact with the local socio-ecological context. Model results showed no evidence that waterfowl hunting is motivated by financial gain; social and cultural importance were stronger factors. The majority of hunters are knowledgeable about species’ protection status; however, 11% did not know LWfG are protected, highlighting a key area for increased stakeholder engagement. Simulations of LWfG population growth over a 20-year period showed LWfG are highly vulnerable to hunting pressure even when survival rates are high. This potential impact of hunting highlights the need for effective regulation along the entire flyway; our survey results show that hunters were generally compliant with newly introduced hunting regulations, showing that effective regulation is possible on a local level. Synthesis and applications. Here, we investigate how global conservation policy and local norms interact to affect the management of a threatened migratory species, which is particularly important for the protection and sustainable management of wildlife that crosses international borders where local contexts may differ. Our study highlights that to be effective and sustainable in the long-term, global conservation policies must fully integrate local socio-economic, cultural, governance and environmental contexts, to ensure interventions are equitable across entire species’ ranges. This approach is relevant and adaptable for different contexts involving the conservation of wide-ranging and migratory species, including the 255 migratory waterfowl covered by UN-AEWA (United Nations Agreement on the Conservation of African-Eurasian Migratory Waterbirds).

 

 

Addressing sustainability in small-scale gold mining (SSGM) can be controversial. In Brazil there is a heated debate over the sustainable approach in SSGM operations, especially in the Amazon biome where biodiversity conservation and indigenous peoples’ rights raise global concern. Opposing opinions about what should be “sustained” emerge from two extreme perspectives: ensuring the perpetuation of small-scale gold mining to guarantee incomes and productivity, and considering this activity as one of the major threats to Amazonian ecosystems. It is important to understand if, in the Brazilian Amazon, this debate is condemned to remain as “SSGM versus sustainability” or if it could be transformed into “SSGM and sustainability”, meaning that SSGM might embrace an understanding of sustainability that is more balanced between economic and environmental component. Therefore, this study aims at addressing the perceptions of small-scale miners (garimpeiros) themselves regarding sustainability. The research unfolds the dynamic between state impositions of environmental regulations and garimpeiros’ response by showing: i) the problematics over environmental licensing and the role of cooperatives in helping with its legal aspects, and generally promoting environmental sustainability; ii) the controversial relationship between garimpeiros and environmental law enforcement agencies; iii) how miners understand the impact of deforestation; and finally, iv) how they explore sustainability pathways with landscape impact-mitigation practices. The results show that garimpeiros’ actions point to the prolongation of their SSGM activity. Nevertheless, it is possible to see seeds of transformation towards more sustainable practices reinforced by associations, the adoption of cleaner technology and initiatives of rehabilitation of mined-out landscapes. Still, SSGM associations mostly employ the notion of sustainability as a palliative to allow their economic growth at the expense of the natural environment. This practice fuels the polarized debate over sustainability in the Amazon and exposes the extreme divergence of positions among all the actors in the arena. Moreover, the notion of sustainability is so malleable that there is a risk that scholars, institutions, and miners might interpret it in different, idiosyncratic ways to serve their particular political values, interests, desires, and visions of the future.

 

 

OBJECTIVE: To analyze the socioeconomic, demographic and health management factors associated with bariatric surgery rates performed by the Brazilian Unified Health System (SUS) in the federative units in Brazil. METHODS: Description and analysis of bariatric surgeries rates (per 100,000 inhabitants) performed by SUS in adults from 18 to 65 years old, in the 27 federative units of Brazil, between 2008 and 2018; thus, the econometric methodology of count panel with negative binomial distribution (population-averaged, fixed effects and random effects) was used. Socioeconomic and demographic factors were also investigated, considering the real gross domestic product per capita, the average years of study of adults and life expectancy at birth, and those of health management, given the primary health care coverage, the rate of digestive system surgeons and the rate of hospitals accredited in high complexity care to patients with obesity in the SUS. RESULTS: In regional terms, the performance of public bariatric surgeries in Brazil over the period analyzed suffered a great disparity; the procedures happen mostly in the South and Southeast regions, and scarcely in the North region. Moreover, we found a positive relationship between the rate of bariatric surgeries and life expectancy, the rate of digestive system surgeons and the rate of hospitals accredited in high complexity care; however, the average number of years of adult study and coverage of primary health care is a negative association regarding real gross domestic product per capita. CONCLUSION: In the period analyzed, the investigated factors explained the rate of bariatric surgeries. Therefore, to train specialized health professionals, the accreditation of hospitals according to the legal framework, preventive actions of primary care, and socioeconomic and demographic factors, conditioning for the offer of surgical treatment by the SUS were crucial. Thus, these are all relevant factors for the formulation of public policies in this area.

 

 

Goal: To analyse the intersection between the constructs of modularity and business model in the literature. Design/Methodology/Approach: Quantitative and Qualitative approaches were utilized through bibliometric analysis and systematic literature review. A bibliometric analysis incorporates keywords, co-citation, and country co-authorship networks generated using VosViewer Software. The research in the databases was carried out in June 2018. Results: The intersection of modularity and business model is a rather recent study topic in the literature with a small number of articles published up to 2018. Although the concept of modularity has been widely discussed in terms of product, process and organizational levels, recent developments point to the application of this concept to services and business models. Limitations: The main limitation refers to the sampling process that incorporated articles extracted from ISI Web of Science Core Collection only. Practical implications: For practice, it provides companies with insights on how business model and modularity may be applied to multiple domains and can eventually contribute to firm performance and business model innovation. Originality/Value: The originality of the article lies in providing a panorama of the literature on the intersection of business model and modularity in order to identify the main research trends.

 

 

Purpose This article presents the Special Issue (SI, 35-2) of ARLA, edited (not exclusively) with the best articles from the specialized conference of the Academy of Innovation, Entrepreneurship and Knowledge (ACIEK, 2021) conference and performs a bibliometric analysis on innovation, management, governance and sustainable growth. Design/methodology/approach Guest editors conduct a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the scholarly literature by examining the characteristics of publications and how articles published in this SI contribute to their growth. Findings Innovation, management and governance for sustainable growth is an area that revolves around five points: (1) sustainable innovation in SMEs, (2) technological innovation, social capital and information patents to create value chains and financial development in the textile industry, (3) knowledge management and competitiveness for growth and productivity, (4) social entrepreneurship, business ecosystems and startups for sustainable development and (5) marketing-based business strategies for sustainable development. Practical implications From the analysis conducted, it is concluded that more research is needed on knowledge management and competitiveness in developing countries, such as Latin American and African countries, and to compare the results with more developed countries.

 

 

This research aims to understand how sustainable business model innovation (SBMI) can learn from business model innovation. For this, first, we conducted a bibliometric analysis to evaluate the relationships between business model innovation and SBMI literature. After this, we performed a systematic literature review to create a comprehensive framework for managing SBMI. The bibliometric analysis showed that the SBMI stream grew quickly and significantly in recent years, evolving into a separated new research stream, which does not leverage recent business model innovation advancements. Through the performed analyses, we were able to discuss critical gaps in the SBMI literature and shed light on possible pathways to solve these gaps through lessons learned from business model innovation. We depicted five critical gaps for managing SBMI; (1) the need to understand the sustainable business model as a wicked problem, in which SBMI leads to “better than before” solutions calling for systematic SBMI, (2) the poor definition of distinctive dimensions of dynamic capabilities for SBMI, (3) the lack of studies exploring the role of open innovation for improving the SBMI process, (4) the lack of tools supporting SBMI implementation and (5) the need to explore game-changing, competitive advantages of SBMI. The findings of this study contribute to guiding future research on SBMI, which can be a basis for further efforts towards sustainable development.

 

 

Proceeding from the idea that it is possible to correlate economic with social development, this research focus on cooperatives and their management systems. Based on studies and publications on cooperative management practices in several countries, this study seeks to acquire sufficient knowledge about cooperatives to understand them as efficient and proactive organizations. They seek an alignment between economic and social development of their members sharing a common goal of prosperity. This study pursues the following question: “Does the competence of the operational management of cooperatives make it possible for cooperative members to overcome the obstacles that prevent their social and economic development?” To answer this question, it was proposed to carry out a bibliometric analysis of the cooperative systems in several countries between 1995 and 2020, with the focus on the economic and social development of their members. As for the methodology employed in this study, a collection of publications on cooperatives in the world and a systematic review was organized. As a result, the characteristics of cooperatives could be identified, allowing an overview of the organizations’ qualifications as promoters of social and economic development.

 

 

Since the end of the 20th century, the social economy and the solidarity economy have represented an alternative economic model in constant evolution, aimed at generating profits with social impact criteria, addressing inequality, the democratization of resources, and the primacy of people over the capital. Due to the growing interest and relevance of the topic, this study aims to contribute to the knowledge of this area, based on an analysis and review of the literature registered in the WoS and Scopus databases between 2000 and 2020, using bibliometric methods and tools. The main approaches, schools, authors, journals, countries, and institutions in this field were identified from a scientific mapping. The most relevant documents were classified into three categories, classical, structural, and perspectives, represented through the metaphor of the tree of science. The main research fronts in the area, social entrepreneurship, community development and sustainability, and social economy in emerging countries, were determined. Finally, an agenda for future studies.

 

 

The purpose of this work is to perform a systematic review and a bibliometric analysis of publications on regional development and sustainability, two increasingly important concepts in economic, environmental, social, and academic forums in all world countries. The study was carried out under the concept of scientific mapping, using bibliometrics to observe the interrelations between disciplines, fields, professions, or documents. The study was done in two stages: a bibliometric analysis and a network analysis. First, a WoS search was performed, and bibliometric indicators were reviewed. In the second step, the network was constructed through the analysis of co-citations, which were compared with the similarity tree. These documents are divided into three categories: the root of the source document (called hegemonic or classic); the backbone of the document involved in the development of the current knowledge of the subject called trunk or structural; the last one is the collection of the latest developments called leaves or perspectives of the document work. Finally, three perspectives identified in the following research fields are presented: planning and territorial development, evaluation and ecosystems, and China and urban development.

 

 

The multidisciplinary conjugation of international marketing as a business philosophy and the functions of political economy constitutes a wide-ranging topic. The objective of this research is to design a theoretical model of international marketing from the functions of political economy for foreign trade. Based on the positivist paradigm operationalized in a hypothetical-deductive research system that suggests the methodology of modeling international marketing. In addition, it incorporates methods such as the dialecticalmaterialist in terms of its historicity, functionality, systemic character between reality and theoretical thought. The design is obtained from a quantitative research process through bibliometrics, combining comparative analysis tools, at a theoretical and then practical level of the main research categories: International Marketing, Political Economy and Foreign Trade. In the results, through co-occurrence, the recurring basic concepts in previous applied research were identified, with which the model was formed. It was possible for the concepts converted into research variables to feed the model with subhypotheses attached to the central hypotheses. In conclusion, the operationalization of the model shows that the functions of political economy have a positive impact on international marketing, each of them moderated by national contexts.

 

 

The flipped classroom as an educational model is perfectly aligned with the current demands of higher education. Therefore, the objectives of this article were to carry out a bibliometric analysis of the scientific production of the flipped classroom in higher education (2012-2020) and to propose a framework for its implementation in face-to-face, blended or online learning modalities. The records were recovered from the Web of Science Core Collection and Scopus, from which, after a five-phase methodological process, a consolidated dataset of 782 documents was obtained. The results showed the importance of the subject matter as scientific production reflected a continuous growth during the period of study. For their part, the most productive authors come from various institutions worldwide with an H index of over 50. The collaboration indicators show the growth trend of these indexes over the years, which reflects the capacity to generate national and international impact in the documents published in collaboration. The keywords co-occurrence analysis showed that the flipped classroom as a technological and innovative approach is complemented by active learning, blended learning, e-learning, ICT, teaching method, among others. Finally, a framework with five components was proposed as a basic guide for the implementation of the flipped classroom in higher education.

 

 

The irruption of digital technologies in social contexts and their integration in educa-tion has led to new learning environments where the communication, interaction and access to knowledge are an essential part of the educational process. This paper shows a literature review and mapping of the most important technological tools used in the contexts where heritage teaching has been conducted in the last decade. For this aim developed a bibliometric analysis of scientific publications in high impact journals through selective searches in the specialized databases Scopus and Science Direct. The findings show trends in the educational practice approach regarding herit-age, integrating emerging technologies such as augmented reality, 3D modelling, arti-ficial intelligence, QR coding and virtual reality that offer situated and immersive learning experiences on mobile apps and web-based platforms. From the studies analyzed in different contexts, it is concluded that the integration of digital technolo-gies in the teaching and heritage appropriation is a field that in recent years shows a clear increase, so that it is necessary to consider the potential of these tools in it’s diffusion, teaching and preservation to strengthen existing work lines and open up possibilities to future studies.

 

 

The objective of this article is to present three groups of analysis in urban mobility studies, their relationship with the use of ICT and how the findings promote urban sustainability. 40 documents in the Scopus database were systematically reviewed. The research methodology used was mixed, where methods of qualitative analysis and bibliometric analysis were combined with the Vantage Point software. The results made it possible to establish which projects are at the forefront of the study of urban mobility. This article will contribute to future research and could be useful for discussions on public policy on urban mobility.

 

 

The objective of this research was to review the manuscripts registered in the Scopus database related to business ecosystems during the period 2018–2022. A total of 96 documents were selected and examined under a bibliometric and bibliographic approach. The results showed an annual growth rate of 13.21%. The United Kingdom (n = 22) led the countries with the most documents, computer science (n = 40) is the subject area with the most publications, and articles (n = 61) and conference papers (n = 23) dominated the types of documents. The nine most studied topics were innovation ecosystems, collaborative ecosystems, sustainable business ecosystems, digital business ecosystems, ecosystems of the Internet of Things, circular ecosystems in companies, regulatory frameworks for digital business ecosystems, resilience of business ecosystems, and ecosystems in smart cities. Six unexplored themes were extracted for future research: ICT industries, smart contracts, electric vehicles, serious games, energy, and blockchain. It should be noted that this study is one of the most up to date, and 85.5% of the 96 publications were original studies, i.e., valuable information that supports the results.

 

 

This research seeks to identify teaching-learning mechanisms that allow innovation and educational evolution for Youth and Adult Basic Education and thus achieve social inclusion in a rural development environment that has technological limitations and internet access in rural areas. The work seeks to identify a strategic process of learning objects to apply an inverted classroom in no presential modality. The objective is to respond to the low level of knowledge in the area of Language and Literature to mitigate the lack of understanding of the andragogical resources of the teachers in virtual classes. A methodological strategy is proposed that is related to the scientific field through bibliometric and quantitative analysis based on scientific information; in a second moment, the environment is evaluated via satisfaction surveys conducted with students and teachers of the third baccalaureate of the rural areas in the no presential modality of the Juan Jiménez Educational Unit, Abdón Calderón extension, province of Sucumbíos, Ecuador. A total of 66.67% of teachers between 41 and 45 agree with implementing ICT as a strategy for better learning in the education of young people and adults despite the scarce access to the internet in rural areas.

 

 

Nowadays, several institutions and universities have employed Flipped and Blended Learning models in the educational context. Consequently, these models advance correctly in the classrooms; students become more able to build their knowledge and develop their skills with technological innovation that could be compared with studies based on technological achievements and accessible data Tics. Therefore, this article proposes educational innovation in the evaluation processes within the FL and BL learning models to ensure active and interactive education. In this work, a bibliometric analysis of 2000 scientific articles from the Web of Science and Scopus databases has been carried out, thus making it possible to identify countries and universities with constant and relevant use of these learning models, as well as a comparison with these databases of articles, citations and their global impact. On the other hand, a survey was conducted with 41 teachers of different subjects and 385 students from elementary school to high school using the Likert scale. The questions were represented in perception values with their respective analysis of results and evaluations about these learning models, technological resources, flexible curriculum, learning before class, autonomous learning, and future professional competencies, which will help us know the existing motivation between them.

 

 

Introduction. This paper analyzes the scientific production on information and communication technologies (ICT) and learning and knowledge technologies (LKT) usage to improve pedagogical innovation and/or teaching/learning processes in long-distance and/or virtual higher education. METHOD. Systematic information search in seven academic databases and the data were analyzed around 11 bibliometric indicators. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: Conclusion: the term LKT is still incipient in academic databases’ publications, and our findings show that most production deals with ICT. Similarly, the following trends in topics on ICT use in distance or virtual higher education are identified: E-learning, B-learning, the use of MOOCs to mediate education, the use of social networks for educational purposes, the strengthening of digital skills of students and teachers, promoting pedagogical innovation through technology, evaluation through technologies, use of mobile devices such as tablets or cellphones when using ICTs in higher education, collaborative learning, and the use of virtual learning environments. We also identified that the authors prefer research articles to present their research results. Also, Spain is among the countries with the highest number of publications, while Latin American countries, such as Colombia and Argentina, display growth in their number of publications on the subject; the English language predominates in the publications analyzed. Those universities offering long-distance education publish the most on this topic, and the authors with the most significant production are classified as medium producers according to Lotka’s Law.

 

 

Technological innovation and digitization have posed a challenge to the financial sector globally. Fintech is the term used to designate the application of new technologies to financial services. The aim of the study is to analyse this research subject worldwide during the period 1975–2019. To this end, bibliometric techniques were applied to 2012 articles, obtaining findings of the productivity of scientific research, of the main thematic axes and their evolution. Scientific activity increased, mainly in the past decade, with 45% of publications. The main thematic areas were Business, Management and Accounting, Engineering, Social Sciences and Computer Science. Seven research lines were identified, aimed at analysing the aspects financial, economic, technology transfer, investment, innovation, partnerships and institutions and commercial. Future research lines should develop analyses on banking, financial services trade, territorial development, legal, management, research methodologies and the sustainability of financial technologies. It was verified that there is a growing and dynamic interest in scientific activity on financial technologies at an international level. The findings obtained are a complement to the knowledge of financial technologies and allow the relationship between science and technology to be established, and to inform the decision-making process.

 

 

Judicial delays have been the subject of debate in the Brazilian academic community. Among the solutions discussed, jurimetrics has gained ground in seeking quantitative standards in court decisions. However, despite the relevance of this methodology, in Brazil, few researches have been conducted towards its dissemination. Therefore, the present study employs bibliometric techniques on national scientific production, articles, related to the term “jurimetry”, from 2002 to 2019, made available on the Google Scholar search tool, presenting an information panel on the characteristics found in these publications. The results show that in the period surveyed, the number of publications on the subject showed an average annual growth of 18.92%; the collaboration index indicates that there are, on average, 2.32 authors per article, some of which stand out for the number of publications, including Daniel F. N. Menezes (four) and Filipe J. Zabala (three) and, in turn, the most cited authors are Lee Loevinger (eleven citations), Filipe J. Zabala and Fabiano F. Silveira (both with six citations); the magazine that has published the most on the subject is the Revista da Faculdade de Direito of the Federal University of Minas Gerais, with a single magazine publishing four articles, seven magazines publishing two articles and 66 magazines publishing a single article; and finally, as for the keywords associated with the term, the words “adoption”, “civil procedure”, “invalid act”, “illegal act”, “partial dissolution”, and “successive incidence” stand out, suggesting Civil Law as an area of law more aligned to the use of jurimetry.

 

 

This paper aims at identifying the state of academic research on the influence of Internet on tourism consumer behaviour. The Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) Methodology was used to select the data and the analysis was complemented with bibliometric indicators. This research identified 83 relevant articles related to the influence of Internet on tourism consumer behaviour. The systematic review of the academic literature demonstrated that the Internet influences tourism consumer behaviour during the entire travel cycle stages. During the pre-consumption stage, motivations and decision-making process are highly influenced by several online sources. However, in the case of expectations, limited research was found on this area. Value co-creation behaviour is influenced by Internet during the final two stages of the travel cycle stages. Finally, evidence suggests that loyalty is influenced during the consumption and post-consumption stages. These results provide a categorized analysis of the influence of Internet on the behavioural variables during each of the travel cycle stages for academicians and practitioners. The analysis was conducted on two major academic databases: Web of Science Core Collection and Scopus. The inclusion of other data sources and other types of secondary data could complement these results

 

 

This study aims to investigate, through a social network analysis, the attributes and representativeness of Circular Economy (CE) and Tourism in the state-of-the-art of scientific production published in the Web of Science from 2017 to 2020. The results indicate a dispersion in all collaboration networks due to the low incidence of studies published internationally on both subjects. The most publicized matters were agritourism, sustainable development, sustainability, waste, tourist practices, environmental impacts, greenhouse gases, innovation, and hospitality. The study concludes with a contemporary view and brings to light data, information, and state-of-the-art knowledge through bibliometric indicators and social networks. It contributes to a better understanding of how those subjects were approached and disseminated at the global level by actors involved in building scientific knowledge, through their collaboration networks-which are preponderant to improve and strengthen such understanding-and through the dissemination and socialization of knowledge on the subjects assessed in this study. In short, the results contribute to position CE and Tourism research in the academic general debate and help minimize potential deficiencies and blind spots related to them.

 

 

We investigated the set of Brazilian tourism journals, specifically 3,887 articles published in 16 journals, from 1990 to 2018. The three main objectives of this study are: a) to rank authors, institutions, and countries in the field of tourism studies in Brazil, using productivity, centrality, and impact metrics, for 1990-1999, 1990-2009, and 1990-2018; b) to characterize the leading elements – i.e. top-ranked ones; and c) to compare these rankings with h-index based rankings. A bibliometric and social network study was carried out, with manual data collection and revision and disambiguation. Productivity (full and fractional counting), centrality (degree, betweenness, and PageRank), and impact (based on actual citations) metrics were calculated. In summary, the leading authors are affiliated with institutions in the South and Southeast regions of Brazil, and they are linked to graduate programs. For institutions, offering a graduate program in tourism or in a related field seems to be a key factor. The University of Sao Paulo (USP) and the University of Vale do Itaja(UNIVALI) clearly stand out in all metrics. Brazil occupies the first position in productivity, centrality, and impact, followed by Spain.

 

 

We study the field of tourism in Brazil, taken as the individuals who, in their curriculum Lattes, declare they work in this field. The main objectives are to characterize these individuals, to verify the main institutions of academic formation and work, and to identify the main scientific journals. We used methods of bibliometric analysis and of social networks analysis. The results indicate the existence of a fragmented and not yet mature field of knowledge.

 

 

Sustainability, entrepreneurship and tourism, destination and hospitality research have attracted scholars’ attention for their relevance in bringing to fruition a future that links economic well-being with the environmental, cultural, and social sustainability of human beings. This article provides a bibliometric overview of the academic research where these topics intersect. To accomplish this, various bibliometric methods are implemented, which include a performance analysis and graphic mapping of the academic production in this specific topic. This research uses the Web of Science database to identify and classify the most preponderant investigations in the field and considers articles, authors, institutions, countries, and journals. To complete the performance analysis, a series of indicators, such as number of papers and number of citations, are used. Graphic visualization maps are produced using the co-citation and co-occurrence of keywords under the Visualization of Similarities—VOSviewer—software. The results show a growing concern for entrepreneurship in sustainable tourism development research, which is evidenced in the increasing number of studies during the last decade. Some influential research institutions and authors from countries including the USA, New Zealand, and Norway are found to be influential leaders in this topic. Additionally, the results show that journals from the area of hospitality, leisure, sport, and tourism are frontrunners in this subject.

 

 

This paper intends to check in what extent the articles published in the legal area journals have and make explicit methodological criteria recommended by the ABNT (Associaçao Brasileira de Normas Técnicas). We used an descriptive and exploratory study and bibliometric systematic review approach. We found that from the 241 published papers in legal paper journals, 37% of them do not presente the objective in the review, 61% do not make explicit the method and/or the methodology used to develop the research; and, at last, 61% do not presente the result and/or the conclusion. If, on the one hand, the recurring absence of these founding elements of research, in any area, tends to weaken and project itself as an obstacle to legal publications with scientific intentions, on the other, it makes visible the need for refinement of research in the legal area.

 

 

Few decades ago, the development of the industrial sector was disconnected from society’s protection. Negative effects awareness emerges from the current industrial processes through the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), considering the causal implications to build up a more sustainable society. The aim of this study is to analyze the state of the art in industrial processes management to obtain positive and sustainable effects on society. Thus, a bibliometric analysis of 1911 articles was set up during the 1988–2019 period, bringing up the authors’ productivity indicators in the scientific field, that is, journals, authors, research institutions, and countries. We have identified environmental management; the impact assessments of industrial processes on the environment and its relation with a more sustainable society; as well as the study of the sustainable management of water resources as the related axes in the study of environmental protection with political, economic, and educational approaches. The growing trend of world scientific publications let us observe the relevance of industrial processes management in the implementation of efficient models to achieve sustainable societies. This research contributes to the academic, scientific, and social debate on decision-making both in public and private institutions, and in multidisciplinary groups.

 

 

The presence of contaminants in water is concerning due to the potential impacts on human health and the environment, and ingested contaminants cause harm in various ways. The conventional water treatment systems are not efficient to remove these contaminants. Therefore, novel techniques and materials for the removal of contaminants are increasingly being developed. The separation process using modified membranes can remove these micropollutants; therefore, they have attracted significant research attention. Among the materials used for manufacturing of these membranes, composites based on graphene oxide and reduced graphene oxide are preferred owing to their promising properties, such as mechanical resistance, thermal and chemical stability, antifouling capacity, water permeability, high thermal and electrical conductivity, high optical transmittance and high surface area. Membrane separation processes (MSP) can be used as secondary or tertiary treatment during the supply of wastewater. However, the efficient and accessible applications of these technologies are challenging. This study aims to demonstrate the main concepts of membrane separation processes and their application in the removal of emerging contaminants. This study reports bibliometric mapping, relevant data on studies using membranes as water treatment processes, and their viability in industrial applications. The main challenges and perspectives of these technologies are discussed in detail as well.

 

 

The advance of digitalization in industry is making possible that connected products and processes help people, industrial plants and equipment to be more productive and efficient, and the results for operative processes should impact throughout the economy and the environment. Connected products and processes generate data that is being seen as a key source of competitive advantage, and the management and processing of that data is generating new challenges in the industrial environment. The article to be presented looks into the framework of the adoption of Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning and its integration with IIoT or IoT under industry 4.0, or smart manufacturing framework. This work is focused on the discussion around Artificial Intelligence/Machine Learning and IIoT/IoT as driver for Industrial Process optimization. The paper explore some related articles that were find relevant to start the discussion, and includes a bibliometric analysis of the key topics around Artificial Intelligence/Machine Learning as a value added solution for process optimization under Industry 4.0 or Smart Manufacturing paradigm. The main findings are related to the importance that the subject has acquired since 2013 in terms of published articles, and the complexity of the approach of the issue proposed by this work in the industrial environment.

 

 

Project-based organizations (PBOs) derive income from conducting projects for their clients. Maintaining the most effective and efficient project governance style is an ongoing process for these organizations as the context continuously changes. Enterprise architecture (EA) is a systemic approach that supports organizations in modeling and describing themselves in different layers, such as strategy, business, application, and technology. This literature review describes the current state of EA usage in improving and quickly revising project management governance in PBOs to benefit practitioners and researchers for an integrated view of EA, PM, and PBO, and identification of future research gaps. This review used an EA model composed of layers as an analytical framework. The extracted bibliometric and content data from selected articles were processed using the VOSviewer tool for identifying and understanding the relationships between main concepts through network mapping. The selected articles are oriented to internal organization projects, mainly in information technology (IT). The need to align projects with business is highlighted, with EA positioned as a governance tool. It was found that application of EA in PBOs is rare. A trend toward using popular PM and EA frameworks, such as PMBOK and ArchiMate, was observed.

 

 

Purpose: This paper studies, based on the theory of service-dominant logic, the effect of value co-creation practices (linking and materializing) on engagement dimensions (popularity, commitment and virality). The main objective is to analyze the influence of value co-creation practices on engagement at international trade shows organizer association on Twitter. Design/methodology/approach: This paper studies the usage of Twitter by the Specialty Food Association, which organizes one of the top five foods and beverage international trade show in the United States. To achieve the research objective, the authors have analyzed 1,608 posts on Twitter from the Twitter account @Specialty_Food. A content analysis was performed using Krippendorff’s (2004) recommendations, and the data were analyzed using regression analysis with optimal scaling and Kruskal–Wallis Test. Findings: According to the results, some materializing practices influence popularity, commitment, virality and global engagement on Twitter. While the usage of some linking practices influences respectively commitment and popularity. Originality: These results provide valuable information for business-to-business (B2B) contexts and answer a research gap reported in previous literature, which affirms that more research is needed about the relationship between service systems and engagement. From a general view, to generate more engagement on social media in B2B contexts, it is recommended to prioritize posts that incorporate live and online events based on collaborative and dynamic human interactions, following by business ideas and business cases.

 

 

Sustainable agrifood global value chains depend on chain governance by the lead firm and transaction governance. However, the link between them is still unclear. We therefore investigated the scientific field on “governance in agrifood global value chain” over 15 years in the Scopus and Web of Science databases through two analyses: a descriptive bibliometric and a keywords co-occurrence analysis. Our descriptive results show that the research on the theme has increased over the years, with a concentration of the papers published in countries such as the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, with emphasis on Wageningen University. The network graph showed a multidisciplinary theoreticomplcal field and four axes: chain governance; transaction governance; horizontal relationships; political and structural elements. The chain and the transaction governance are indirectly linked by the concept of upgrading, compromising sustainability’s holistic view. Although the sustainability of the chain depends on both levels of governance, this bibliometric study showed that there is a gap to be filled in this topic. We propose a study in the light of both concepts, considering upgrading, vertical and horizontal relationships, as well as public policies.

 

 

The use of information and communication technologies (ICTs) for the benefit of the environment favors the development of a sustainable education, which will help to train more responsible and aware students. The management of educational technology in the context of a sustainable higher education must achieve the internalization of ethics and the sustainable development of humanity. The main objective of this study is to, at a global level, examine the research during the period 2000-2019 on the management of ICTs for sustainable education in the context of higher education. Global research trends on this topic during the period 2000-2019 have been analyzed. Consequently, bibliometric techniques have been applied to a sample of 1814 articles selected from the Scopus database. The results provided data on the scientific productivity of the journal, authors, research institutions, and countries that contribute to the development of this topic. The evidence reveals an exponential trend, mainly in the last five years. In addition, current and future lines of research have been identified. Research at an international level presents a growing trend of publication that allows determination of the relevance of research on ICT management to achieve sustainable education in the context of higher education. This study makes it possible to establish the relationship between science, sustainability, and technology in higher education institutions, and to base the decision-making process for the driving agents of this area of knowledge.

 

 

Nowadays, many universities are employing metrics that are used by other countries as the focus moves towards academic management. A shared vision and collaboration is required to identify success cases. Leaders at senior and middle management need to be guided by a road map to get a clear vision, a list of different strategies and successful outcomes. Consequently, this article proposes an academic management strategy to guarantee student-centred education. This strategy has an emphasis on hierarchical process in layers, in order to optimise and achieve efficiency, reliability and resilience. In this paper, the “what”, “ how” and “where” are taken into account in order to respond to academic and administrative adjustments which are necessary to reduce the risk of investment in training and formation of human capital, which warns about the need to acquire knowledge, especially from countries with scientific expertise. It is also shown the indicators that motivate the effort based on the merit that human capital produces. A methodology of flipped learning or blended learning is applied to presume a human capital that is able to break down barriers, such as: English as a universal language. A bibliometric analysis has been based over 2000 scientific articles from the Web of Science and Scopus databases. So It was possible to identify countries, universities and researchers specifically for each area of knowledge based on the results of this analysis. Besides, university careers can even be validated according to the development and scientific interest that is presented by the bibliometric analysis, which could be compared with studies based on economics and wealth from sources such as Forbes.

 

 

Introduction: the evolution of Information and Communication Technologies has generate changes in society, such as marketing and advertising activities. The expansion of Internet access and the popularization of the use of equipment like personal computers and smartphones led companies to develop digital marketing. This study aims to build a bibliographic portfolio of digital transformations that allow us to understand how technological advances are transforming marketing and advertising practices. Method: : it uses the ProKnow-C methodology to build knowledge, and it the search was made at Scopus database. It retrieved 566 articles considering the search strategy used, and 221 articles related to the research objectives were selected. After applying the selection and exclusion criteria, 41 studies made the bibliographic portfolio. Results: the bibliometric analysis shows the heterogeneity of authors and the concentration of research in the United States of America and Europe. Conclusions: considering the portfolio, it recommends investigating the possibilities of creating experiences of deep involvement with consumers in marketing and advertising practices, especially with the use of Virtual Reality technology, generating experience marketing.

 

 

The expansion of the internet over the last few decades has been accompanied by a wide range of ethical discussions. In the culture of social media, the buying and selling of friends, followers, likes and views has become frequent. The question that arises is whether these goods, actions and behaviors may or may not be bought, as well as what the consequences of this market, it operations and what it represents. The objective of this investigation is to point out that the market can only acquire the appearance of these goods and that the internet, when it becomes a place of appearances, loses credibility and gains distrust. Through a methodology based on bibliographic research, as well as on internet sites and statistical data collection, it is concluded that this market is immoral and detrimental to the virtual environment and to social life.

 

 

The training of management students in Brazil is centered on managerial aspects of marketing and, because of this, graduates seem unable to deal with the complexity of the applications of marketing knowledge. Thus, the present research sought to incorporate experimentally the social marketing contents within the discipline of marketing administration in the undergraduate degree in administration, in order to analyze their contributions in the formation of the students. For this, the research took place in two distinct stages: first, a social marketing seminar was conducted within the discipline of marketing administration; tthen, focus groups were carried out in order to obtain a comparison between the dimensions: deficient market conceptualization, disconnection between marketing and society, and uncritical vision, proposed by Bernadinelli and Sauberbron (2017) for the training of the administrator. At the end of the research, it was concluded that social marketing teaching provided students with a better understanding of marketing as a broad-based science, significantly reducing the separation between marketing and society and the stakeholder roles that make up the market.

 

 

Purpose: This study analyzes and categorizes the scientific production in the field of digital marketing in the specific context of small and medium enterprises. Design/methodology: We retrieved the bibliographic information of 294 publications in this field indexed in Scopus database and employed technology-mining techniques and cluster analysis of keywords to gain insights into the most relevant trends in this research area. We conducted a keyword cleaning process to remove ambiguity, synonyms, and obvious results and employed our own Python scripts and the Bibliometrix package in the R programming language for the calculations. Findings: Our results depict a broad picture of this research area, highlighting the most important journals, countries, researchers, and keywords, as well as their interactions. We also identified and explained five thematic clusters: electronic commerce, social media, corporate websites, internationalization, and brand. We found that social media, big data, search engine optimization, advertisement, internationalization, websites, and Facebook are hot research topics in this field.In addition, we present a number of pending research questions in the field related to thematic and methodological issues. Originality/value: This study offers updated information on the trends of the scientific production in the above mentioned research field, covering a time window from 1989 until 2021. This review goes beyond existing traditional bibliometric analysis, and reveals the structure of the knowledge in the field. This paper is expected to be used as a reference point from which to define a future research agenda in this area.

 

 

Smart farming (SF) involves the incorporation of information and communication technologies into machinery, equipment, and sensors for use in agricultural production systems. New technologies such as the internet of things and cloud computing are expected to advance this development, introducing more robots and artificial intelligence into farming. Therefore, the aims of this paper are twofold: (i) to characterize the scientific knowledge about SF that is available in the worldwide scientific literature based on the main factors of development by country and over time and (ii) to describe current SF prospects in Brazil from the perspective of experts in this field. The research involved conducting semi-structured interviews with market and researcher experts in Brazil and using a bibliometric survey by means of data mining software. Integration between the different available systems on the market was identified as one of the main limiting factors to SF evolution. Another limiting factor is the education, ability, and skills of farmers to understand and handle SF tools. These limitations revealed a market opportunity for enterprises to explore and help solve these problems, and science can contribute to this process. China, the United States, South Korea, Germany, and Japan contribute the largest number of scientific studies to the field. Countries that invest more in R&D generate the most publications; this could indicate which countries will be leaders in smart farming. The use of both research methods in a complementary manner allowed to understand how science frame the SF and the mains barriers to adopt it in Brazil.

 

 

Agricultural Innovation Systems (AIS) approach, arise as tool for better understanding dynamics and complexity of agricultural innovation. The objective of this article is present a framework for AIS capability development, taking as a scientific reference, emerging economy countries experiences. A multi-dimensional methodology of literature review and content analysis is implemented, supported in bibliometric and data mining techniques. The development of capacities in the context of agricultural innovation systems is mediated by the existence of links between actors, which enable social learning processes through networking. AIS, as an approach for the improvement of innovation capacities, emerge in developed countries, with consolidated institutional capacities and constitute an opportunity for the strengthening of the agricultural sector in countries with emerging economies. The analysis of networks, the non-linear perspective of the innovation process and the initiation of research, training, policy and intermediation are the main common themes between AIS and capability building.

 

 

Waste is a problem in agriculture, however, there is the possibility of adding value to the management of this waste. The literature explores the potential of agricultural waste treatment technologies, but, it is necessary to systematize the knowledge on the subject. It is necessary to understand which solutions are being developed and which technologies are more consolidated to motivate the development of these solutions. Thus, this study aims to present a panoramic view of research in agricultural waste treatment technologies. The method adopted was bibliometric analysis. We show which technologies are more consolidated in the scientific community. Several biological and thermal solutions were found. Heavy metals, chemical and biological contaminants are major concerns in treatment processes. Anaerobic digestion and composting are the technologies most explored in the scientific community. Other technologies are microalgae, pyrolysis, algae, biorefineries, combustion, incineration, gasification, anaerobic co-digestion, hydrothermal carbonization, vermicomposting, biosynthesis process, dry anaerobic digestion and photobioreactors. This article systematizes and consolidates the knowledge about the technologies that can be applied to the management of agricultural residues, which is important for the consolidation of the field of research and strategic development of these solutions. The adoption of technologies is a significant step towards a circular economy model.

 

 

In this current and global context led by scarcity of resources, environmental degradation, global climate change, and a progressive demand for food, the circular economy (CE) represents a key economic model or framework for sustainable, restorative, and regenerative agriculture. Hence, CE applied to agriculture seeks to close the life cycle of products, services, waste, water, and energy to obtain a better use of resources and a reduction of the ecological impact. An initial review of the literature corroborates the hypothesis that the CE framework has not yet been comprehensively adapted to the field of agriculture. This research seeks to overcome this gap in relation to the performance of the circularity of agricultural production systems in support of decision-making processes. A bibliometric analysis of 1060 documents was carried to synthesize the knowledge base on this topic. The results show recent studies that identify weaknesses derived from food production, such as waste generation, biomass, water pollution, and greenhouse gas emissions. It has been identified how their analysis has developed to date and what terms allow us to visualize new approaches; consequently, it is a useful tool for researchers and sponsors who provide financial resources for the development of new lines of research.

 

 

Precision Agriculture (PA) and Agriculture 4.0 (A4.0) have been widely discussed as a medium to address the challenges related to agricultural production. In this research, we present a Systematic Literature Review (SLR) supported by a Bibliometric Performance and Network Analysis (BPNA) of the use of A4.0 technologies and PA techniques in the coffee sector. To perform the SLR, 87 documents published since 2011 were extracted from the Scopus and Web of Science databases and processed through the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyzes (PRISMA) protocol. The BPNA was carried out to identify the strategic themes in the field of study. The results present 23 clusters with different levels of development and maturity. We also discovered and presented the thematic network structure of the most used A4.0 technologies in the coffee sector. Our findings shows that Internet of Things, Machine Learning and geostatistics are the most used technologies in the coffee sector, we also present the main challenges and trends related to technological adoption in coffee systems. We believe that the demonstrated results have the potential to be considered by researchers in future works and decision making related to the field of study.

 

 

Considering the Law on Access to Information (LAI) as a legal framework for the institutionalization of transparency in the public sphere and a tool that facilitates the democratization of access to information, it is inevitable to reflect on how scientific research on this relevant issue is developed. The present work aims to present a panorama of the scientific production on LAI, based on the consequent narrowing of relations between government and society through the advent of the Internet and Information and Communication Technologies (ICTs). The methodology developed in this research was based on a bibliometric survey through online portal search of ANPAD, Spell and SciELO databases, from 2011 to 2018. As a conclusion, a large variance was observed in the number of publications during even after nearly seven years of enactment of the law; however, the number of citations is relevant, which shows a certain growth in the search for the topic, even if certain researches are not published in such bases used in this work.

 

 

This article breaks ground explaining the benefits of using legal and socio-legal research in legal pedagogy. It offers a critical review of research quality assessment systems currently in use in the social sciences, taking criminological research as a case to illustrate the analysis. Among its findings, it reveals that the quantitative, bibliometric, and formal model adopted by Colombia’s Ministry of Science to rank the quality of journal articles in social sciences, based mainly on SCOPUS and WOS indexes, does not necessarily lead to top quality research. Instead, it damages sovereignty, restricts the freedom to research, reaffirms cultural colonialism, and negatively affects the potential benefits of using research as an input in legal pedagogy. It concludes suggesting a more open and pluralistic research quality assessment system for social sciences.

 

 

Sustainable supply chain management is one of the greatest challenges for the competitive, environmental and social performance of the industry, finding in the technological applications of Industry 4.0 mechanisms that drive its development. This study recognizes the aspects that determine the application of Industry 4.0, for the sustainability of the supply chain at multiple levels. To do so, the study conducts a bibliometric analysis and systematic literature review, based on 249 academic papers, which are thematically analyzed and categorized in terms of barriers, limitations, and benefits, applying the PRISMA systematic research protocol. The results suggest that environmental, economic and social concerns, as well as operational, technological, competitive, environmental and social benefits, together with drivers such as digital infrastructure financing, public and private support structures and the existence of a legal and political framework and government intervention allow the creation and sustained operation of sustainable supply chains. However, inefficient organizational culture and policies, manifested in the lack of awareness of employees and actors in the chain, the low level of transparency, security and cooperation in the use of data, high research and development costs, limited organizational resources, inadequate public policies and lack of financial support are aspects that inhibit their proper implementation.

 

 

Tourism management involves using a systematic approach to spatial planning that involves multiple variables in land planning. However, it is common to find multiple approaches for the more negative aspects of tourism, such as its impact on natural spaces. On the other hand, the idea of including tourism in land planning finds unanimous support in academia. Although scientific research on tourism and land planning in natural areas is significant, many topics do not receive sufficient attention and the domain has not yet been subject to a systematic analysis, which is the purpose of the present study. To this end, bibliometric data is gathered from the Scopus database and analyzed through a bibliometric approach involving keyword analysis with Pearson correlation coefficient. The results indicate that development, landscaping, and management are the most researched topics, followed by community and system, natural/nature, and the local community. The results of the detailed analysis of the word “tourism” connected with planning in natural spaces reveal that research in the area defends sustainable management, economic growth, energy management and monitoring, and the adoption of a green economy model by the hospitality industry. By featuring the overall structure of research on tourism and land planning in natural spaces published in Scopus, this study provides helpful and timely information to researchers, scholars, destination managers, industry managers, and tourism and hospitality consultants.

 

 

This article provides a scientific production overview of hospitality, leisure, and tourism studies in Chile, including key factors of interest regarding this social science subdiscipline. The fundamental knowledge contributions are examined using a scientometric approach (spatial, productive, of impact, and relational) based on data from records stored in the Web of Science (JCR and ESCI). This approach aims to critically analyze the scientific production on hospitality, leisure, and tourism (HLT) with contributions from authors affiliated with Chile, to respond to the connection between this research, the sectoral education, and sustainable development of the HLT industry. At the results level, an increase in scientific production in the last decade, a breadth revealed in publications’ quality terms, insertion in worldwide relevance co-authorship networks, an evolution from general issues to those of the discipline itself (cultural tourism, wine tourism, tourism marketing, hospitality industry, and sustainable tourism), a concentration on ecotourism education, and a disconnection between the diverse knowledge-producing centers and those of sectoral training were identified.

 

 

Family businesses are of particular economic relevance in the international hospitality and tourism industry. However, there are few studies that address their specific characteristics and objectives. The aim of this study is to produce a bibliometric overview that reveals the structure underpinning the analysis of the tourism family business in the business and management research field. The study also reveals the evolution of this research over time, as well as the most relevant related concepts and study gaps. Through a keyword co-occurrence analysis and a systematic review of 129 studies on tourism family businesses published between 1997 and 2020, the main contributions were organized into four thematic clusters, which include specific theoretical approaches. The clusters are Entrepreneurship, Marketing Orientation and Innovation Performance; Capabilities and Competitiveness; Sustainability; and Strategy and Economic Performance. On the basis of these results, this study introduces an integrative framework for tourism family business research, clarifying the rich diversity of research paths that seek to explain tourism business competitiveness, and identifying potential directions for future research aimed at further developing the field.

 

 

Tourism based on intangible cultural heritage (ICH) has been gaining prominence within current tourism practices, and also in tourism studies. In this sense, this bibliometric study aims to characterize the production and publications in Ibero-American tourism journals in order to determine the advances and gaps in research on ICH. Fifty-nine articles from 12 tourism journals were analyzed. The findings reveal that, although cultural heritage tourism is a global trend, the publications analyzed here do not reflect this. Regional publications honour their geographical scope both in the origin of their authors and in the topics covered, which gives this work a purely regional perspective. There is no marked tendency for publications or authors to engage in systematic research and publication on ICH in its relationship with tourism. Brazil and Spain stand out as the most prolific countries in terms of the number of authors and affiliate institutions, and issues related to the tourist use of heritage, heritage education and the impacts of tourism are also prominent. These results allow researchers in tourism or ICH to locate specialized articles on Ibero-America and editors of regional tourism journals to recognize the lack of articles on ICH, as well as the need to publish in English to gain visibility. Future research should incorporate post-COVID-19 recovery within a sustainable approach to tourism use of the ICH.

 

 

Island ecosystems have very specific physical, economic and socio-cultural characteristics, which are shared by most of these ecosystems regardless of their geographical area. These characteristics include well defined geographical boundaries that lead to a greater degree of isolation, lack of economically exploitable resources, great external dependence for consumption, cultural and natural heritage with a high uniqueness level and a high concentration of endemic plant and animal species. All of them are responsible for the high development dependence level linked to the tourism activity of these ecosystems. Thus, island ecosystems are currently an important international tourism destination, where a great diversity of very attractive natural and cultural resources and of great heritage value are concentrated. This fact allows for the development of tourism activities of great heterogeneity among countries or regions of the world that host these island ecosystems. The aim of this research was to identify and analyze, through a bibliometric and bibliographic analysis, the scientific production indexed in the international Scopus database, which addresses the subject of use of cultural and natural resources by tourism in island ecosystems. This scientific mapping allows us to observe the evolution of scientific production in this field of study. The results show that this is a new subject (a large number of transient authors), predominantly affiliated with the United States and Spain. The most followed research lines to date are destination management followed very far by responsible environmental behavior and the impacts of sustainable development. However, the keywords with the highest co-occurrence show that the hot topics are tourism exploitation in the ecotourism field and sustainable tourism development. This research is considered the first bibliometric study carried out which is related to this thematic approach, providing a clear in-depth analysis for researchers and thereby facilitating the approach of future research work.

 

 

The paper analyzes the connection between technological knowledge and organizational culture in small subsistence businesses (SSBs). It uses data from a proportional representative sample of 980 surveys in the canton of La Maná (Cotopaxí, Ecuador) to test if culture conditions the different components of technological knowledge in SSBs. This work verifies that the technological knowledge is a source of short-term and long-term performance, which confirm for SSBs previous works in intellectual capital. The study analyzes also the moderating effect of culture, verifying that culture does not condition the connection between technological knowledge with the short-term performance. It shows that culture is not a source of performance. However, when the research checks whether the effect of the technological knowledge increases the long-term performance, the results indicate that culture significantly limits this effect, suggesting that culture presents a certain opportunism, possibly because in the SSBs, entrepreneurs do not pay any attention to developing knowledge resources. The conclusions present some managerial and social implications to improve the functioning and management of SSBs.

 

 

Tissue spheroids represent an innovative solution for tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. They constitute an in vitro three-dimensional cell culture model capable of mimicking the complex composition of a native tissue on a microscale; this model can function as a building block and be assembled into larger tissue constructs. Due to the potential tissue spheroids have for the evolution of the health industry, there is a need to assess the research dynamics of this field. Thus far, there have been no studies on their use as building blocks. To fill this gap, a study was performed to characterize the evolution of research where tissue spheroids were used as building blocks to generate tissue constructs. A scientometric analysis of the literature regarding tissue spheroid technologies was developed by quantification of bibliometric performance indicators. For this purpose, articles published during the period January 1, 2015 – December 31, 2021, from the Scopus database were organized and analyzed. The main subject areas, countries, cities, journals, institutions, and top-cited articles as well as the types of techniques, cells, culture time, and principal applications were identified. This research supports the definition and growth of research and development strategies for new technologies such as tissue spheroids.

 

 

Introduction: the countries of Latin America have a common history in which they share languages, roots and traditions, and this is a major milestone in their unique way of progress. Objective: to characterise the communication patterns and impact of Latin American scientific output in the category “History and Philosophy of Science”. Methods: a bibliometric study was conducted where the documents belonging to the category “History and Philosophy of Science” from the period between 1996 and 2016 were analysed, using as tools Scival and Scimago Country and Journal Rank. Results: while the regional scientific output showed an annual growth, especially after 2009, this growth was less noticeable at a global level, which indicates the scientific community’s interest towards this type of studies. More than half of the documents were cited, with a citation average of 28 cites per document. More than 30 % of the communications involved international collaboration. Different studies have proven that the works which involved collaboration had a greater impact, at the expense of their visibility. Conclusions: the analysis of the Latin-American field of History and Philosophy of Science is characterised by a sustained growth, with Brazil as its greater producer. The region has high indicators for scientific leadership and citation. They show their potential based on the recovery of the historical memory of Latin-American people in a new context related to the recognition of scientific heritage as an essential part of our people’s culture, economy, politics and society.

 

 

This study developed a descriptive 3D city information model (CIM) using only infrastructural building modeling tools to create maps and analyzed the model according to needs identified in interviews with public-sector actors and a bibliometric analysis. The interviews assessed the challenges of implementing CIM in the Brazilian city of Curitiba, while the literature study determined that current academic production reflects the current reality, calling attention to relevant issues. The experimental software solution successfully created 3D informational modeling of cities for passive use as well as maps to support decision making, although it did not offer advanced parametric tools for urban analysis. Still, this model provides a flexible approach to overcoming the challenges reported by interviewees, which included financial limitations and organizational culture.

 

 

The article aims to elucidate how the social scientific communication of COVID-19 is expressed in symbolically generalized media of Scopus. A mixed approach was used to study 301 publications through a structural and semantic dimension. The results show Spanish institutions as the most productive, where five categories emerge semantically: 1. COVID as a pandemic, sanitary and confinement expres-sion; 2. Education and teaching-learning processes; 3. Virtuality, technology and digitalization; 4. Communication, media and information responsibility and; 5. Rights. Axes which are always expressed from the sociocultural concern in a pandemic and epidemiological context. © 2022, Global Knowledge Academics. All rights reserved.

 

 

Digital technology always accelerates change, altering organisations culturally, socially and technically. These modifications are known as “digital transformation” (DT). On a much greater scale than DT, the world was changed in 2020 by the COVID-19 pandemic, which re-organised society in the way of thinking, acting, producing, consuming and creating new business. Higher Education Institutions (HEIs) were no different, since these institutions had to make changes to the student–lecturer interaction; teaching–learning, where DT had a relevant role, above all in academic entrepreneurship. Therefore, this study aims to propose a framework showing the structural pillars of the link between digital transformation (DT) and academic entrepreneurship (AC) (DT-AC Framework). This framework identifies the new patterns, methods, skills and other discoveries in aspects such as management, information systems and culture sciences. The intention is not to analyse how the COVID-19 pandemic imposed global structural changes, but because of it, lecturers and students found their DT accelerated and intensified, and so it is necessary to investigate the pillars supporting academic entrepreneurship. The results show that DT was already emerging as a basic element of academic entrepreneurship before the pandemic, but the process has speeded up. This bibliometric study indicates the structural pillars that support entrepreneurship following the Covid19 pandemic, as created from DT in universities, providing an extensive systematic review that indicates the cause and effect of the academic entrepreneurship process.

 

 

Academic culture has a long tradition in higher education studies; nevertheless, only a few studies on this concept are available. This article aims to review the use of the concept of academic culture in higher education literature based on a bibliographic review, supported by bibliometric techniques, of studies on this topic in the last twenty years, paying special attention to state of the art in the Latin American context. The results show a growing use of the concept, which has not been yet linked to a clear definition that could conduce to the consolidation of a field of study of the cultural dimension of the sector. Specifically, there are four lines of research on academic culture: the impact of changes in the political economy on the traditional values of higher education institutions, the challenges of international exchange of students and academics, the recognition of implicit biases in the dominant academic culture, and the relationship between tacit regulations and organizational reform processes. This article also addresses how the fundamentally atheoretical character of academic culture studies mirrors the state of research in higher education, particularly in the Latin American context.

 

 

OBJECTIVE To determine the association between socioeconomic level and the presence of obesity, hypertension and type 2 diabetes mellitus in the Peruvian population. METHODS Secondary analysis of data from the National Demographic and Family Health Survey ( Encuesta Nacional Demográfica y de Salud Familiar , Endes) from 2018 to 2020. The outcomes were obesity, hypertension, and type 2 diabetes mellitus. The exposure variables were two indicators of socioeconomic status: educational level (< 7 years, 7–11 years, and 12+ years) and wealth index (in tertiles). Models were created using Poisson regression, reporting prevalence ratios (PR) and 95% confidence intervals (95%CI). RESULTS Data from 98,846 subjects were analyzed. Mean age: 45.3 (SD: 16.0) years, and 55.5% were women. The prevalence of obesity was 26.0% (95%CI: 25.4–26.6); of hypertension, 24.9% (95%CI: 24.3–25.5); and of type 2 diabetes mellitus, 4.8% (95%CI: 4.5–5.1). In multivariate model, and compared with those with a low wealth index, those with a high wealth index had a higher prevalence of obesity (PR = 1.49; 95%CI: 1.38–1.62), hypertension (PR = 1.09; 95%CI: 1.02–1.17) and type 2 diabetes mellitus (PR = 1.72; 95%CI: 1.29–2.29). On the other hand, higher educational level was only associated with a reduction in the prevalence of obesity (PR = 0.89; 95%CI: 0.84–0.95). CONCLUSIONS There is a differential association between the wealth index, educational level and markers of noncommunicable diseases. There is evidence of a positive association between wealth index and obesity, hypertension and type 2 diabetes mellitus, whereas educational level was only negatively associated with obesity.

 

 

Introduction: Medical students report higher levels of anxiety than students from other majors. Knowledge about their psychological well-being is scarce. Objective: To identify sociodemographic and academic factors that predict the level of anxiety and psychological well-being in Mexican medical students. Method: Cross-sectional study of Mexican medical students of first (n = 59), third (n = 43) and fifth semester (n = 59), who answered a sociodemographic questionnaire, Beck Anxiety Inventory, the Psychological Well-being Scale for adults and the Family Adaptability and Cohesion Evaluation Scale. Results: Females showed higher levels of anxiety (p 0.05); women of third and fifth semesters were more anxious than those at first semester (p < 0.01). Anxiety and psychological well-being were negatively correlated (p < 0.001). The "Less anxiety, higher level of well-being" and "More anxiety, lower level of well-being" subgroups were characterized, and a logistic regression identified that being a woman (OR = 4.70) and not practicing any religion (OR = 2.49) are predictive factors of higher levels of anxiety. Conclusions: Female medical students constitute a population at risk for higher levels of anxiety and less psychological well-being, which compromises their learning, quality of life and future professional practice.

 

 

The increasing number of studies that underline the relationship between industry 4.0 and sustainability shows that sustainability is one of the pillars of smart factories. Through a bibliometric performance and network analysis (BPNA), this research describes the existing relationship between industry 4.0 and sustainability, the strategic themes from 2010 to March 2019, as well as the research gaps for proposing future work. With this goal in mind, 894 documents and 5621 keywords were included for bibliometric analysis, which were treated with the support of Science Mapping Analysis Software Tool (SciMAT). The bibliometric performance analysis presented the number of publications over time and the most productive journals. The strategic diagram shown 12 main research clusters, which were measured according to bibliometric indicators. Moreover, the network structure of each cluster was depicted, and the patterns found were discussed based on the documents associated to the network. Our findings show the scientific efforts are focused to enhance economic and environmental aspects and highlights a lack of effort relating the social sphere. Finally, the paper concludes the challenges, perspectives, and suggestions for the potential future work in the field of study relating to industry 4.0 and sustainability.

 

 

Studies in organizational innovation have shown rapid growth in the last two decades, so it is necessary to perform a qualitative and quantitative analysis of scientific production to know its current status and development in business activity. In this research, bibliometric analysis and mapping were performed on the publications indexed in the Scopus database between 1996 and 2015, obtaining relevant information on scientific production, contributions by region/country, institutions involved, topics and influential authors. A map of terms was generated that establishes research areas related to organizational systems, firm relations and organizational change, as well as a map of citations showing the disciplines of administration, dynamic capacities and organizational learning related to the subject of study and its main exponents. The findings of the study allow identifying areas of current interest and research potential in Organizational Innovation.

 

 

This study focuses on mapping international production on cost behavior, using bibliometrics, identifying gaps, practical cases and interfaces. For the construction of the analysis results, a bibliometric approach was used, with information obtained from the Web of Science periodicals database, where the record of 37 works that address the referred theme in the business areas was obtained. With the results of the research, it was possible to identify eleven gaps in the studies presented, bringing notes for the development of future works, that is, perspectives for the continuity of research involving the behavior of costs. In addition to these, practical cases involving cost behavior were also evidenced, where most of them correspond to studies focused on the industrial sector. Interface areas were also identified, these being areas that were related to the theme of cost behavior throughout the research, among the topics that were related to cost behavior, there are behavioral finance, marketing, health, logistics, agribusiness and organizational behavior as the areas with the most predominance of works related to the search filter, it can be inferred that the cost behavior is related to the most varied areas of knowledge, which allows a wide range of publications. As suggestions for future research, bibliometric analysis is pointed out in other research bases, in addition to the Web of Science, as well as the use of time frames before and after the one investigated, as well as the identification of the methodological strategies adopted in the scientific production that deals with the behavior of costs for the methodological alignment of future studies.

 

 

Family firms are the most ubiquitous form of business organization in any world economy. Family Business Re-view, Journal of Family Business Strategy, and Journal of Family Business Management are the three leading aca-demic journals exclusively dedicated to this type of firms. Since the inception of the first of the three journals in 1988, these outlets published 1381 articles dealing with family business. This study offers a comprehensive bibliometric overview of these contributions, thereby providing a complete overview of family business research conducted in the three dedicated journals in this field, and laying the ground for future developments. We do not limit our effort to describe the field from a bibliometric perspective, but furthermore unearth the most debated topics, link thematically the aspects emerging from our review, and offer promising avenues for future research.

 

 

With the aim of providing public, empirical data on the psychology undergraduate education offered by the University of Buenos Aires, Argentina from a socio-bibliometrical perspective, we conducted a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the mandatory readings of the 22 compulsory undergraduate syllabi of the basic and professional cycles (N = 2572) at the psychology program, retrieving information on 12 socio-bibliometric indicators, and comparing our results with studies of previous decades. Our findings indicate a hegemonic and almost exclusive predominance of psychoanalytic texts and authors, a decrease in other theoretical orientations, in texts published in recent years and in papers from refereed journals, an increase in authors with a psychology degree, and a literature obsolescence of more than 35 years. We conclude on the legal and socio-institutional implications of such a situation.

 

 

The objective of this article is the description and bibliometric analysis of the articles published in the journal Acta Colombiana de Psicologia between 2015 and 2019. Their evolution and trends are analyzed to implement strategies that allow their permanent qualification regarding a) scientific quality, b) visibility, c) impact and d) geographic coverage, among others. The database included 127 scientific articles. Descriptive analyzes (frequencies and percentages) were performed and some bibliometric indices were calculated: a) productivity index, b) Lawani and Subramanyam indices and c) Pratt index. These analyzes were carried out using an Excel spreadsheet supplemented with the IBM SPSS version 23 statistical package. The most significant findings allow observing an important number of papers with international authorship (74%), high development of articles in the areas of clinical and health psychology (42.5%) and psychometry (21.3%) and an emphasis on works of a quantitative nature (87%). The journal continues making significant contributions to the development of psychology in Latin America.

 

 

Background and Objectives: The presence of the new SARS-CoV-2 virus is causing enormous threats to people’s health and lives, so quantifying the scientific productivity on mental health in times of pandemic is an urgent need, especially to expand the degree of knowledge on mental health problems in regions of low scientific productivity. The aim was to characterize the bibliometric indicators of scientific productivity on mental health during the pandemic in the PubMed Identifier database of the National Library of Medicine in the United States. Materials and Methods: A documentary study (bibliometric) of the scientific productivity on mental health in times of pandemic from January 2020 to June 2021 was carried out. The PubMed database was used to abstract the information from the original scientific articles. The data abstracted were: authors, year of publication, journal name, country, and language of publication. Results: We identified 47 original articles worldwide, which were published in 29 journals and in three languages (English, Spanish, and German). We observed three groups of countries that published on mental health topics. The first group comprised the largest number of publications, which were multicenter studies (six studies), followed by India (five studies), and Italy (four studies). A second group comprised Bangladesh, China, USA, and Spain, with 3 studies each; and a third group comprised 13 countries (Albania, Saudi Arabia, Argentina, Brazil, South Korea, Denmark, Ecuador, Egypt, Greece, Japan, Jordan, Kuwait, and New Zealand) with one study each. Conclusions: Bibliometric indicators of scientific productivity on mental health during the COVID-19 pandemic have ostensibly increased. We verified 47 studies in PubMed, which could serve to improve the understanding and management of COVID-19, as well as serve as a thought-provoking means for other countries and researchers to publish on the state of mental health during and post pandemic.

 

 

This article performs a bibliometric analysis of the scientific activity of psychology in Chile, using as a source, the Web of Science (WoS) database between 1976 and 2020. The study included the analysis of 2806 documents and 8141 authors. Univariate indicators, citation indicators, collaboration indicators, and relational indicators were used for analysis. The results show accelerated growth in production as well as in the number of citations. Multidisciplinary psychology is the main category. Publication preference is international and favors publication in top quartile journals. The network analysis emphasizes the existence of 8 research groups and 3 invisible schools with international collaboration. This document allows us to know and evaluate the regularities, behavior, trends, and impact of Chilean publications, authors, and study groups around psychology in the WoS database.

 

 

This work analyzes budget management and business planning, specifying elements that guide the modernization of companies’ financial management. The methodology is of a qualitative nature, of an analytical nature, turning out to be a bibliometric study. Texts and articles contained in specialized databases such as scopus, web of sicencie related to recent years, were reviewed in order to extract from these documents categories of analysis of interest in the discussion of this work. The results indicate that companies implement actions to modernize their budgetary management, which are geared towards enhancing results in the short and medium term, and improving organizational transparency. All this in order to improve efficiency and effectiveness in the allocation and management of resources. It is concluded that the link between budget and planning is a tool for the strategic management of the organization, which focuses on the allocation of resources according to the priorities that senior management assigns to achieve the proposed objectives.

 

 

E-learning has been continuously present in current educational discourse, thanks to technological advances, learning methodologies and public or organizational policies, among other factors. However, despite its boom and dominance in various subject areas, this thematic does not yet exist in the world system of publications. Therefore, works in this thematic end up being published under related categories, particularly in education or computer science, thus fragmenting and make invisible the existing knowledge. This work is based on the hypothesis that the scientific communication of e-learning has a sufficient degree of cohesion to be considered as a thematic category in itself. From a bibliometric approach, its scientific production was analyzed, obtaining the bibliographic data of SCOPUS and SCImago Journal & Country Rank, selecting its main descriptors and generating visualizations through VOSViewer with the mapping overlay technique, to represent its set and proximity. As a result, it was determined that a set of 219 publications show a high bibliometric interrelation among its articles and these are presented mainly in the social sciences and transversally between computer science and health professions. This set serves as a channel of scientific communication and structure of knowledge on the thematic and can therefore be considered as the basis for establishing the “e-learning” thematic category in the world system of scientific publications, contributing to the consolidation of the discipline, to its access and development by researchers.

 

 

Introduction: In the process of scientific communication, obsolescence is defined as the decrease of information validity or usefulness over time. Objective: To determine the degree of obsolescence of information published in three public health journals in Mexico and quantify their annual utility loss in a given period. Method: Multisynchronous bibliometric study of indexed, peer-reviewed and active journals, with more than 30 years of existence. Analyzed variables: source articles’ year of publication, references’ year, age of the latter. From the references of original articles published between 2008 and 2013, variables and indicators were obtained according to Brooks’ mathematical model and the half-life method. Results: Obsolescence measurements and variables’ mean values were obtained for each journal. The values obtained indicate a half-life of 7.5 years; actuality average, 39.76%; aging factor, 91.15%; loss of usefulness, 8.85% per year, which represents obsolescence of literature on this subject and country. Conclusions: This study delineates an obsolescence profile for each journal: the aging factor and annual loss of usefulness are consistent with those shown by the leading public health journals in Latin America and Spain.

 

 

The objective of this article is to analyze the distinctive characteristics of research production in the field of communication in Latin American scientific communication journals. Meta-research is necessary because it allows re-evaluating the field and offers new horizons in knowledge production. Two studies were conducted: 1) Bibliometric analysis of 116 journals in eight databases and 24 publications in the Web of Science and Scopus; 2) Content analysis including that of 407 articles over a period of 10 years (2009-2018). The findings demonstrate a research trend in the Latin American region toward international standards, evidenced by a preponderance of empirical over essay studies. Universities in the region published most of the journals in the field and circulation was predominantly biannual. Contrary to expectations, the most widely disseminated topic was health communication, partly owing to a large sample of Brazilian journals. Within the empirical research, the qualitative approach was predominant. The interview was the most widely used research method in the region. Finally, the most used theories were agenda setting and framing. Imminent challenges arise, i.e., to strengthen indigenous theoretical production and to position the region’s themes and reflection more decisively in knowledge production at a global level.

 

 

In this article, we analyze the scientific production on public television disclosed between 2001 and 2019 in the Web of Science databases, characterizing the metadata information, and identifying media studies, traditions of communication theories and methodologies with content analyses. 202 articles were found that correspond to 1% of total publications with the keyword “television”, this show the gap in public television studies. The results demonstrate a centralization of knowledge in Spain and United States. Regions as Latin America, Asia and Oceania have a low participation. Finally, scholars have been interested in the production processes analyzed from the sociocultural tradition.

 

 

The difference between transmedia and crossmedia is frequently found to be confusing in the studies regarding communication. The purpose of this research work is to review the use of both concepts in the scientific literature published in Web of Science and SciELo Citation Index. The research starting point is a sample of 895 articles to which a bibliometric analysis and a network analysis are applied to discover the existing relationships among the texts. The results of the study are useful for knowing the configuration of the knowledge field from a perspective that integrates the diverse disciplines involved, and they open the spectrum to understand the transmedia and crossmedia communication as related objects of study that must be studied in an interdisciplinary manner.

 

 

Little is known about contemporary research on communication in Latin America and, in particular, in Peru. Existing studies show the impact that current research policies have had in academia, the heterogeneity of topics covered, the distance between training and research, the development of research groups, and the type of topics of interest. In order to start an analysis of the scientific production of communication research in Peru, this study offers a descriptive bibliometric approach to the research of students and teachers of the University of Lima’s Faculty of Communication, one of the oldest in the country. The results show the impact of regulatory frameworks on the development of research, the importance of research groups in developing indexed publications and the type of topics that have been addressed.

 

 

The advent of a new generation of wireless communications has punctuated the dawn of every decade in recent times. Upgrades to mobile electronic systems represent faster and more robust capabilities of data transfer but bring with it a wide set of complementary changes as they are underpinned by harmonised specific spectrum bands, fresh international technical standards, new network operation requirements, innovative cellular devices as well as new services and a broader array of potential commercial use applications. This paper presents a systematic outline of the development of 5G-related research until 2020 as revealed by over 10,000 science and technology publications. The exercise addresses the emergence, growth, and impact of this body of work and offers insights regarding disciplinary distribution, international performance, and historical dynamics. Findings reveal the progressive growth of the 5G research over the years after original contributions in 2010 and point to a “take-off” around 2014. A set of stylised facts regarding this technology since its infancy are of interest to engineers, regulators and innovation strategists and policy-makers.

 

 

Purpose – In recent years, much has been discussed about new consumer practices based on the sharing economy. In this context, the purpose of this paper is to map out the international scientific production on sharing economy. Design/methodology/approach – The research adopted a descriptive qualitative approach. Based on a sample of 95 documents collected in the Scopus database, analyses of bibliometric and sociometric indicators were carried out, as well as content analyses were conducted to identify the main thematic categories in the field. Findings – The results show that sharing economy is an emerging topic, and of late, the research in this field has grown rapidly. The study provides a mapping of top journals and authors, works of greatest impact and of co-authorship, co-citation and bibliographic coupling networks, which evidence the low intensity of researcher’s interactions and scientific production dispersion in the field. The main subjects found in the sharing economy literature are determinants, motivations and barriers, sharing economy impacts, regulation, models and frameworks, critical approach and entrepreneurship and sharing-based new businesses. Research limitations/implications – The analyses did not take into account the timing perspective. Further research could undertake a timeline-based approach in order to present direct citation networks and to relate works according to the year when they were published. Originality/value – The study innovates by identifying the main subjects in the sharing economy literature, as well as by presenting network analysis for some bibliometric indicators, complementing previous research in the field.

 

 

This study investigates how the circular economy and business models are related in the current business and management literature. Based on bibliometric analytical procedures, 253 articles were retrieved from the Scopus, Web of Science, and ScienceDirect scientific databases. The articles were analyzed according to network analysis principles, and key terms were mapped into a network. We used VOSviewer to build the network, explore the most-researched terms and their relationships, and identify less-explored terms and research gaps. We furthermore conducted a qualitative review of selected publications to provide an illustration of quantitative results and delve deeper into the research topics. The main findings revealed the networks of current topics as they appear in the publications such as business models, the circular economy, circular business models, value, supply chain, transition, resource, waste, and reuse, and their most prevalent relationships. The results also highlighted several emerging topics such as those connected with managerial, supply-side, demand-side, networking, performance, and contextual considerations of circular business models.

 

 

This article presents a global empirical overview of studies on financial behavior in relation to education, money-saving, and consumption, contributing to research on the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) related to social equity in the quality education (4th Sustainable Development Goal) and inequality reduction (10th Sustainable Development Goal) areas. Thus, the data and metadata of 492 articles registered between 1992 and August 2021 were extracted from the Web of Science (Journal Citation Report, JCR) and analyzed with a bibliometric approach, using classical methodological laws and the specialized software VOSviewer. Among the results, we highlight the exponential scientific production growth in the last decades, the concentration in only twelve specific journals indexed in the Journal Citation Report, the global hegemony of US universities in institutional co-authorship networks, and the thematic and temporal segregation of the concepts of financial behavior. We conclude an evolution of two decades in the relevant topics and a concentration in three large blocks: (1) financial education; (2) savings and consumption decisions; (3) financial literacy and investments, which are a temporal evolution that gives for the irruption of diverse visions in the relationship between the evolution of individual financial behavior and the global market. Given it is necessary to know the impact of financial education and financial literacy on personal savings, consumption, and investment behaviors, a larger study on financial behavior could be conducted with this research and an assessment of these results.

 

 

The current opportunities to develop and acquire knowledge in the network, Information and Communications Technology (ICT) play a major role in the learning process. This research offers a bibliometric analysis in order to examine the state of the research activity carried out in relation to the learning communities based on ICT. The indicators obtained show steady growth since the study of ICT applied to models of teaching and learning began in the nineties, presenting a significant increase in interest on the subject in the year 2005 and the highest productivity of publications in the years 2010 and 2011. The countries with the largest contribution to the study of ICT in learning contexts are China, the US and Taiwan, leading research processes in the area. It was possible to identify that some of the issues that have emergent behavior are related to knowledge sharing, confidence-building mechanisms and networked learning.

 

 

In this work, an exhaustive revision is given of the literature associated with advanced information and communication technologies in agriculture within a window of 25 years using bibliometric tools enabled to detect of the main actors, structure, and dynamics in the scientific papers. The main findings are a trend of growth in the dynamics of publications associated with advanced information and communication technologies in agriculture productivity. Another assertion is that countries, like the USA, China, and Brazil, stand out in many publications due to allocating more resources to research, development, and agricultural productivity. In addition, the collaboration networks between countries are frequently in regions with closer cultural and idiomatic ties; additionally, terms’ occurrence are obtained with Louvain algorithm predominating four clusters: precision agriculture, smart agriculture, remote sensing, and climate smart agriculture. Finally, the thematic-map characterization with Callon’s density and centrality is applied in three periods. The first period of thematic analysis shows a transition in detecting the variability of a nutrient, such as nitrogen, through the help of immature georeferenced techniques, towards greater remote sensing involvement. In the transition from the second to the third stage, the maturation of technologies, such as unmanned aerial vehicles, wireless sensor networks, and the machine learning area, is observed.

 

 

Computers have evolved over the course of history through successive generations. The impact of this technology on society has revolutionised the way we communicate, participate in the political life of a country or access education. The potential of the computer in the field of education has been highlighted by last year’s global event. The objective of the study is to analyze the literature on the term computer in the field of education (COMPU-EDU) in the Web of Science database. For this, a bibliometric methodology based on a scientific mapping of the publications on the state of the question has been used. It has worked with an analysis unit of 10939 documents. The results indicate that research related to “computer” in education is mainly presented in English and in research articles. In addition, the journal with the most manuscripts on this line of research is Computer &. Education. The analysis of the scientific evolution of this line of research shows that studies are mainly focused on teaching and learning processes, as well as on students’ attitudes towards computer use. It can be concluded that the COMPU-EDU investigations are currently at an inflection point, given that there is a downward trend, as far as production volume is concerned. The scientific community is beginning to focus its research on other more specific branches of computer, such as augmented reality or robotics. In addition, the scientific production of COMPU-EDU in the 21th century focuses mainly on the attitudes of the members involved in the pedagogical act, on gender differences, on the elements of the teaching and learning processes – pedagogical methods and evaluation – and in the attention of students with special educational needs. Probably in the future the lines of research will begin to focus on self-regulation of learning, computational-thinking and gamification.

 

 

The flipped classroom as an educational model is perfectly aligned with the current demands of higher education. Therefore, the objectives of this article were to carry out a bibliometric analysis of the scientific production of the flipped classroom in higher education (2012-2020) and to propose a framework for its implementation in face-to-face, blended or online learning modalities. The records were recovered from the Web of Science Core Collection and Scopus, from which, after a five-phase methodological process, a consolidated dataset of 782 documents was obtained. The results showed the importance of the subject matter as scientific production reflected a continuous growth during the period of study. For their part, the most productive authors come from various institutions worldwide with an H index of over 50. The collaboration indicators show the growth trend of these indexes over the years, which reflects the capacity to generate national and international impact in the documents published in collaboration. The keywords co-occurrence analysis showed that the flipped classroom as a technological and innovative approach is complemented by active learning, blended learning, e-learning, ICT, teaching method, among others. Finally, a framework with five components was proposed as a basic guide for the implementation of the flipped classroom in higher education.

 

 

Background Climate change is a problem which is global in nature, and whose effects go across a wide range of disciplines. It is therefore important that this theme is taken into account as part of universities ‘ teaching and research programs. Methods A three-tiered approach was used, consisting of a bibliometric analysis, an online survey and a set of case studies, which allow a profile to be built, as to how a sample of universities from 45 countries handle climate change as part of their teaching programs. Results This paper reports on a study which aimed at identifying the extent to which matters related to climate change are addressed within the teaching and research practices at universities, with a focus on the training needs of teaching staff. It consists of a bibliometric analysis, combined with an online worldwide survey aimed at ascertaining the degree of involvement from universities in reducing their own carbon footprint, and the ways they offer training provisions on the topic. This is complemented by a set of 12 case studies from universities round the world, illustrating current trends on how universities handle climate change. Apart from reporting on the outcomes of the study, the paper highlights what some universities are doing to handle climate issues, and discusses the implications of the research. Conclusions The paper lists some items via which universities may better educate and train their students on how to handle the many challenges posed by climate change.

 

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has caused severe disturbances in the work of hundreds of millions of people around the world. One of the groups affected is the academic staff at higher education institutions, whose original business model, i.e., presence teaching, suddenly changed to online learning. This has, in turn, exacerbated pre-existing problems such as shortage of time, busy schedules, and challenges to a work-life balance. Since academic staff plays a key role in respect of teaching and research, often acting as leaders in their fields, it is important to reflect on the influences of the lockdowns on their work routines. In order to address this research need, this paper reports on a study that examined the impacts of the lockdowns on the work of academic staff at universities. Using a bibliometric analysis and investigation of a set of case studies, the study sheds light on the difficulties encountered and the means deployed to address them. Our study did not identify a one-size-fits-all response to manage the manifold changes brought on HEIs by the COVID-19 pandemic. Selected arising priorities include creating a culture of educational resilience through a container of complementary measures.

 

 

Supply chain disruptions have serious consequences for society and this has made supply chain risk management (SCRM) an attractive area for researchers and managers. In this paper, we use an objective literature mapping approach to identify, classify, and analyze decision-making models and support systems for SCRM, providing an agenda for future research. Through bibliometric networks of articles published in the Scopus database, we analyze the most influential decision-making models and support systems for SCRM, evaluate the main areas of current research, and provide insights for future research in this field. The main results are the following: we found that the identity of the area is structured in three groups of risk decision support models: (i) quantitative multicriteria decision models, (ii) stochastic decision-making models, and (iii) computational simulation/optimization models. We mapped six current research clusters: (i) conceptual and qualitative risk models, (ii) upstream supply chain risk models, (iii) downstream supply chain risk models, (iv) supply chain sustainability risk models, (v) stochastic and multicriteria decision risk models, and (vi) emerging techniques risk models. We identified seven future research clusters, with insights from further studies for: (i) tools to operate SCRM data, (ii) validation of risk models, (iii) computational improvement for data analysis, (iv) multi-level and multi-period supply chains, (v) agrifood risks, (vi) energy risks and (vii) sustainability risks. Finally, the future research agenda should prioritize SCRM’s holistic vision, the relationship between Big Data, Industry 4.0 and SCRM, as well as emerging social and environmental risks. (C) 2020 AEDEM. Published by Elsevier Espana, S.L.U.

 

 

Bioremediation of hydrocarbons has received much attention in recent decades, particularly relating to fuel and other oils. While of great relevance globally, there has recently been increasing interest in hydrocarbon bioremediation in the marine environments of Antarctica. To provide an objective assessment of the research interest in this field we used VOSviewer software to analyze publication data obtained from the ScienceDirect database covering the period 1970 to the present, but with a primary focus on the years 2000-2020. A bibliometric analysis of the database allowed identification of the co-occurrence of keywords. There was an increasing trend over time for publications relating to oil bioremediation in maritime Antarctica, including both studies on marine bioremediation and of the metabolic pathways of hydrocarbon degradation. Studies of marine anaerobic degradation remain under-represented compared to those of aerobic degradation. Emerging keywords in recent years included bioprospecting, metagenomic, bioindicator, and giving insight into changing research foci, such as increasing attention to microbial diversity. The study of microbial genomes using metagenomic approaches or whole genome studies is increasing rapidly and is likely to drive emerging fields in future, including rapid expansion of bioprospecting in diverse fields of biotechnology.

 

 

The globe is presently reliant on natural resources, fossil fuels, and crude oil to support the world’s energy requirements. Human exploration for oil resources is always associated with irreversible effects. Primary sources of hydrocarbon pollution are instigated through oil exploration, extraction, and transportation in the Arctic region. To address the state of pollution, it is necessary to understand the mechanisms and processes of the bioremediation of hydrocarbons. The application of various microbial communities originated from the Arctic can provide a better interpretation on the mechanisms of specific microbes in the biodegradation process. The composition of oil and consequences of hydrocarbon pollutants to the various marine environments are also discussed in this paper. An overview of emerging trends on literature or research publications published in the last decade was compiled via bibliometric analysis in relation to the topic of interest, which is the microbial community present in the Arctic and Antarctic marine environments. This review also presents the hydrocarbon-degrading microbial community present in the Arctic, biodegradation metabolic pathways (enzymatic level), and capacity of microbial degradation from the perspective of metagenomics. The limitations are stated and recommendations are proposed for future research prospects on biodegradation of oil contaminants by microbial community at the low temperature regions of the Arctic.

 

 

T Oil pollution can cause tremendous harm and risk to the water ecosystem and organisms due to the relatively recalcitrant hydrocarbon compounds. The current chemical method used to treat the ecosystem polluted with diesel is incompetent and expensive for a large-scale treatment. Thus, bioremediation technique seems urgent and requires more attention to solve the existing environmental problems. Biological agents, including microorganisms, carry out the biodegradation process where organic pollutants are mineralized into water, carbon dioxide, and less toxic compounds. Hydrocarbon-degrading bacteria are ubiquitous in the nature and often exploited for their specialty to bioremediate the oil-polluted area. The capability of these bacteria to utilize hydrocarbon compounds as a carbon source is the main reason behind their species exploitation. Recently, microbial remediation by halophilic bacteria has received many positive feedbacks as an efficient pollutant degrader. These halophilic bacteria are also considered as suitable candidates for bioremediation in hypersaline environments. However, only a few microbial species have been isolated with limited available information on the biodegradation of organic pollutants by halophilic bacteria. The fundamental aspect for successful bioremediation includes selecting appropriate microbes with a high capability of pollutant degradation. Therefore, high salinity bacteria are remarkable microbes for diesel degradation. This paper provides an updated overview of diesel hydrocarbon degradation, the effects of oil spills on the environment and living organisms, and the potential role of high salinity bacteria to decontaminate the organic pollutants in the water environment.

 

 

Simple Summary Anthropogenic activities in cold regions require petroleum oils to support various purposes. With the increased demand of petroleum, accidental oil spills are generated during transportation or refuelling processes. Soil is one of the major victims in petroleum pollution, hence studies have been devoted to find solutions to remove these petroleum hydrocarbons. However, the remote and low-temperature conditions in cold regions hindered the implementation of physical and chemical removal treatments. On the other hand, biological treatments in general have been proposed as an innovative approach to attenuate these hydrocarbon pollutants in soils. To understand the relevancy of biological treatments for cold regions specifically, bibliometric analysis has been applied to systematically analyse studies focused on hydrocarbon removal treatment in a biological way. To expedite the understanding of this analysis, we have summarised these biological treatments and suggested other biological applications in the context of cold conditions. The increased usage of petroleum oils in cold regions has led to widespread oil pollutants in soils. The harsh environmental conditions in cold environments allow the persistence of these oil pollutants in soils for more than 20 years, raising adverse threats to the ecosystem. Microbial bioremediation was proposed and employed as a cost-effective tool to remediate petroleum hydrocarbons present in soils without significantly posing harmful side effects. However, the conventional hydrocarbon bioremediation requires a longer time to achieve the clean-up standard due to various environmental factors in cold regions. Recent biotechnological improvements using biostimulation and/or bioaugmentation strategies are reported and implemented to enhance the hydrocarbon removal efficiency under cold conditions. Thus, this review focuses on the enhanced bioremediation for hydrocarbon-polluted soils in cold regions, highlighting in situ and ex situ approaches and few potential enhancements via the exploitation of molecular and microbial technology in response to the cold condition. The bibliometric analysis of the hydrocarbon bioremediation research in cold regions is also presented.

 

 

Society faces a significant problem in regards to the spread of harmful products in the environment, primarily caused by accelerated growth and resource consumption. Consequently, there is a need for materials to be processed in less harmful ways and to remedy the contaminated sources they generate. Microporous materials have been studied for a long time and are used in waste treatment alternatives. Natural zeolites, on which this study is based, are attractive to the scientific and technological communities, due to their numerous applications as decontaminants and adsorption properties. This study analyzes the intellectual structures of publications related to natural zeolites in environmental remediation, using bibliometric methods to determine their volumes and trends. The methodology comprises of an analysis based on 1582 articles, using VOSviewer software, with data from 1974 to 2020, via the Scopus database. Results reflect a notable increase in publications from the end of the 1990s; the greatest contribution in the area comes from Eurasian countries. The study considers that development in this line of research will continue to increase and serve as a great contribution to preserve the environment in coming years, with themes that focus on water treatment (e.g., drinking water, wastewater, greywater), removal of heavy metals, ammonium, ammonia, and construction.

 

 

Water pollution is a worldwide problem. Water consumption increases at a faster rate than population and this leads to a higher pollution rate. Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) include proposals aimed at ensuring the availability of clean water and its sustainable management (Goal 6), as well as the conservation and sustainable use of oceans and seas. The current trend consists in trying to reconcile economic growth with sustainability, avoiding the negative externalities for the environment generated by human activity. More specifically, the objective of this article is to present the evolution of the research regarding the removal of polluting pharmaceuticals that are discharged into wastewater. To do that, a bibliometric analysis of 2938 articles comprising the period 1979-2020 has been carried out. This analysis includes productivity indicators in the scientific field: journals, authors, research institutions and countries. In addition, keyword analysis allows the identification of four main axes of the research regarding the removal of pharmaceutical residues found in wastewater. The first group of articles is aimed at identifying the pharmaceuticals present in polluting effluents. The second and third groups of articles focus on presenting the procedures that enable the treatment of emerging contaminants, either from a biological point of view (second group) or a physicochemical point of view (third group). The fourth group refers to water quality and its possibilities to be reused. Finally, there is a growing trend of worldwide scientific publications, which justifies the importance of polluting residues management, especially those of pharmaceutical origin, in order to achieve a more sustainable society.

 

 

One of the most severe environmental issues affecting the sustainable growth of human society is water pollution. Phenolic compounds are toxic, hazardous and carcinogenic to humans and animals even at low concentrations. Thus, it is compulsory to remove the compounds from polluted wastewater before being discharged into the ecosystem. Biotechnology has been coping with environmental problems using a broad spectrum of microorganisms and biocatalysts to establish innovative techniques for biodegradation. Biological treatment is preferable as it is cost-effective in removing organic pollutants, including phenol. The advantages and the enzymes involved in the metabolic degradation of phenol render the efficiency of microalgae in the degradation process. The focus of this review is to explore the trends in publication (within the year of 2000-2020) through bibliometric analysis and the mechanisms involved in algae phenol degradation. Current studies and publications on the use of algae in bioremediation have been observed to expand due to environmental problems and the versatility of microalgae. VOSviewer and SciMAT software were used in this review to further analyse the links and interaction of the selected keywords. It was noted that publication is advancing, with China, Spain and the United States dominating the studies with total publications of 36, 28 and 22, respectively. Hence, this review will provide an insight into the trends and potential use of algae in degradation.

 

 

As a result of anthropogenic action, an increasing amount of toxic organic compounds has been released into the environment. These pollutants have adverse effects on human health and wildlife, which has motivated the development of different types of technologies for the treatment of effluents and contaminated environments. The electrochemical degradation of organic pollutants has attracted the interest of research centers around the world for its environmental compatibility, high efficiency, and affordable cost. In the present study, a bibliometric analysis was performed using the Web of Science database in order to assess the progress of publications related to electrochemical degradation of organic pollutants between the years 2001 and 2021. The data retrieved showed a significant increase in publications related to the topic in the last 20 years. Electrochimica Acta was the magazine responsible for the largest number of publications (291, 6.52%). The studies mainly included the areas of engineering, chemistry, and environmental science ecology. China with a total of 1472 (32.96%) publications dominated research in this area, followed by Spain (436, 9.76%) and Brazil (345, 7.72%). The institutions with the highest number of contributions were the University of Barcelona and the Chinese Academy of Sciences, and the most productive authors were Brillas E. and Oturan M. A. The results of this study provide important references and information on possible research directions for future investigations on electrochemical degradation of organic pollutants.

 

 

The access to open government data has been a relevant topic for societies around the world, especially over the last ten years. This paper aims to analyze the indicators of the Sao Paulo City Observatory (ObservaSampa), confronting them with the ISO 3712x series (sustainable, smart, and resilient cities) standards, to assess if the former meet both open data principles and the ISO prescriptions. Bibliometric analysis, comparative analysis, cluster analysis, and principal component analysis (PCA) were the methods used in this research. From the comparative analysis, 18 indicators were identified as conforming and 41 as partially conforming. Thus, 20% of the ObservaSampa indicators adhere to the ISO standards. The PCA applied to the conforming indicators shows component 1 is related to socioeconomic dimensions, while component 2 refers to social policy, with both appraisals confirmed by cluster analysis. Measuring and presenting city data in compliance with indicator standards is relevant because they open the possibility of comparing different cities. However, there is still a lack of consensus on a common set of indicators to be accommodated within the current ISO standards system.

 

 

Rivers are important ecosystems, vital to the livelihoods of hundreds of millions of humans and other species. Despite their environmental, social, and economic importance, current use of rivers is unsustainable, due to a combination of solid waste and high levels of pollutants. Plastic materials are among the most predominant of such pollutants. Based on the need for additional research in this area, this study examines pressures put to rivers and explores trends related to riverine plastic pollution, with a focus on Asia. Apart from the bibliometric analysis, and relying on the collected information, examples describing the drivers of riverine plastic pollution in a sample of Asian countries are described, outlining the specific problem and its scope. Among some of the results obtained from it, mention can be made to the fact that much of the literature focuses on plastic pollution as a whole and less on one of its most significant ramifications, namely microplastics. Additionally, there is a need related to data availability on riverine plastic data and improving the understanding of transport mechanisms in relation to riverine plastic emission into the ocean. The results from this study illustrate the significance of the problems posed by plastic waste to Asian rivers and point out the fact that there are still significant gaps in respect of regulations and standards, which prevent improvements that are highlighted in this study. Based on the results of this bibliometric assessment, specific measures via which levels of riverine plastic pollution may be reduced are presented, bringing relevant new insights on this topic beyond the existing reviews.

 

 

Tropical ecosystems play an important role in the environment. They provide multiple ecosystem services, such as carbon capture and sequestration, food supply, and climate regulation. Studying land use and land cover change makes it possible to understand the land’s alterations associated with deforestation, degradation, erosion, soil desertification, and biodiversity loss. The objective of this study is to evaluate the different approaches to land use and land cover research in tropical forests based on the evolutionary and qualitative analysis of the last 44 years of scientific production. The data were collected using the Scopus database and was based on the PRISMA methodology’s four phases: (i) identification, (ii) screening, (iii) eligibility, and (iv) included. The results showed a significant increase in the study of land use and land cover consolidated in 4557 articles, with contributions from 74 countries, revealing 14 themes and seven lines of research. Core research areas such as biodiversity, land use, and conservation exist due to the ongoing interest in the value of tropical forests and their response to climate change. The present research allowed us to consider future study topics such as the relationship between sustainable development goals and land use and cover in tropical forests, as well as the evaluation of the environmental impact of economic activities in forests.

 

 

Biopesticides are pest and pathogen management agents based on living microorganisms or natural products (botanical origin). Due to their natural origins, they stand out as an environmentally friendly tool, since they quickly decompose and minimize pollution problems produced by synthetic pesticides. However, these products present significant challenges that affect the bioactivities of the active components, due to the degradation of the biomass or bioactive metabolite by factors such as air, light, and temperature. Therefore, in this study, a systematic search of the Scopus database was conducted and scientometric tools were used to evaluate formulation techniques and approaches that seek to improve the bioactivities of natural preparations. The results showed that published research on biopesticides has significantly increased by 71.24% in the last decade (2011-2021). Likewise, the bibliometrics showed, through temporal flow analysis, and in the period from 2010 to 2021, investigations evolved have toward the use of nanotechnology, with the purpose of improving and potentiating the formulations of biopesticides. Consequently, nanotechnology tools can be classified as current strategies of interest that allow the increase and protection of bioefficacy to a greater extent than traditional biopesticide preparations. This review constitutes an important contribution to future research and expands the panorama in relation to biopesticide formulations for the control of agricultural pests.

 

 

Bibliometrics was used to evaluate the different areas of knowledge, with the aim of defining policies for evaluation researchers and define lines of research. The applied sciences have generally been the most studied, however it is known that the case of the social sciences have a different behavior. That is why this research describes the behavior of the subject bibliometric Information Sciences in Latin America and the Caribbean; taking into account the dimensions of scientific production, impact, collaboration and bibliometric assessment at the individual level. Bibliometric analysis from scientific papers processed in the Scopus database; in the period 2008 to 2012 related to the subject area of Information Sciences were used as techniques. For processing and displaying was used the Bibexcel and the Ucinet programs. It was determined that Latin American researchers have the habit of publishing their research results in regional magazines. Although national collaboration is predominantly, Europe is the continent which established closer cooperation with Latin America. Brazil stood out in the dimensions of production, impact and collaboration. The greatest influence on the scientific community was obtained with the journals of high impact factor. It is concluded that should strengthen the culture of publication by researchers from the region in international journals.

 

 

The impact of the scientific output produced by different nations in different fields varies extensively. In this article, we apply bibliometric and econometric analysis to study how citation impact varies across countries. This paper differs from previous research in that a cross-section model is put forward to account for such variation. A special focus is given to the Global South, as countries in this group have been converging with the Global North recently. We find that previous citation impact, level of international collaboration and total publications in a specific scientific field are important determinants of citation impact among all nations. However, specialization in particular scientific fields seems significantly more important in the Global South than in the Global North. These findings imply that most lower- and middle-income countries would better concentrate their resources in generating higher critical masses in specific fields, in addition to pursuing long-lasting international collaboration partnerships, as these actions may lead to higher impact research. (C) 2016 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

 

 

Purpose – The present study seeks to answer the following research question: what is the profile of the academic production related to the interorganizational networks in the period between 2006 and 2016? Thus, this study aims to characterize the academic production about the subject interorganizational networks available in national journals with Concept “A” (Qualis Capes), in the period between 2006 and 2016. Design/methodology/approach – This paper uses national journals with Concept “A” of the Qualis classification (2016) for journal selection. In total, 12 “A” concept journals were identified. However, it was decided to analyze ten of them. The procedures suggested by Crossan and Apaydin (2010) for conducting bibliometric studies were adopted. It has been identified that 77 articles were published in eight journals. The R 3.3.2 and R Studio 1.0.136 software were used. The IGRAPH 0.5.5-2 extension (package) was used to analyze graphs and co-authorship networks (Csardi and Nepusz, 2006). This extension is able to manipulate networks with millions of vertices and edges and provides a series of functions to analyze the properties of social networks, such as subnetworks, intermediation, centrality, among other characteristics (Csardi and Nepusz, 2006). Correspondence analysis (CA) was also performed. CA is a multivariate exploratory technique that converts a data matrix into a graphical representation, so that rows and columns are represented by points in a graph (Greenacre and Hastie, 1987). This extension is dedicated to the multivariate analysis of data and allows the manipulation of different types of variables (quantitative or categorical). In the present research, multiple CA (MCA) was applied – indicated when the elements are described as categorical variables (Le et al., 2008). The characteristics considered for carrying out MCA were the “main term”, “research approach”, “type of research”, “constructs” and “research strategies”. By using the FactoMineR 1.34 extension, the hierarchical clustering on principal components (HCPC) function was used (Husson et al., 2007; Le et al., 2008). This function allows creating clusters from the characteristics of the articles analyzed and highlights the justifications for the groupings created. The function allows forming as many clusters the researcher wishes, being of its attribution to analyze a division that best represents the characteristics of the data (Husson, Josse, and Pages, 2010). Husson et al. (2010) suggest that an analysis should be performed from the hierarchical tree, thus the number of clusters can be defined considering the overall appearance (or shape) of the tree formed. At last, a word cloud was created using the Wordcloud 2.5 extension (Fellows, 2013). The noticed advantage of using this extension is that it does not separate the terms that form a keyword when generating the cloud. It has been used for the keywords of the 77 articles analyzed; however, it has been decided to keep those that presented frequency greater than or equal to two. By avoiding occasional terms, a more intelligible cloud was obtained. Findings – The present study was not able to verify if the journals analyzed by Andrighi et al. (2011) have influenced others to publish on the subject, as suggested by the Bradford’s Law. The standard “success breeds success”, suggested by the Bradford’s Law, was not confirmed. The so-called nuclear zone (Brookes, 1969; Novaretti et al., 2015) is composed of the journals Brazilian Administration Review (BAR), Revista de Administracao Contemporanea (RAC), Revista de Administracao Publica (RAP) and Revista Brasileira de Gestao de Negocios (RBGN). The journal RAC stands out for having been the one that has increased its annual average of publication in relation to the theme, when compared with the findings of Andrighi et al. (2011). The journals BAR and RBGN stand out because they are in the nuclear zone, even though they were not considered in the work of Andrighi et al. (2011). It should be noted that all the analyzed journals have in common the fact of addressing the themes of management and administration and, more specifically, making room for the “competitiveness” and “cooperation” constructs. These constructs are related to the theme of networks and were the most recurrent in the articles analyzed. “Cooperation” (29), “competitiveness” (27), “knowledge” (12), “learning” (6) and “trust” (3) were the “constructs” used to compose the 77 articles analyzed. In turn, “network” (49), “alliance” (18) and “cluster” (9) were the “main term” most used in the articles. This implies that the topic of cooperation is more linked to a vision of strategy. As occurred in the research of Andrighi et al. (2011), the term “network” is the most recurrent; in addition, the growth of space obtained by the term “alliance” stands out. The terms “network” and “alliance” were the most used by the articles, being predominant in 87 per cent of the research. In the present research, the predominance of the term “network” may have occurred because its concept is broader and it is used in the literature in different ways, even in contradictory ways (Andrighi et al., 2011; Schommer, 2001). In turn, the term “alliance” may have been recurrent because it has a wide dispersion of published issues, such as governance structure, cooperation, knowledge transfer and trust (Lima and Campos Filho, 2009). By using the HCPC function of the FactoMineR extension, the articles were grouped according to their characteristics, and then three clusters were formed. By analyzing the generated results, it is assumed that the division into three clusters was the one that best represented the data. Cluster 1 is characterized by descriptive, quantitative, half documentary and half survey research studies, being “cluster” the main term. Cluster 2 is characterized by exploratory case studies with qualitative-quantitative analyzes. Cluster 3 is characterized by theoretical tests. The Zipf’s law points out that a small group of words occurs many times; however, when considering the most recurrent words Networks (9), Strategic Alliances (8), Cooperation (8), Interorganizational Networks (8) and Alliances (6) show that they were present in only about 10 per cent of the works. Lotka’s Law, which states that few authors publish much and many authors publish little, was not confirmed. The authors who presented the highest number of publications, T. Diana L. v. A. de Macedo-Soares (6); Jorge Renato Verschoore (6); Alsones Balestrin (5); Douglas Wegner (4); Humberto Elias Garcia Lopes (4), participated in less than 10 per cent of the works. Thus, the authorship was characterized by many researchers publishing few works, what can be an effect of the behavior of these authors, who prefer to publish in network. The centrality of the relations between the authors was analyzed and, in addition, the intermediation points of the network were identified. The present study also analyzed all the references used by the 77 articles that compose the study. The main author of each of the references used was identified. Among the 30 identified authors, Yin and Hair Jr. stand out for books related to fundamentals and research methodologies. Borgatti and Eisenhardt developed research on the topic of interorganizational networks and also created works for methodological foundations. Powell was the most frequently mentioned author (28) and had more different works referenced (9). Powell stands out for the production of articles published in periodicals, not books. Porter’s situation is the opposite. Most of the quotations made to the author come from his books, especially the work “Competitive strategy” (Porter, 1980). All authors identified are foreigners, with the exception of Balestrin. Marshall, Polanyi, Granovetter and Williamson are authors of works considered seminal, being them, respectively, “Principles of economics” (Marshall, 1890), “Personal knowledge: towards a post critical philosophy” (Polanyi, 1958) and “The strength of weak ties” (Granovetter, 1973) and “Markets and hierarchies, analysis and antitrust implications” (Williamson, 1975). Research limitations/implications – Like all research, it has limitations. The first one derives from the selection criteria of the periodicals to be analyzed. The cut referring to the journals of greater impact excludes most of the national articles. These studies may contain important contributions to the knowledge of the national publication profile. In addition, the choice to analyze the journals disregards other types of work, such as books, scientific events, dissertations and thesis and reports. The choice of articles published in journals is based on the fact that these are a “certified knowledge”, as the studies are peer-reviewed, and in the case of the Qualis “A” stratum, a review of exogenous quality is supposed on this production. Despite its flaws, this system can be considered reliable to evaluate scientific knowledge (Bedeian, 2004; Shugan, 2007). The analysis of the most recent articles may have been hampered by a temporal issue. In addition, the choice of keywords, a necessary step, leaves out other studies. Another limitation refers to the fact that the articles have been analyzed and classified by the authors, which presupposes the use of their value judgments, at least to some extent. Other limitations refer to the bibliometric techniques employed. The main authors referenced in the studies were demonstrated, that is, those authors who have been used as a theoretical reference for studies of interorganizational networks. However, the circumstances under which these citations occurred were not analyzed. For example, an author may be quoted to use the contribution of his/her study, to be criticized or just to be another reference in the text. The lack of this analysis can be considered a fragility of the study. Practical implications – This text was started talking about the dispersion of the studies on networks in the country. Previous work has been used, theoretically and empirically demonstrating this fact. Zipf’s Law applied to bibliometrics, as described by Guedes and Borschiver (2005), Novaretti et al. (2015) and Pao (1978), was not confirmed in this study, which seems to be an indicative fact that the research on this theme in Brazil presents fragmentation as an intrinsic characteristic. That is, it must remain fragmented, as this would be its own way to evolve. This is evident especially when comparing the study of Andrighi et al. (2011) and its results. With several but continuous temporal cut-outs, and the same keywords, the maintenance of this dispersion is evident. This is also a contribution of this study. Social implications – The study contributed to updating the research profile, mainly after the triennium 2013-2015 of Qualis Capes’ evaluations. It also added to the mapping of recent Brazilian academic production related to interorganizational networks, completing studies by Alves et al. (2013), Andrighi et al. (2011), Balestrin et al. (2010), Cunha and Carrieri (2003) and Mascena et al. (2013). Thus, it is believed that the research reached the proposed objectives, despite its limitations. Originality/value – The present research is also justified by helping to understand the subject being useful for researchers, educators and students, in general, in the task of demonstrating gaps and opportunities of future researches and collaborating with the elaboration of a research agenda (Baumgartner and Pieters, 2003). The work has updated bibliometrics on the subject and allows comparisons with previous bibliometric studies (Alves et al., 2013; Andrighi et al., 2011; Balestrin et al., 2010; Cunha and Carrieri, 2003; Ferreira et al., 2014; Lima and Campos Filho, 2009; Mascena et al., 2013). It is believed that the present study differs from the others because of the analysis performed, the way the data were treated, with techniques that are rarely used simultaneously, going beyond the descriptive statistics.

 

 

Background: South-south collaboration on health and development research is a critical mechanism for social and economic progress. It allows sharing and replicating experiences to find a “southern solution” to meet shared health challenges, such as access to adequate HIV/AIDS prevention and treatment. This study aimed to generate evidence on the dynamics of south-south collaboration in HIV/AIDS research, which could ultimately inform stakeholders on the progress and nature of collaboration towards increased research capacities in low-and middle-income countries (LMIC). Methods: Bibliometric and social network analysis methods were used to assess the 10-year (2006-2015) scientific contribution of LMIC, through the analysis of scientific publications on HIV/AIDS prevention and/or treatment. Five dimensions oriented the study: knowledge production, co-authorship analysis, research themes mapping, research types classification and funding sources. Results: Publications involving LMIC have substantially increased overtime, despite small expression of south-south collaboration. Research themes mapping revealed that publication focus varied according to collaborating countries’ income categories, from diagnosis, opportunistic infections and laboratory-based research (LMIC single or LMIC-LMIC) to human behavior and healthcare, drug therapy and mother to child transmission (LMIC-HIC). The analysis of research types showed that south-south collaborations frequently targeted social sciences issues. Funding agencies acknowledged in south-south collaboration also showed diverse focus: LMIC-based funders tended to support basic biomedical research whereas international/HIC-based funders seem to cover predominantly social sciences-oriented research. Conclusions: Although the global environment has fostered an increasing participation of LMIC in collaborative learning models, south-south collaboration on HIV/AIDS prevention and/or treatment research seemed to be lower than expected, stressing the need for strategies to foster these partnerships. The evidence presented in this study can be used to strengthen a knowledge platform to inform future policy, planning and funding decisions, contributing to the development of enhanced collaboration and a priority research agenda for LMICs.

 

 

The aim of the present study was to conduct a bibliometric analysis of the journal Acta Colombiana de Psicologia, by virtue of its two decades of uninterrupted work (1998-2017). Initially, historical elements are described in the trajectory of the journal and its chronological evolution is revealed from a database that in its final sample took into account 388 scientific articles. Subsequently, the appraisal of the productivity indices (Lotka) as well as of the topics and methodologies used was carried out. Likewise, an appraisal of the collaboration indicators and the relationships between the authors with respect to the signatory countries was performed. The results highlight the large number of papers from Mexican institutions, a sustained increase in collaboration is visualized – which is evident in the Lawani and Subramanyam indices-, and it is found that the largest amount of papers focused on the areas of clinical and health psychology. The analysis undertaken allows showing what the journal has achieved throughout two decades of scientific work during which it contributed fundamentally to the development of psychology in Latin America.

 

 

In this paper, we address the main differences of the scientific production between internal and external researcher groups of a synchrotron radiation facility. Through the construction and analysis of their co-authorship networks, we could see the structural variations in the way these two different kinds of research groups collaborate. We also evaluated the scientific impact of each group and found surprising similarities, which led us to create two hypotheses that might contribute to the comprehension of the scientific assessment of large-scale research facilities. We found that, as the review criteria the studied synchrotron adopts to select external scientific projects is very effective; the quality of the external research is at least as good as the internal. Therefore, evaluating the internal scientific output appears to be an appropriate representation of the impact of the whole laboratory.

 

 

Ecuador’s research outputs has been historically low when compared with other major Latin-American countries, largely due to a lack of a proper research culture that promotes adequate conditions for the research process and to the lack of priorization of research in universities. However, over the past 10 years, the government has introduced several policies to remedy this situation. We present here a bibliometric analysis of Ecuadorian research production along the period 2006-2015. Results show that the scientific production of Ecuador has increased 5.16 times over the past years, which exceeds Latin-American growth. Over 80% of Ecuadorian publications include international collaboration, mainly with the USA, Spain, UK, Germany, France, Brazil and Colombia. Public policy implications are also discussed.

 

 

Because the Amazon rain forest is ecologically relevant on a global scale, we applied scientometric techniques to integrate studies dealing with mercury research in this unique ecosystem between 1991 and 2017. Using a combination of co-authorship and co-citation analyses, keyword mapping and overlay visualization of topics in the field, this article identified three major areas in the 26-year period of mercury research: (1) human exposure to mercury (artisanal small-scale gold mining-ASGM) and methylmercury through fish consumption, and their respective risks for human health; (2) mercury accumulation in the environment and its relation to ASGM and atmospheric concentration; and (3) mercury geochemistry and its presence in soils, sediments, and water. The paper also identified the leading institutions related to the published research and respective influential scholars in the context of this study. Overall, the analyses revealed patterns of convergence and divergence between authors, specialization, and interdisciplinary engagement in mercury investigation, thus highlighting strengths and weaknesses of research topics in the field. This scientometric approach could be a useful tool to monitor/assess the implementation of the Minamata Convention.

 

 

This article analyses the articles of 14 Brazilian journals about tourism. The objectives are to identify the co-authorship patterns and to verify the importance of actors within the networks. The methodology combines the bibliometric with social networks analysis. The networks of authors and institutions are robust, no longer depending on a central actor. The field is characterized by a great fragmentation, lacking a unified theoretical approach. The networks contain a central group, which concentrates the most central nodes, and a “periphery”, composed of small groups with small production.

 

 

In this article it is presented a bibliometric analysis of e-government research in the Ibero-American (IA) Community. Data from the Scopus (R) database relating to 1129 research documents published between 2003 and 2017 was used. Presented analyzes include the most productive and impacting researchers, institutions and countries; determinants for country results; most relevant subject areas and specific research themes; and international cooperation patterns, namely within the IA Community. Contrary to what happens worldwide, e-government research production is still rising in IA. Besides the general heterogeneity, there are four relatively homogenous groups of countries to what concerns production and impact: leading, evolving, emerging, and expectant countries. IA has distinctive characteristics that make it interesting as an object of study and that constitute an opportunity for further development. Nevertheless, for results to continue to evolve, it is relevant that public policies related to e-government development and the promotion of research continue to be developed and that cooperation among IA researchers is properly promoted and supported.

 

 

Objective In Peru, the past three decades have witnessed impressive growth in biomedical research catalyzed from a single research university and its investigators who secured international partnerships and funding. We conducted a bibliometric analysis of publications by Peruvian authors to understand the roots of this growth and the spread of research networks within the country. Methods For 1997-2016, publications from Web of Science with at least one author affiliated with a Peruvian institution were examined by year, author affiliations, funding agencies, co-authorship linkages, and research topics. Results From 1997-2016, the annual number of publications from Peru increased 9-fold from 75 to 672 totaling 6032. Of these, 56% of the articles had co-authors from the US, 13% from the UK, 12% from Brazil, and 10% from Spain. Universidad Peruana Cayetano Heredia (UPCH) was clearly the lead research institution noted on one-third of publications. Of the 20 most published authors, 15 were Peruvians, 14 trained at some point at UPCH, and 13 received advanced training abroad. Plotting co-authorships documented the growth of institutional collaborations, the robust links between investigators and some lineages of mentorship. Conclusions This analysis suggests that international training of Peruvian physician-scientists who built and sustained longstanding international partnerships with funding accelerated quality research on diseases of local importance. The role of a single research university, UPCH, was critical to advance a culture of biomedical research. Increased funding from the Peruvian Government and its Council for Science, Technology and Innovation will be needed to sustain this growth in the future. Middle-income countries might consider the Peruvian experience where long-term research and training partnerships yielded impressive advances to address key health priorities of the country. Author summary One measure of a country’s productivity in biomedical research is through an analysis of the publications in the peer reviewed literature. We have searched the Web of Science database of English language biomedical publications with a Peruvian author to examine the growth in the number of publications over the period 1997-2016, the most productive research institutions in the country, the distribution of foreign coauthors, and the diversity of topics of research. In the past 2 decades, the number of publications has increased 9-fold with the extensive engagement with foreign co-authors and funding, a growing diversity of topics expanding from infectious diseases to the NCDs, and with one third of all publications coming from a single research university. The early overseas training of a group of young Peruvian physician-scientists in the 1960s led them to establish a unique research university, Universidad Peruano Cayetano Heredia that seeded this new direction and engagement in research, and the seeding of researchers to other institutions in the country working on specific research challenges. The Peruvian experience provides a model for other countries seeking to expand their footprint in research while laying out the need for greater investment by the government to secure and expand these gains while retaining outstanding scientists who have been able to identify through research new ways to address the nation’s priority problems in health. The use of bibliometric analyses can provide important insights in the growth of biomedical research in a country providing policy makers with evidence for making decisions on the future funding of research.

 

 

Objective: This research aims to evaluate the impact of international collaboration in the scientific production indexed by Web of science of the Programa de Pos-Graduagao em Ciencias Biologicas: Bioquimica, da Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Sul, from 2007 to 2016. Methods: From bibliometric techniques (production, co-authorship, and visibility), it was evaluated two main issues in the internationalization policy of the Evaluating System of the Coordenacao de Aperfeigoamento de Pessoal de Nivel Superior (CAPES): 1) Does the group of teachers comply with the internationalization qualitative attributes towards to publication with foreign researches? 2) Do the publications with international co-authorship related to the higher strata of Qualis Periodical? Results: The increase in the network cooperation with several countries demonstrates that the international dimension for the scientific production by the Program’s teachers was reached, following the current trend for Brazilian science. Internal asymmetries were identified for 20.8% of internationally co-authored production: most teachers presented from one to five or no publications with foreigners, while few teachers produced more than six individuals’ publications. The internationalization policy is an effective strategy for scientific dissemination: publications in journals classified at the higher Qualis strata have international co-autorship. Conclusions: Results point to the need of institutional and governmental strategies for minimize the existing asymmetries in the scientific production among teachers with financial support and encouragement of internationalization.

 

 

Introduction: The propagation of COVID-19, an infectious disease caused by the novel SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus, has become a pandemic which, along with its rapid dissemination worldwide, has brought about an exponential increase in the amount of research related to the subject to which Latin American researchers have contributed actively. Objective: To conduct a descriptive bibliometric study of the main trends in research on COVID-19 produced in Latin America. Materials and methods: We searched in the Web of Science, Scopus, and Pubmed databases to retrieve the Latin American scientific production on COVID-19. Bibliometric indicators of production, visibility, impact, and collaboration were analyzed to assess the regional participation in studies on the subject. Results: The analysis of 142 documents evidenced an exponential growth of scientific production in the period analyzed, an important level of international collaboration (51.4%) in scientific production, and the leadership of regional institutions (71%) in the research with publications in high-visibility jounals especially in Colombia, Brazil, and Mexico. Conclusions: The results regarding the regional participation in the research on COVID-19 were relevant not only in relation to its quantity and exponential growth during the period analyzed but also in terms of its quality and excellence with a high rate of international collaboration and publications in important scientific journals, which besides their visibility, represent a considerable contribution to the research compared to the other geographical contexts.

 

 

Increasingly, Agricultural Innovation Systems, AIS, have been recognized as fundamentals pathways for agricultural science impact. This new thinking focuses on innovation, not as the end of pipe outcome of knowledge transfer, but as a continuous process of social, technical and scientific collaboration at regional and higherlevel systems that impacts on productivity and innovation performance. This paper surveys the agricultural innovation system in Colombia. We analyze collaboration between authors, institutions and countries from the perspective of social network analysis to introduce a descriptive review of the scientific collaboration in terms of links (discipline structure) and nodes (actors). A mixed methodology is implemented based on co-authorship bibliometric mapping using VOS VIEWER and social network analysis based on the software UCINET. Whereas exogenous authors and institutions are the most connected in terms of interaction, they have lower influence than endogenous authors.

 

 

Environmental Education has become over recent decades an emerging area of knowledge; its evolution has been conditioned not only by different regional dynamics, but also by international guidelines and trends. Therefore, the literature reports multiple and diverse pedagogical, curricular and transdisciplinary approaches to this topic. Likewise, studies on the dynamics and trends in the generation and production of knowledge are relevant to both teachers and researchers in every field of knowledge. In this sense, it is presented a bibliometric study that aims to analyse the international scientific production on Environmental Education on the Web of Science (WoS) within the categories Education and Educational Research and Education, Scientific Disciplines for the last two decades (2000-2019). The information obtained was analysed using different bibliometric techniques, like descriptive statistics, degree of collaboration and co-occurrence maps generated by VOSviewer (version 1.6.15) software. The results show the accelerated increase in the production of knowledge in this area, they present the main research contexts, as well as some educational and research perspectives. Also, the collaboration between authors and universities was identified.

 

 

Simple Summary This work analyzes the development of Bioinformatics research in Mexico through articles published in the last 25 years, as they have been stored in a field-specific database (PubMed). The main findings reveal that the main themes identified are strongly related to the research of outstanding researchers, the outstanding collaborations of Mexican institutions with foreign countries and institutions are influenced by the geographic proximity and binational agreements as well as philanthropic and academic programs that promote collaborations, and there is an inclination for health issues promoted by public health financing and philanthropic organizations. It is identified that publications in the field had an explosion since 2012 due to the maturity of nucleic acid sequencing technologies and the high availability of this information in public databases. Overall, this work suggests both the necessity to improve funding in this informatic discipline and promote academic collaboration inside and outside the country. Finally, the strategy used in this work allows us to make a diagnostic of the strengths and weaknesses of bioinformatics research development that can be applied in other countries. This is worth it because bioinformatics is a tool that can boost several economic sectors. Bioinformatics is a very important informatics tool for health and biological sciences, focusing on biological data management. The objective of this work was to perform a bibliometric analysis regarding the development of Mexican bioinformatics. An exhaustive revision of the literature associated with Mexican bioinformatics in a period of 25-years was performed. Bibliometric tools, such as performance analysis and science mapping were included in the analysis. We identified the main actors as well as the structure and dynamics of Mexican bioinformatics. Some of the main findings were as follows: the thematic structure in the field is defined by the research lines of outstanding authors; the outstanding collaborations of Mexican institutions with foreign countries and institutions are influenced by the geographic proximity and binational agreements, as well as philanthropic and academic programs that promote collaborations, and there is an inclination for health issues promoted by public health financing and philanthropic organizations. It is identified that publications had an explosion since 2012, we consider that this growth may be influenced by the democratization of data, derived from the mass sequencing of biological molecules stored in public databases.

 

 

BACKGROUND Despite the current global trend of reduction in the morbidity and mortality of neglected diseases, dengue’s incidence has increased and occurrence areas have expanded. Dengue also persists as a scientific and technological challenge since there is no effective treatment, vaccine, vector control or public health intervention. Combining bibliometrics and social network analysis methods can support the mapping of dengue research and development (R&D) activities worldwide. OBJECTIVES The aim of this paper is to map the scientific scenario related to dengue research worldwide. METHODS We use scientific publication data from Web of Science Core Collection – articles indexed in Science Citation Index Expanded (SCI-EXPANDED) – and combine bibliometrics and social network analysis techniques to identify the most relevant journals, scientific references, research areas, countries and research organisations in the dengue scientific landscape. FINDINGS Our results show a significant increase of dengue publications over time; tropical medicine and virology as the most frequent research areas and biochemistry and molecular biology as the most central area in the network; USA and Brazil as the most productive countries; and Mahidol University and Fundacao Oswaldo Cruz as the main research organisations and the Centres for Disease Control and Prevention as the most central organisation in the collaboration network. MAIN CONCLUSIONS Our findings can be used to strengthen a global knowledge platform guiding policy, planning and funding decisions as well as to providing directions to researchers and institutions. So that, by offering to the scientific community, policy makers and public health practitioners a mapping of the dengue scientific landscape, this paper has aimed to contribute to upcoming debates, decision-making and planning on dengue R& D and public health strategies worldwide.

 

 

Objective: The study’s purpose has been to analyze some bibliometric indicators of nursing Dissertations and Theses with regards to the Calgary Family Assessment Model (CFAM) produced in Brazil. Methods: It is a bibliometric study, where the sample consisted of fourteen Dissertations and seven Theses, which were published over the period from 2002 to 2014, and selected by consulting the Capes Portal, BDENF, BDTD and CEPEn. Results: The indicators have shown a reduced quantity of publications on the subject during the period scrutinized. Most of the studies were from Nursing Postgraduate Programs in the Southeast region. Most of the surveyed studies were written in dissertation fashion. There was a predominance of studies with a qualitative approach. Conclusion: Despite the reduced number of Dissertations and Theses of Nursing who have used the CFAM in Brazil, studies based on this model attracted the interest of researchers in spreading the knowledge produced by prestigious scientific journals in the research field.

 

 

Introduction: Child sexual abuse (CSA) is an endemic threat to health. Although research on the subject has advanced considerably, there are few studies that have considered the perspectives of the region. Objective: This study sought to analyze the research trends of CSA in Latin America and the Caribbean, emphasizing on its productivity as well as the evolution of the conceptual structure. Method: For this study, a longitudinal bibliometric mapping of co-words in articles indexed in the Web of Science was conducted utilizing SciMAT. Results: Findings revealed an increase in the volume and impact of the articles published on this topic. The core corresponds to 35 articles, mostly quantitative, and published as part of international collaborations. The conceptual structure of the field addresses 19 topics with Maltreatment and Child Sexual Abuse; Risk Factors; and Family and Experiences considered as key themes; whereas Street Children and Emotional Abuse could be considered an emerging topic. Conclusions: Findings suggest that although research focusing on CSA has been continuous and steady, a process of diversification on the topics of study within this field is emerging. Lastly, the scientific community could use the research findings to identify thematic areas of interest.

 

 

Synergies between globalization and knowledge economy were suggested to direct biomedical research towards economically-interested activities. In this context, research in malaria, a disease endemic to poverty, may be at a paradoxical stance. This study addresses this issue assessing whether malaria research is driven by the accumulation of economic and/or other forms of capital. Drawing upon academic and epistemic capitalism, malaria research is characterized through the analysis of all Web of science-indexed publications involving Portuguese organizations (1900-2014; n=467). First, data was systematized by content and bibliometric analyses. Subsequently, multiple correspondence analysis revealed a bi-dimensional landscape (who’s publishing; what’s published) and cluster analysis identified three profiles (beginners; local appropriations; global science). This study reveals the construction of Portugal’s scientific system and unveils the assimilation of dominant modes of organizing, doing and thinking despite malaria’s research low profit potential. Extending this approach to other biomedical fields can unravel the dimensions underlying science’s (re)construction.

 

 

INTRODUCTION The steadily increasing prevalence of diabetes globally has captured researchers’ attention. Cuban production of scientific articles on diabetes has not been studied from a bibliometric perspective. OBJECTIVE Characterize the production and impact of research and review articles on diabetes by Cuban authors in journals listed in the Scopus bibliographic database, as well as related collaboration among Cuban institutions and between Cuban and non-Cuban institutions. METHODS A bibliometric analysis was conducted using 2000-2017 data from the Scopus database. The following search strategy was used: descriptor (diabetes), country (Cuba), publication source (journal), article type (original research, review article). Bibliographic indicators of production, visibility, impact and collaboration were examined. RESULTS Cuba contributed 3.2% of Latin American production and 0.1% of global production related to diabetes. Within Cuba’s scientific production (610 articles, 538 original research and 72 review), 85.9% had a Cuban corresponding author (Cuban leadership). In articles with international collaboration (22.9%), however, most (67.9%) had non-Cuban corresponding authors. A total of 47% (287) were articles involving a single institution. Only 11.1% were published in top-ranked journals, and 14.4% were cited >10 times. Cubans were lead authors on 0.3% of the most frequently cited (top 10%) articles on diabetes in Scopus. A total of 38.4% of this production appeared in low-impact journals and 57.9% in Cuban journals. Articles published in English accounted for 30% of total and obtained higher impact in terms of citations than articles in Spanish. The strongest networks for scientific collaboration were those that connected Cuban and US researchers. CONCLUSIONS Cuban scientists conduct research on diabetes, but their work is not highly visible in the peer-reviewed literature, particularly in top-ranked journals. The problem is not simply one of publishing more, but of knowing how and where to publish. It is urgent that Cuban universities training health professionals at all levels include instruction on scientific writing.

 

 

We aimed to map the global scientific research on sexuality and dementia in the elderly to understand the focus and the growth of the area during the past decades. An exploratory study, descriptive and bibliometric with academic works on the database ISI Web of Knowledge/Web of Science (TM). The following descriptors were used: “elder*”, “dementia*” and “sexuality*” in the time-based scratch between 1945 and 2018. The data analysis was performed with the aid of the software HistCite (TM). After applied the filters of refinement, there were identified 79 articles, published in 45 different journals indexed in the database in reference, written by 157 authors linked to 96 research institutions located in 19 countries. To achieve these articles there were used 2,312 references with an average of approximately 32 references per article. The international scientific production about sexuality and dementia in the elderly is scarce, and highlights the need for more specific studies on the theme and its potential for exploitation in future studies.

 

 

Noncommunicable Diseases are an important public health issue in Brazil and worldwide. This study aimed to analyze the scientific production published by the “Journal Ciencia & Saude Coletiva” in order to shed light on its contributions for the dissemination of scientific knowledge and the debate regarding noncommunicable diseases. A bibliometric study on the publications from 1996 to 2019 related to noncommunicable diseases was carried out. A total of 458 documents that met the eligibility criteria were selected. An increasing trend in the number of publications per year was found; at some points, it coincided with political and institutional milestones in Brazil. Quantitative research papers stood out, as did studies on risk and protective factors. Public educational and research institutions led the publishing and the financing of the studies. Most authors were female. The journal has been reflecting the magnitude of the theme and its prioritization on the public agenda by promoting the debate and providing a scientific dissemination of content related to noncommunicable diseases.

 

 

Research on natural zeolites (NZ) has increased over the years, showing potential in different areas, and many of them involve cation exchange (CE), considered one of the essential properties of NZ. This work aims to identify studies’ cognitive structure based on the cation exchange capacity (CEC) of NZ through bibliometric analysis to evaluate scientific production, growth trend, and visualization through bibliometric maps using the VOSviewer software. All types of documents and all languages indexed in Scopus from 1970 to 2020 were considered for the database, obtaining 703 documents. The results indicate an increasing trend in CE annual publications in NZ. This analysis shows the most influential authors such as Dakovic, Wang and Colella, while the countries that stand out are China, Turkey and the United States. Besides, the bibliometric maps made it possible to understand the intellectual structure of this academic discipline, identifying areas of current and potential interest in this field of studies such as its application in medicine, agriculture, catalysts, heavy metal removal, wastewater treatment (WWT), bioremediation and construction. Finally, these studies showed trends in science and technology studies favoring environmental remediation and human health.

 

 

This article provides an empirical overview of coffee/caffeine studies in relation to sport worldwide, an incipient but growing relationship that has existed since 1938, although systematized over time since 1999. The extracted articles were examined using a bibliometric approach based on data from 160 records stored in the Web of Science (JCR) between 1938 and August 2021, applying traditional bibliometric laws and using VOSviewer for data and metadata processing. Among the results, these articles highlight an exponential increase in scientific production in the last two decades, with a concentration in only 12 specific journals, the hegemony of the USA among the co-authorship networks of worldwide relevance, and the thematic and temporal segregation of the concepts under study. This article concludes a high fragmentation of the authors with the highest level of scientific production and an evolution of almost 20 years in relevant thematic topics, and a concurrent concentration in three large blocks: (1) coffee consumption and risk factors, (2) health and coffee consumption, and (3) metabolism and sport correlated with the intake of coffee, which are distanced in time, providing evidence of an evolution that gives way to the irruption of alternative visions in the relationship of coffee and caffeine with sport.

 

 

Objective: To describe and evaluate the xylitol products’ applicability and its effects in the health area worldwide utilizing a bibliometric analysis from randomized controlled trials (RCT) with humans. Material and Methods: Electronic searches were carried out in Medline/PubMed, Scopus, Cochrane Library, Web of Science, and VHL databases. The main data extracted were: year, area of applicability, type of treatment, country, journal, xylitol posology and concentration, presentation form, outcomes, and effects. Results: From 1476 studies, 257 were included. These studies were published between 1973-2021. The majority was carried out in dentistry (78.9%) and under preventive treatment (67.4%). These studies were developed in the USA (15.4%) and published in Caries Research (6.6%). The posology and concentration ranged between 0.004-67 g/day and 0.002-100%, respectively. The xylitol is usually used in the chewing gum form (44.0%), and for antimicrobial activity evaluation (38.5%). A positive effect was observed in 204 studies (79.3%) and was associated with xylitol concentration >= 15% (p=0.007). Side effects were reported in 8.2% and were associated with posology >= 5 g/day (p=0.05). Conclusion: Most studies with xylitol were conducted to prevent diseases in the dentistry field. The chewing gum form and antimicrobial activity evaluation were more frequent. Most xylitol products have a positive effect, and few studies report side effects.

 

 

Climate change can have a complex impact that also influences human and animal health. For example, climate change alters the conditions for pathogens and vectors of zoonotic diseases. Signs of this are the increasing spread of the West Nile and Usutu viruses and the establishment of new vector species, such as specific mosquito and tick species, in Europe and other parts of the world. With these changes come new challenges for maintaining human and animal health. This paper reports on an analysis of the literature focused on a bibliometric analysis of the Scopus database and VOSviewer software for creating visualization maps which identifies the zoonotic health risks for humans and animals caused by climate change. The sources retained for the analysis totaled 428 and different thresholds (N) were established for each item varying from N 5 to 10. The main findings are as follows: First, published documents increased in 2009-2015 peaking in 2020. Second, the primary sources have changed since 2018, partly attributable to the increase in human health concerns due to human-to-human transmission. Third, the USA, the UK, Canada, Australia, Italy, and Germany perform most zoonosis research. For instance, sixty documents and only 17 countries analyzed for co-authorship analysis met the threshold led by the USA; the top four author keywords were “climate change”, “zoonosis”, “epidemiology”, and “one health;” the USA, the UK, Germany, and Spain led the link strength (inter-collaboration); the author keywords showed that 37 out of the 1023 keywords met the threshold, and the authors’ keyword’s largest node of the bibliometric map contains the following: infectious diseases, emerging diseases, disease ecology, one health, surveillance, transmission, and wildlife. Finally, zoonotic diseases, which were documented in the literature in the past, have evolved, especially during the years 2010-2015, as evidenced by the sharp augmentation of publications addressing ad-hoc events and peaking in 2020 with the COVID-19 outbreak.

 

 

Today, the world population is aging at a fast rate. This scenario of the accelerated aging of human populations entails increased concern for healthy aging that is associated with a rise in scientific production related to the topic. In this study, the Scopus database from Elsevier was used, with a final search carried out on 5 January 2022, and various bibliometric indicators were obtained from SciVal. The study was fundamentally intended to characterize, determine trends, and understand the evolution and current state of research on the concept of “healthy aging” in the last decade. We found that there has been proportionally greater and more accelerated growth in the subject with respect to the general productivity of the world and that countries with high life expectancies tend to have made more effort to investigate this topic. The “hottest” research areas were found to be related to the cognitive aspect and the biological mechanisms involved in aging.

 

 

The World Health Organization recognizes noma as a global health problem and has suggested prioritizing research into this disease. A bibliographic search of original articles published in the Web of Science database up to 2022 was performed. A bibliometric analysis was carried out with the bibliometrix package in R and VOSviewer. We identified 251 articles published in 130 journals. The first publication was in 1975, the highest number of publications was in 2003, and the average number of citations per document was 12.59. The author with the highest number of publications was Enwonwu CO, and the Noma Children’s Hospital had the highest number of articles on this topic. Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery was the journal with the most publications, and the study by Petersen PE was the most cited. The country of corresponding authors that had the most publications and the most significant number of total citations was the United States. “Children” and “Reconstruction” were the most used keywords. In conclusion, there are few publications on noma worldwide, confirming the neglected status of this disease. Urgent actions are needed to increase evidence in regard to the epidemiology of noma and public health interventions to mitigate the ravages of this disease.

 

 

This study aimed to analyze the landscape of maternal methylmercury exposure and its offspring consequences based on knowledge mapping of the 100 most-cited papers about this theme. A search was performed using the Web of Science, without any restriction of language or publication year. Data bibliometrics, such as the number of citations, citation density, corresponding author’s country, year of publication, study design, and keywords, were extracted from each paper and analyzed. VOSviewer software was used to create graphical bibliometric maps. Of a total of 1,776 studies on this theme, the 100 most-cited papers rendered the number of citations ranged from 110 to 1,356 citations. The non-systematic reviews and cohort studies from Anglo-Saxon countries published in the first decade of the 2000s were the most frequent. Clarkson, Grandjean, and Myers were the authors with higher citation density. A total of 520 keywords represented the evolution of the theme, from classic episodes of MeHg intoxication, as well as main the health changes until the different forms of exposure and, in recent years, biomonitoring studies were highlighted. Our findings provide the global research trends highlighting the network of most influential authors and a better understanding of the evolution and future scenarios of this theme.

 

 

This article empirically provides a global overview of physical literacy, which allows for the understanding of the structure of the epistemic community studying literacy for healthy living. Publications registered in the Web of Science are analyzed using bibliometrics (spatial, productive, and relational) based on data from 391 records, published between 2007 and April 2022, applying five bibliometric laws and using VOSviewer software for data and metadata processing and visualization. In terms of results, we observe an exponential increase in scientific production in the last decade, with a concentration of scientific discussion on physical literacy in seven journals; a production distributed in 46 countries situated on the five continents, but concentrated in Canada and the United States; co-authored research networks composed of 1256 researchers but with a production concentrated of around 2% of these, and an even smaller number of authors with high production and high impact. Finally, there are four thematic blocks that, although interacting, constitute three specific knowledge production communities that have been delineated over time in relation to health and quality of life, fitness and physical competence, education, and fundamental movement skills.

 

 

Background: Over the past decade, the political movement called ‘Revolución Ciudadana’ implemented a variety of policies and interventions (P&I) in Ecuador to improve higher education and strengthen local research capacity. We refer specifically to the ‘Mandato 14’ and the Higher Education Law (LOES, Spanish acronym) launched in 2008 and 2010, respectively. Objective: To assess the impact of these P&I (Mandato 14/LOES) on the production of health sciences-related articles (HSRA), and the relationship of these HSRA with the country’s health priorities. Methods: A Scopus search was performed to retrieve HSRA published from 1999 to 2017. Bivariate analysis was used to assess variation between the period I (1999–2008) and period II (2009–2017). Further, we examined the association between the top 10 causes of mortality and the total HSRA output. Results: The final study sample consisted of 2784 articles. After 2008, Ecuadorian production of HSRA increased steadily from 671 to 2133 publications (p<.001). Overall (1999–2017), the most common study design was cross-sectional (32.3%), the primary research focus was in the clinical-surgical area (49.3%), and the academic institutions were the primary drivers of scientific production during period II (56.9% vs. 29.5%, p<.001). Further, we found a decrease in the production of randomized controlled trials (6.7% vs. 1.8%, p.05). Conclusions: Ecuadorian HSRA output increased significantly after 2008. This larger volume of scientific output could be the result to the Mandato 14/LOES implemented in the last decade. However, a low percentage of HSRA are dedicated to addressing the country’s health priorities. Proper planning, execution and monitoring of national health research agendas would reduce the mismatch between health burden and the HSRA output in Ecuador and other low-and middle-income countries. © 2020 The Author(s). Published by Informa UK Limited, trading as Taylor & Francis Group.

 

 

Soil erosion can present a major threat to agriculture due to loss of soil, nutrients, and organic carbon. Therefore, soil erosion modelling is one of the steps used to plan suitable soil protection measures and detect erosion hotspots. A bibliometric analysis of this topic can reveal research patterns and soil erosion modelling characteristics that can help identify steps needed to enhance the research conducted in this field. Therefore, a detailed bibliometric analysis, including investigation of collaboration networks and citation patterns, should be conducted. The updated version of the Global Applications of Soil Erosion Modelling Tracker (GASEMT) database contains information about citation characteristics and publication type. Here, we investigated the impact of the number of authors, the publication type and the selected journal on the number of citations. Generalized boosted regression tree (BRT) modelling was used to evaluate the most relevant variables related to soil erosion modelling. Additionally, bibliometric networks were analysed and visualized. This study revealed that the selection of the soil erosion model has the largest impact on the number of publication citations, followed by the modelling scale and the publication’s CiteScore. Some of the other GASEMT database attributes such as model calibration and validation have negligible influence on the number of citations according to the BRT model. Although it is true that studies that conduct calibration, on average, received around 30% more citations, than studies where calibration was not performed. Moreover, the bibliographic coupling and citation networks show a clear continental pattern, although the co-authorship network does not show the same characteristics. Therefore, soil erosion modellers should conduct even more comprehensive review of past studies and focus not just on the research conducted in the same country or continent. Moreover, when evaluating soil erosion models, an additional focus should be given to field measurements, model calibration, performance assessment and uncertainty of modelling results. The results of this study indicate that these GASEMT database attributes had smaller impact on the number of citations, according to the BRT model, than anticipated, which could suggest that these attributes should be given additional attention by the soil erosion modelling community. This study provides a kind of bibliographic benchmark for soil erosion modelling research papers as modellers can estimate the influence of their paper. © 2021 The Author(s)

 

 

Introduction: Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) is one of the regions most affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. Yet, there is scarce literature addressing the research strategies developed in LAC to face COVID-19. Objective: To quantify and assess the production of scientific publications about COVID-19 in 32 countries of LAC between January 1 and July 31, 2020. Materials and methods: Bibliometric study. Scientific papers on COVID-19 conducted in LAC or re-porting data pertaining to LAC and published between January 1 to July 31, 2020, were searched in the Scopus, PubMed, and LILACS databases. A subgroup analysis including only original research articles was performed to determine the contribution of LAC countries to research on COVID-19, and standardization measures (# of articles per million people) were applied to compare the country-spe-cific production of this type of articles. Results: A total of 1 291 publications were retrieved. Overall, most of them were non-original research articles (81.72%), and the countries with the highest scientific production were Brazil (43.91%) and Mexico (9.14%). However, after applying the standardization measures, Chile was the country with the highest production of original articles (0.58 per million inhabitants). Regarding original studies (n=236), cross-sectional design was the most common (25.84%). Diagnosis and treatment of the disease was the main research focus (n=354; 27.42%). However, in the subgroup analysis (n=236), epidemiology and surveillance were the most prevalent research focus (n=57; 24.15%). Conclusions: During the study period, non-original research articles were predominant in the scientific production of the LAC region, and interventional studies were scarce among original articles, while the cross-sectional design predominated. Further research with a better quality of evidence should be performed in these countries to contribute to the making of health policies aimed at easing the burden of COVID-19 in the region and preparing for future pandemics. © 2021, Universidad Nacional de Colombia. All rights reserved.

 

 

The COVID-19 crisis is among the most disruptive events in recent decades. Its profound consequences have garnered the interest of many studies in various disciplines, including consumer behavior, thereby warranting an effort to review and systematize the literature. Thus, this study systematizes the knowledge generated by 70 COVID-19 and consumer behavior studies in the Scopus database. It employs descriptive analysis, highlighting the importance of using quantitative methods and China and the US as research settings. Co-occurrence analysis further identified various thematic clusters among the studies. The input-process-output consumer behavior model guided the systematic review, covering several psychological characteristics and consumer behaviors. Accordingly, measures adopted by governments, technology, and social media stand out as external factors. However, revised marketing strategies have been oriented toward counteracting various consumer risks. Hence, given that technological and digital formats mark consumer behavior, firms must incorporate digital transformations in their process. © 2021

 

 

COVID-19 has dramatically affected various aspects of human society with worldwide repercussions. Firstly, a serious public health issue has been generated, resulting in millions of deaths. Also, the global economy, social coexistence, psychological status, mental health, and the human-environment relationship/dynamics have been seriously affected. Indeed, abrupt changes in our daily lives have been enforced, starting with a mandatory quarantine and the application of biosafety measures. Due to the magnitude of these effects, research efforts from different fields were rapidly concentrated around the current pandemic to mitigate its impact. Among these fields, Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Deep Learning (DL) have supported many research papers to help combat COVID-19. The present work addresses a bibliometric analysis of this scholarly production during 2020. Specifically, we analyse quantitative and qualitative indicators that give us insights into the factors that have allowed papers to reach a significant impact on traditional metrics and alternative ones registered in social networks, digital mainstream media, and public policy documents. In this regard, we study the correlations between these different metrics and attributes. Finally, we analyze how the last DL advances have been exploited in the context of the COVID-19 situation. © 2013 IEEE.

 

 

This paper analyzes the theoretical relationship between knowledge and entrepreneurship through a bibliometric study. Several indicators are drawn from the Web of Science database using the HistCite software for bibliometrics, including annual publications, citation density, and journals with the highest number of publications. For the empirical application, a qualitative approach was adopted through a case study of four companies located in Valencia with the application of a semi-structured interview. The Atlas.ti software was used to analyze the data. The results indicate a relationship between knowledge and entrepreneurship constructs through theoretical modeling, highlighting the importance of the origin of knowledge for new venture creation, knowledge commercialization processes through entrepreneurship opportunities, and the origin and transmission of knowledge in organizations with entrepreneurial orientation (EO). The main limitation is the dispersion of research topics and the exclusion of publications that did not address the investigated relationship directly. The theoretical model proposed in this study can be extended to different spheres to identify and generate entrepreneurship opportunities, especially in universities and incumbent firms. Future studies should further validate the model empirically. © 2022 Business School, Instituto Tecnologico de Costa Rica. All Rights Reserved.

 

 

Groundwater is an important water resource that accounts for 30% of the world’s freshwater. 97% of this extracted groundwater is for drinking and human use. Due to anthropogenic activities, this resource is affected and, consequently, its life cycle is modified, changing its natural state. This paper aims to analyse the scientific production that deals with the study of groundwater’s Life Cycle Assessment (LCA), using bibliometric methods. Thus, it contributes to the evolution of knowledge of this resource in terms of its use (environmental, economic and social). The methodological process includes: (i) selection and analysis of search topics in the Scopus and Web of Science (WoS) databases; (ii) application of Bibliometrix and Visualisation of Similarity Viewer (VOSviewer) software to the data collected; (iii) scientific structure of the relation of the topics groundwater and life cycle, considering programme lines and relations in their sub-themes; (iv) literature review of Author keywords. A total of 780 papers were selected, 306 being from Scopus, 158 from WoS and 316 published in both databases. The time evolution of the analysed data (publications) indicates that groundwater LCA studies have seen exponential growth (between 1983 and 2021). In addition, it has three development periods: introduction (years between 1983 and 2001), growth (between 2002 and 2011) and maturation (between 2012 and 2021). At the country level (origin of contributions authors), the USA dominates the total scientific production with 24.7%, followed by Denmark with 12.8% and 10.3% for China. Among the main topics of study associated with LCA are those focused on: the proposal of remediation methods, the application and development of technologies and the use of water resources by the urban community. This study allows establishing new trends in agricultural development issues about irrigation efficiency, wastewater reuse, mining and treatment, climate change in a circular economy scheme related to sustainability and life cycle assessment. © 2022 by the authors. Licensee MDPI, Basel, Switzerland.

 

 

Introduction High-income country (HIC) authors are disproportionately represented in authorship bylines compared with those affiliated with low and middle-income countries (LMICs) in global health research. An assessment of authorship representation in the global emergency medicine (GEM) literature is lacking but may inform equitable academic collaborations in this relatively new field. Methods We conducted a bibliometric analysis of original research articles reporting studies conducted in LMICs from the annual GEM Literature Review from 2016 to 2020. Data extracted included study topic, journal, study country(s) and region, country income classification, author order, country(s) of authors’ affiliations and funding sources. We compared the proportion of authors affiliated with each income bracket using 2 analysis. We conducted logistic regression to identify factors associated with first or last authorship affiliated with the study country. Results There were 14 113 authors in 1751 articles. Nearly half (45.5%) of the articles reported work conducted in lower middle-income countries (MICs), 23.6% in upper MICs, 22.5% in low-income countries (LICs). Authors affiliated with HICs were most represented (40.7%); 26.4% were affiliated with lower MICs, 17.4% with upper MICs, 10.3% with LICs and 5.1% with mixed affiliations. Among single-country studies, those without any local authors (8.7%) were most common among those conducted in LICs (14.4%). Only 31.0% of first authors and 21.3% of last authors were affiliated with LIC study countries. Studies in upper MICs (adjusted OR (aOR) 3.6, 95% CI 2.46 to 5.26) and those funded by the study country (aOR 2.94, 95% CI 2.05 to 4.20) had greater odds of having a local first author. Conclusions There were significant disparities in authorship representation. Authors affiliated with HICs more commonly occupied the most prominent authorship positions. Recognising and addressing power imbalances in international, collaborative emergency medicine (EM) research is warranted. Innovative methods are needed to increase funding opportunities and other support for EM researchers in LMICs, particularly in LICs. ©

 

 

The aim of this article is to analyze the beneficiaries of the Human Development Credit in the framework of financial sustainability, this framing will be done through the approach of an evaluation proposal that will consist of a general estimation of the social, environmental and welfare environment, attached to a financial evaluation, this argument will be adjusted to metrics focused on indebtedness, profitability and management, The weighting will be done by means of the fixed and random effects statistic adjusted to Hausman’s test, likewise, the contrast of the general information will be argued with a multinomial logistic model and Multiple Correspondence Analysis (MCA), which will allow concluding the influence of the generalities in the induction of sustainability; the results visualized in a before and during COVID-19 showed that the pandemic harmed about 30 beneficiaries, which represent 29.70 % of the sustainable sample, in addition to this, the MCA determines that the Variable Bonus, secondary education, age range (30 to 45 years) are surrounding and contribute to sustainability. © 2022 Universidad de Antioquia. All rights reserved.

 

 

Brand management represents a field of research much studied in the last decade. Despite this, there are few comparative studies that attempt to investigate this phenomenon from within organizations and from their external clients. The objective of this research is to analyze the brand management process carried out by jeans manufacturing companies in the textile sector in Zone 3 of Ecuador to achieve a level of business competitiveness. The study is quantitative, not experimental, cross-sectional. 3 instruments were applied to measure brand management, brand equity and business competitiveness. The empirical method used was that of gathering information through surveys applied to 321 companies and 326 consumers. Statistical models of structural equation modeling (SEM) and non-parametric correlation (Spearman) were used. The existence of correlation between the study variables was determined. It is concluded that brand equity is a mediating variable of the study variables. © 2022, Universidad del Zulia. All rights reserved.

 

 

Purpose: The purpose of this paper is to explore the interplay of corporate social responsibility (CSR) and green innovation in boosting competitiveness in manufacturing in an emerging market context. This study adds green innovation as mediator in the relationship between CSR and competitiveness. Design/methodology/approach: A model with three second-order constructs is developed and tested, in a sample of 325 managers from manufacturing companies in Ecuador, using quantitative and cross-section methods. Findings: After obtaining adjusted and validated measurement models, a structural equation model was conducted, where the main hypotheses were confirmed, providing empirical evidence that CSR and green innovation significantly influence manufacturing competitiveness in a developing economy. Research limitations/implications: This study considers only manufacturing companies in Ecuador, focusing on CSR practices in a single territorial case study. It arguably contributes to reinforce the business case for CSR, with new evidence on the causal relationships between CSR, green innovation and competitiveness, in the context of emerging market manufacturing industries. Although the literature often points at a positive relationship between CSR and firm-level competitiveness, supporting empirical evidence remains scarce. This model, introducing green innovation as mediator in the relationship between CSR and competitiveness in developing markets, accounts for a novel theoretical approach. Practical implications: The findings are consistent with previous research, reporting the positive influence of CSR activities on organizational competitiveness, reducing risks and cost structures, as well as improving the relationship with employees, enhancing talent attraction, retention and productivity. Incorporating formal CSR tools to the model allowed us to highlight the relevance of ‘green’ certifications as a means to provide a competitive edge, along with increased bargaining power in the supply chain, resulting in competitiveness gains. The findings on the role of green innovation suggest a transition from cost-savings to a more strategic leverage on responsible innovation as a source of competitive advantage. Social implications: Additionally, this research contributes to shed light on the impact of green processes and product innovations on social and environmental performance, providing evidence of a more efficient use of energy and natural resources, increasing productivity and by extension, profitability. CSR shapes an innovation culture that, through the use of social, environmental and sustainability controllers, can create new business models, products, services or processes that boost both firm-level and supply chain productivity, benefits that eventually spill over to the host community. Originality/value: This study aims at bridging the research gap on the interplay of CSR, green innovation and competitiveness in manufacturing in an emerging market context. © 2021, Carmen Paola Padilla-Lozano and Pablo Collazzo.